nem Lau wore A w aCe Oe ie Poti ia: a " Aly ain Oetiny alii “insite hein ae f tebbe ms 9 | fee HO RAE GL ME i PEON ote lay We wtb + Vee Nee at APA had Uae OF fone be ge} 9 Peat oore erty he Lal We tte ge BsAA U8 0 Ibs he pe hep 071m pein Ded tear abt pet A D We tarhad \ us fA ‘ 5 nena it be ren ah tthe he be 17 bs YF IF Ih ays ihe Dror sre etns ee In Dab) 0e deh rath as 0h Oe Yer ts 35 Vee se be b> am sith We vb fen ite hyve Ad 409 3 has te fn PIP (ts H We UBS He Qe eh or sade ew ee i de Bee do mayan el £7 et oe Y “ vo ie Nite ts A bw A Nee tb Witsih foe Poseintes. vo t oh Na be ie De ibe CE te 9 le ede ae a4 Wile ihe pe 48 ihe Ws im fh Ud iP faite be Ballet Bees irk Be tye Us ater dene be gel an le hepa webs mehgepreees hobs frbent ws pea! ne ee ae Hives peas yo Hert Pot 8 io 0 Be ts Tho Pe a ©9105 De ob Aa A ve Dring r he banned be oe beayainn de neon tek 1H U2 Bs bef Bs mos in the bm ap lhe site iM pelt sha ats Ose Pe Day wont iy 4) Bs Vo Obes 5 7h vet boi 116 (ei fr Bt es peke pete tee rahe Sy % (oy i a 08 8 dhe Wee A nei ‘ds Sette 0 saiulbe ge he 1 es Be i or yo ibe Ye by be c 99 The gh ; Ly teat + OCU the f eae oe nat) = i san ae YOR | Ne ibe 4 1 63 he SiN ha Oo ns Se ws ee We Ui pe Rt De OY Ps ‘ Dye So be Ive i ° « Gh eta Ey aint Dv ian ela be et : wo Deter a lod TNA ber Re Ith 00 8 Wie Beebe Be hha am Rig Beas heb #0)" 19 i ak ites = ee Maa eye as AN sv neie te +. wl ew ay oiled nea Whe tee pl Pets pine Be Rie: ge i hele att 9 9 Bete Li ‘WE de Bi ths or we teh hd fog noes deine bp 0S ie 1 we Hs be We orgs nm he 2 the he AN pe Ube by iho We 0 he OF fe We he 3 pr ir ba (hed ee ae ovo Lats er "i oe de UF Bad r $5 Os ibe Oe! ie - CAN 2 SOS we oe 48 ae oe ye Ori i Wt ihe ee banane os s2y ews Doth vO oa pe ieee: ately - ine (hs os Ae Fe Ys ey . (eee Ot DW tee ei ee ld ih use ‘93 Fe Ws Th nae te its Boe th te Us Ape Le ioe Vode vibe be wee inn 3 Jeanie boy Hal OO Ae ie ty ete We | ib G ety he tet Be ba oe a tp 0 aha y pte an #0) Pip behatele ot Has he Ws ite Ve 1 bs ys BD "CR Hh Doe ag tee dey ae oF te | ne vee be ua ir 39)" Do We ie be eat Ta aks 2 Ty that 1 ihe he ’ ‘ Minarte seth bee ia ed os Ase AeA ee be ty “At Oy ioka of eet ee tf t be Hebe ap on em) Ge Voie alla ya he Ibs @ be Perrin ditinoes 5 2 Pe be - eine iriw isonet Lod ph hel LAL mo - et WME ne ah hs r abe urebe dS: he Oe ib va bean nh Oe be P lye Nate ss i 2 =, ee #8 7 <, 7, =3* ele eis sf 25 : bs 2: re af $. 32. =f. =. ¥. SEser ty HS 8 H S <: t= My Is: = ets ot " = a2 a et Pod Te ‘ireatcneoe eiepeneas ttn ket 8 eS Do peeizise F, rf sett eivdse rf tz oe, ce 2 His crite rau aes Boy =e. ai 33+ $3 5 gegieteteir, +5 € Me ue tz Tv, oi z 3 ¥, 3 wer, F, Ls : : Mu Li es 7, ¥ = ~ cht 3 —~ 33 +. s %. ie ¥ sy 2B eaese $5 te Fo ae Hee ues, £39 bots Sareret ez tii ; ay tetsicisssags perciesvexizses a5 = sieis Mitte: Sesyeress eee. e Bogs, eueiey ae ¥. ES 5 SHEE; 33 iy) £of. eee ot @ = sesetavets #2 is Fede laa yon ba int lie beiate if; -fe ¥, -. 27 Bese <; ¥ 2 eiee # t ne Tere 3. =. util l, i Noa riba he A ss shu.wannt iris lea 8 Ae be zits 3, os am See eretsiats oan se 5p Segessat serra He u An MgB Aay, an Da balled rv © aA ATT ain \ MANRL ‘b \y i | | Ted Plan {1 Ru segs ah | Hil) rosa aan” re} -f > ee pritalae RS domelbna a (h et a tr Hie Bee Le | i ie nhs WT) Bait nf? al We Mars ge pa ‘ Miwa colon SM Abang ie CMAN AAG mbR” hai oj i . NS ¥ | 4 wae SS eee” — musa f ~ i MOnghe. - 4 q Mat ie, sna ANS Ayo ig BO hal char apBR MAR elbianntl “wha, ager Val Can \ Anam? WAL a miyRinien. EEO Bip ah coer 4, tp AMY resnrdoby Y Diath? 22 aja ¢ ea ENN a, wi ATT? P| An FEE yt jp! a-4 ; ip’ A ena \ e qe & Greve Astetatend Ca wha ‘ 4h eisert AMD - aw —- Tenn A » Lethe Seda qe aeanna ti Ce a ae - a { 5 ann : SIN Ne | J | , Ole» Shy path Paes, 20 a . ; i a ALL-AND npracnas Bo ‘NR Pee Ayana, aan™ Hi q PONTE nae ena aa aroab aan Panett Hy A “Anais nae sae ate arnnnate Ha == 4kAA ad ao pe a > Rly Wik, i . sm. FUEL PRR A iia Leshiaiieg ona BL i | Da TT EL TW A j ~ Diet an a dd Tras oN Mute Co . paeoael PrP h BS * nS Aan ay na castes SOs tem «QT ARag aS Ane aye \aaas “Aes Raa Vr ounty Saphaceaaeee™ \ qT unr j we fs aun wl asaag: rang JAS Pe Gees 7 | WARN oR a hens \, Vy Msn The =" 348. mM, ey Muy a Nay, Bl haa eras Wingy AU aagn: a Ja pe anh AE te 00> of = aL NU er pay AM Ri; i Sh IEEE = a= pt a) Mahay ques! ae | | pee ak ae ay ‘Avena idk met ee wm s)he POP e OA Soe lg end Lass bl aes A aN. POY \ alata ol ala é Pe waa ener i# < mt. § oats Se team?) 7) Mil atl sansnanray rly soi, tacos Bu! - : .. Mur» Wanaaase- Lv VY “2 N — wR - : fo) od ‘a4 +\oue™ 9 “Nag =e « we ™~ OQ 2a: : bh nae N\A FON ce Sig z is 1] Meares tint Hilts ” a ~ a : » Beles w af } Ane “ ~ gt ac eae SA 8) gal iv .- Serene | Val ALARA aad aseABAO |) - Na, wl MANN I. » &, ual "earn ng 222 A) TO one al Wap | Naa au r we st ak, NWA gmayRaines 220 nae pues ALY sa he ; vue Swe gape [ee eae (Rp. my ransrtoongy lal mon) PL hy sie alma 049% we ao MAMAN -: VN aa, aap al ae aan | Uda! a f os Pry ya Bebb tele ver re tha, so ee, ARE SARL Berean FAN UN) CRRA LIND Ay) A a aura? ~ aban sp * —h- o! 1 fh L ae wry os “Bey ee A. OUT Vat b ARABS aes ee L ue v a. = abl Tv ial) oat ree neAnreeenasaMDTLaAA ang tg L Wagga Vvyga": «4 1 mnaiadlP rer irr TT Naa bees, Den YT Te ayant: 7 ery natal Aer i i heel Rial NITY bua eee oo aan i 7 Rh dag 3 wild Fe fi a 7 A | heh bbeiededal bait mn eat Ate wa mid 1 mS yw bay ~s, Hie -2 6 HTT i sey abn,’ anne peal ‘Wan eae oa aM resent Hip ie ; di rhe “Alia “man bee ae Me MTT AA Y Litany wa, a i By itty AlAdisitnagnan, BIN ae Seale oh, by Aekiug « ee Tel edaeasehon YY Tey j heal a ol Me 4 Aina, ‘ of? PO. “? . a Nes AMAL, Ce | nrg lt M.. wig gry aa 4 9, a daaanaan ee cali nanihbieeli Slip \ zi oa, sniaaniattia,.. nares x) aacatien. _- * @® TAO ae VI en rr WY © VPs yes Raat oaeyiwiyi w Vw ' ' H 4 a . 1 « ! ‘ a ’ . . rs 1 ‘i \ 1 . ‘ mt Mi) 0 ; : ; \ i ‘ v1 ‘ i i 5 a : 1 I i | ee po3 os, UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY ANDREW C. LAWSON EDITOR VOLUME V WITH 42 PLATES BERKELEY THE UNIVERSITY PRESS 1906-1910 2 gonian Insti ~ Ze Wo} J. P. Eddings } \ COLLEC 14UN Nations) Hse No. bo (SN) a | 5 ALO), ell CONTENTS. PAGE . Carnivora from the Tertiary Formations of the John Day IRfopKonayy Voie toy auay (Ox Sy Ue uei cies h agi eee eB ee ner eee eee eae eee Some Edentate-like Remains from the Maseall Beds of Oregon, Toye WVU ons clfo: Swe aicel ee at eee eee eee Fossil Mollusca from the John Day and Maseall Beds of CObmsfexenats Joi Into)oyevity IO (Oh NeiicYe heals eee peewee ees yy eee New Cestraciont Teeth from the West American Triassic, by HDS aha NS AC5Y 008 0) 2 ee ene Sa er errr . Preliminary Note on a New Marine Reptile from the Middle Triassic of Nevada, by John C. Merriam ...............-..-2..---------- Lawsonite, Columbite, Beryl, Barite, and Calcite, by Arthur Seen oh] ee Pewee die aan ee enna The Fossil Fishes of California, with Supplementary Notes on Other Species of Extinct Fishes, by David Starr Jordan...... Fish Remains from the Marine Lower Triassic of Aspen Ridge, Idaho, by Malcolm Goddard ......-.........2..22..--------200------ . Benitoite, a New California Gem Mineral, by George Davis Louderback, with Chemical Analysis by Walter G. Blasdale Notes on Quaternary Felidae from California, by John F. BLO f2 10 Uae tee ee a ei ae re a Tertiary Faunas of the John Day Region, by John C. Merriam EW 0X LS NYY GTESY wate CL tee 0 I a ee er 2, Quaternary Myriopods and Insects of California, by Fordyce CG eilas treed UUs a) fa be ese eee gees i rasa I OA re ate De OA ee ae . Notes on the Osteology of the Thalattosaurian Genus Necto- Samus, by diols C- Micra: e...csceceecce cere coeee toes 2eeeeasteeee ey cceeee eee . Notes on Some California Minerals, by Arthur S. Eakle.......... 5. Notes on a Collection of Fossil Mammals from Virgin Val- ley, Nevada, by James Williams Gidley ..............-..-------0------ . Stratigraphy and Palaeontology of the San Pablo Formation in Middle California, by Charles E. Weaver ................--.------- . New Echinoids from the Tertiary of California, by Charles EK. Weaver ........ Fe a so ne eg ce eee are eed ae ee ee ~~ Or .o On PAGE No. 18. Notes on Eechinoids from the Tertiary of California, by R. Wi (Baek cca. .oe5 0 ssesesscondt cacy ceteesce ae ee 275 No. 19. Pavo californicus, a Fossil Peacock from the Quaternay Asphalt Beds of Rancho La Brea, by Loye Holmes Miller... 285 No. 20. The Skull and Dentition of an Extinet Cat, closely allied to Felix atrox Leidy, by John C. Merriam .............22.2222..222::-2---+- 291 No. 21. Teratornis, a New Avian Genus from Rancho La Brea, by oye. Holmes; Maller 2... 222 2. secceee ee 305 No. 22. The Occurrence of Strepsicerine Antelopes in the Tertiary of Northwestern Nevada: .22.2..... 22 .s2tce.:eeceocet eee ee 319 No. 23. Benitoite, its Paragenesis and Mode of Occurrence, by George Davis Louderback, with Chemical Analysis by Walter C. Bais Ceall@: 2222 Soo Giee a ees gs ese egos eeee e 331 No. 24. The Skull and Dentition of a Primitive Ichthyosaurian from the Middle Triassic, by John C. Merriam No. 25. New Mammalia from Rancho La Brea, by John C. Merriam.... 391 No. 26. An Aplodont Rodent from the Tertiary of Nevada, by Eustace Io uvlong 220)... ane ae 397 No. 27. Evesthes jordani, a Primitive Flounder from the Miocene of California, by James Zacchaeus Gilbert ...........2..220220:22:0020--0-- 405 No. 28. The Probable Tertiary Land Connection between Asia and North Amierica, iby A:dolpht iano pi eeoseeeeeccceceecee eee cere aeee 413 No. 29. Rodent Fauna of the Late Tertiary Beds at Virgin Valley and Thousand Creek, Nevada, by Louise Kellogg ...................- 421 No. 30. Wading Birds from the Quaternary Asphalt Beds of Rancho lua Brea, by Woye Holmes: Miller 2 eee eee 439 Mina OR oo c5 ceo soc cctstcesces efted cence success gaceauet cots snste | - J { i Va ¥ ): i r , \s , "UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF ae orOeN. Mi ANDREW C. LAWSON, CARNIVORA FROM THE TERTIARY FORMATIONS 4 y OF THE JOHN DAY REGION t BY ‘ JOHN C. MERRIAM BERKELEY _ THE UNIVERSITY PRESS December, 1906 PRICE 60 CENTS + avo ai we : a > + 4 ms Editor ‘irregular hails in the form of one papers earch by some competent investigator in ‘geologic e from 400 to 500 pages. The price per volume is $3.50, inclu the volumes will be sent to subscribers in separate covers as $00 sais may be purchased at the following prices from the UNIVERSITY PRESS, ~ h remi be addressed : — i 2 c ‘ia 5; VOLUME 1. . The Geology of Carmelo Bay, by Andrew C. Lawson, with Cherie analyses aad! cf eration in the field, by Juan dela C. Posada. 4 The Soda-Rhyolite North of Berkeley, by Charles Palache . The Eruptive Rocks of Point Bonita, by F. Leslie Ransome . aug The Post-Pliocene ioe eas of the Coast of Southern California, by Andrew | Lawson 5 The Lherzolite- Serpentine ‘and " Associated Rocks of the Potrero, San Francisco, ty Charles Palache ; . On a Rock, from the Vicinity of Berkeley, containing a New Soda Amphibole, Charles Palache 5 . The Geology of Angel Island, by F. Leslie Ransome, ‘with a Note on the Radiola Chert from Angel Island ‘and from Buri-buri Ridge, San Mateo County, Califor : by George Jennings Hinde . ah 8. The Geomorphogeny of the Coast of Northern. California, by Andrew C. Lawson é 9. On Analeite Diabase from San Louis Obispo County, California, by Harold W. Fairba: 10. On Lawsonite, a New Rock-forming Mineral from the Tiburon Peninsula, Marin Connty, ie _ California, by F. Leslie Ransome . 3 ; ; ) ed. Critical Periods in the History of the Earth by Joseph LeConte 12. On Malignite, a Family of Basic, Plutonic, Orthoclase Rocks, Rich in “ atealeee ie, Lime, Intrusive in the Coutchiching Schists of Poohbah Lake, by Andrew C. Lawson 13. Sigmogomphius LeContei, a New Castoroid Rodent, from the Pliocene, near Berkeley, a Pee oe a N zs by John C. Merriam . > es o> 214. The Aieat Valley of California, a a Criticism of ‘the “Theory of ‘sostasy, by F. Lesli ona Niy'y Ks se Ransome . VOLUME 2. 1. The Geology of Point Sal, by Harold W. Fairbanks _. 2. On Some Pliocene Ostracoda from near Berkeley, hy Predariak Chapman 3. Note on Two Tertiary Faunas from the Rocks of the Southern Coast of Vancouver Island, by J. C. Merriam ‘ . The Distribution of the Neocene Sea- urchins of Middle ‘California, and Its Bearing on the Classification of the Neocene Formations, by John C. Merriam . ue ic . The Geology of Point Reyes Peninsula, by F. M. Anderson . Ay - Some Aspects of Erosion in Relation to the Theory of the Peneplain, by W. 8. Tan : Smith . 7. A Topographic ‘Study of the Islands of “Southern Cuneo by W. 8. Tangier Sm ph 8. The Geology of the Central Portion of the Isthmus of Panama, by Oscar H. ey 3 6 . A Contribution to the Geology of the John Day Basin, by John C. Merriam * 10. Mineralogical Notes, by Arthur S. Hakle oc de Contributions to the Mineralogy of California, by Walter ©. Blasdale - ora 12. The Berkeley Hills. A Detail of Coast Range ooo eeye a Andrew C. Lawson ey Charles Palache . 5 : Z Sig eRe Sa VOLUME 3. se ten mae The Quaternary of Southern California, by Oscar H. Hershey 2. Colemanite from Southern California, by Arthur 8. Hakle 3. The Eparchaean Interval. A Criticism of the use of the term Algonkian, by ~ . C. Lawson 4, Triassic Ichthyopterygia from California and Nevada, by John C. Merriam Teena _ 5. A Contribution to the Petrography of the John Day Basin, by Frank C. Callin 6. The Igneous Rocks near Pajaro, by John A. Reid . i 7. Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Co., California, by Waldemar T. Set 8. Plumasite, an Oligoclase- Corundum Rock, near Spanish Peak, California, by | ese | lua wsOnay Bee ea 2 See ee PM Rea 9 eee a IO. Palacheite, by Arthur Ss. Eakle i Ea arse 10. Two New ‘Species of Fossil Turtles from. Oregon, ir 0. P, Hay re : 11. A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by W. J. Si dee 12. New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Triassic of California, by John C. Merri 13. Spodumene from San Diego County, California, by Waldemar T. S : we Vue The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great Walley, of C pace Merriam. 15. The Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by ‘Andr - 16. A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene in California 17. The Orbicular Gabbro at Dehesa, San Diego County, Ca A New Cestraciont Spine from the Lower Bie dahe sm c Sinclair and E. L. Tune ae (i . A New Marine Reptile from the 22: eo nae Terraces, of the Orle UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 5, No. 1, pp. 1-64, Pls. 1-6 ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor CARNIVORA FROM THE TERTIARY FORMATIONS OF THE JOHN DAY REGION. BY JoHN C. MERRIAM. CONTENTS. PAGE BTRrAVCAT; 0) CLG E5110 A mae ere ae ee a ee ee re 2 CO) CUT CT C ste eee eee cS A SE zoe Fa See re Sat eeet soem ee eee 3 SORTA NG} ea ee aye 5 COPE ARTES, S15) OT cc re eee 5 AUejoauRoyersgova seibuitessqevents), COxoyaWelenel Gees ee eee ey eee 6 (ChpaaioxeloiBlsy (Cu) (OuievexonaXennisiisy, als jos ee 11 Nothocyon geismarianus, n. var. mollis 22.2.2... 2222 eee eee 13 IN(OUINO Giy.OMMmLe Tm item CO): eeesesene tessa nrs shawn ss eee wees ee ete eee eee ee ee 14 INothocyonm@laticens (Cope exo. accs cece ce ce eee c ero ene cesses sees ce eeees 2 eedeeceecee ee 15 Mesocyon coryphaeus Cope .........2..22--2..2..2--eeeeeeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeees Snes 16 Miesocyion! brachyops) Ws Sp. <-ce-cecccccecesesecccee cee e eects ene see eacse ce eeee-eeeeeeeeeeeee 17 Mesocyon josephi Cope (?).....22...2.00...02- ee eee 19 Indeterminate ...... Se se a OE Ee eee Be ee ee Cee Ne eee Oe 20 “tteioouanayes sonar fulinifestesontsy (Oley aXes gaye ee 2] Philotrox condoni, n. gen, and sp. 22... eee 30 VETS Ca cP ee ee 37 Nammawuls: and! Amchaelunus: <.oo2ec cc ceccce eee cec cece eee eceesedeeeaeeenceeeee eeeeeeceeseceeteees= 38 Generic and specific distinctions -................22...:22::ceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeee cee 38 AVR OS ee ee re 20 46 Vertebrae 51 leXoyexupmroydkonal (Oke alssis ai Io), Se ree eee ee ene 53 Age and stage of evolution of the John Day carnivore fauna... 58 (OSes WSS ee 58 Melt A@ j23etesecs se secteeezacce ese. sont csieneaeatuysseapeshcdactactsiicshi wcesess totes tecige}etee esis 61 Conelusions -..........2.-..----.2----2-0------- ee eg ee eee, ae 64 bo University of California Publications. [GEOLOGY INTRODUCTION. In 1899 and 1900 field parties from the University of Cali- fornia, working under the direction of the writer, collected over the greater part of the exposed area of the Tertiary formations in the John Day Valley of Eastern Oregon. In the fall of 1900 L. 8. Davis and V. C. Osmont continued in the field after the University party had returned, and made additional collections, particularly in the region of the Crooked River and Logan Butte, south of the John Day Basin. The collections of Osmont and Davis were purchased for the University, and the material now available may be considered representative of all the phases of the faunas of the John Day region. The new rodent and ungu- late material from these collections has already been discussed by Dr. Sinclair.t| In the following paper there are presented such additions to our knowledge of this fauna as have been obtained from a study of the carnivore material. In the preparation of this report the writer has been espec- ially indebted to Professor H. F. Osborn and Dr. W. D. Matthew of the American Museum for courtesies extended during the ex- amination of the Cope collection of John Day types. Dr. Mat- thew has also very kindly made numerous examinations of types for me while the material was in the process of description. Pro- fessor W. B. Scott and Dr. Marcus Farr have shown me the types of John Day Carnivora at Princeton University, and Dr. Sinclair has recently reéxamined several types at my request. In working over the subject of variation in the dentition and skull characters of the recent Canidae, Dr. C. Hart Merriam and Mr. Vernon Bailey have furnished most valuable data. In the examination of the Canidae, Mr. Bailey has worked over a very large series of skulls and has reported on over fifteen hundred examinations. tn justice to the artist and engraver, it should be stated that the illustrations accompanying this paper were reproduced from the first rough proofs, the original plates and drawings having been destroyed in the San Francisco fire of April eighteenth. tw. J. Sinclair. Bull. Dept. Geol., Univ. Cal., Vol. 4, No. 6. Vou. 5] Merriam.—John Day Carnivora. B OCCURRENCE. The general stratigraphic succession of the Tertiary forma- tions of the John Day region has been discussed by the writer in a previous paper.” The sequence of formations recognized is as follows :— John Day River terraces Quaternary Rattlesnake formation Pliocene Maseall formation Miocene Columbia Lava formation Miocene John Day series Miocene to Oligocene Upper John Day Middle John Day Lower John Day Clarno formation Kocene Upper Clarno Lower Clarno Of these formations, those included in the beds below the Pliocene are made up mainly of igneous materials. The John Day and Maseall beds are almost entirely composed of voleanic ash and tuff in various forms. Mammal remains are known fron the John Day, Maseall, Rattlesnake, and Terrace deposits. Excepting the uppermost portion of the series, the John Day beds show a remarkable evenness in their stratification, and con- tain a fauna which is characteristic of dry land. In the higher strata, cross-bedding appears, with more or less interstratified eravel, and a number of fresh-water types are seen in the fauna. The greater portion of the series is presumably made up of slow accumulations of ash, which fell mainly on open plains, upon which shifting shallow lakes may have existed from time to time. In the latter portion of this period the topography appears to have been more diversified and the action of streams to have be- come more pronouneed. The greater portion of the total thickness of the Maseall is, like the John Day, made up of evenly stratified ash beds. In the lower portion of the formation there is, however, evidence of ae- cumulation of a considerable thickness of fine sediment in a body of fresh water. In this there are numerous remains of fresh- water fishes and mollusks, and large quantities of fossil plants. The Rattlesnake beds consist mainly of heavy gravels. 15.5 Pe ANGEL O-POStEVLOT! UAC LC Ty a aeraeeeese ners 2eeene ecu seesereeraeeteeerees 8.8 P., antero-posterior diameter ...............-.2..--.2-s--::seseeeeeeeeee eo fi Height of jaw below protoconid of M, ............2--2...2...2002------ 16 Height of jaw below protoconid of Po ............22.2201cee ee 15 INDETERMINATE. Text-figures 4, 5, and 6. Several loose teeth, which have not been connected with de- terminable specimens, show peculiar characters of the inferior molars not recognized as yet in any of the John Day eanids. In text-figure 4 there is shown the heel of a M, and a perfect M, preserved in a jaw fragment (No. 672) found at the same lo- eality in the Middle John Day beds with specimen No. 364 tentatively referred above to M. josephi. In this specimen the entoconid and hypoconid of M, are both well developed. M, is a broad tooth with a large talon. The small protoconid and the metaconid are very close together, and the paraconid shelf is much reduced. The entoconid and hypoconid are larger and farther apart than the tubercles of the trigon. In Mesocyon coryphaeus the talon of M, supports a single tubercle. The sec- ond and third inferior molars of M. josephi are unknown, though VOL. 5] Merriam.—John Day Carnivora. 21 one might suspect from the character of the specimen described above that they are broader than in J. coryphaeus. The heel of M, in Philotrox condoni is broader than in M. coryphaeus, but does not show a development of the entoconid and hypoconid comparable to that seen here. The form of M, in Oligobunis ap- pears to be quite different from that in this specimen, and M,, is absent. M, is said to be trenchant in Enhydrocyon and is un- known in Hyaenocyon. Fig. 3. Mesocyon coryphaeus Cope. Inner side of right M, No. 599. Upper portion of John Day Series, Haystack Valley, John Day River, Oregon. X 1. Fig. 4. indeterminate. Superior aspect of left M, and M;. No. 672. Middle John Day, below Clarno’s Ferry, John Day River, Oregon. x 1h. Fig. 5. Indeterminate. Superior aspect of right M, No. 1516. Upper John Day, Turtle Cove, John Day Valley, Oregon. X 1. Fig. 6. Outer side of M, shown in fig. 5. X 1. Another pecuhar specimen (No. 1516), text-figures 5 and 6, representing a portion of an inferior sectorial with a well-pre- served heel, was found in the Upper John Day beds at the lower end of Turtle Cove. It shows a hypoconid and an entoconid of almost exactly equal size. It is distinguished from the sectorial of the jaw tentatively referred to M. josephi by the presence of a distinctly marked basal band on the outer side of the talonid. This tooth differs from all of the John Day canids with which I am acquainted. It may represent a Mesocyon or possibly one of the short-jawed forms. TEMNOCYON ALTIGENIS Cope. Pl. 3, Fig. 2, and Text-figures 7, 8, 9, 10, and 11. Temnocyon altigenis Cope, Palaeont. Bull. No. 30, p. 6, 1878; Rep. U. 8. Geol. Surv. Terts., Vol. 3, p. 903, Pl 68, Fig. 9, 9a, 9b, Pl. 70, Fig. 11. This species, constituting the type of the genus Temnocyon, has been only partially known, and was considered by Cope as on University of California Publications. [GEOLOGY one of the rarer John Day carnivores. It is represented in the University collections by two specimens, No. 9999, a young adult with unworn teeth, and 1549, an old individual with teeth con- siderably worn. No. 9999 shows the entire skull with the com- plete upper and lower dentition, and the greater part of the skeleton excepting the manus and the distal half of the pes. The other specimen is a nearly complete cranium with all the ele- ments of the upper dentition. The dentition of the mandible in the first specimen corresponds very closely to that of Cope’s type. The upper dentition is nearer in form to that of Cope’s type of altigenis as figured than to any other species, with the exception of the deuterocone of the carnassial. In this tooth our specimens exhibit the heavy form of deuterocone seen in the type of T. ferox. In Cope’s specimen showing the upper jaw, the deutero- cone of P*, though prominent, is represented as small, low, nar- row, and not very sharply separated from the protocone. Al- though this cranium was not associated with the type, the molars show so close a resemblance to those of specimen No. 9999 that there seemed to be good reason for believing that the deuterocone of P* had not been correctly drawn. Dr. W. D. Matthew has very kindly examined Cope’s type of the cranium for me re- cently to ascertain the true character of this tooth, and finds that ‘the upper fourth premolar has a large, well separated deutero- cene.’’ The molars of this specimen were found by Dr. Matthew to be correctly represented. With this correction of the original description of Temnocyon altigenis, specimens No. 1549 and No. 9999 approach this species very closely. The principal difference being found in minor variations of the measurements as seen in the table of measurements on page 29.~ Both of the specimens used as types by Cope are slightly larger than the specimens in our collection. The differences separating this species from the other mem- bers of the genus T’emnocyon may be expressed as follows :— T. ferox Eyerman. Largest known species. Length of skull in type specimen 266 mm. Sagittal crest high. Deuterocone of P* large and heavy, sharply separated from protocone, with an incipient tuberele on the anterior side. P* with posterior basal tubercle. M'* with V-shaped protocone. M? with greatly reduced metacone. P, practically equaling M, in length, with a distinct VoL. 5] Merriam.—John Day Carnivora. 23 posterior basal tubercle in addition to the prominent eusp arising from the posterior side of the protoconid. T. altigenis Cope. Species of medium size. Length of skull 178 mm. in No. 9999, somewhat greater in No. 1549. P* heavy and wide anteriorly ; deuterocone very large and heavy, separated from protocone by deep valley, without anterior conule. P* without posterior basal tubercle. Protocone of M' nearly conieal, regularly rounded posteriorly but with a short antero-external ridge. M? with metacone sinaller than paracone, but consider- ably larger than in the other species. P, considerably shorter antero-posteriorly than M,, with prominent cusp on posterior side of protoconid and with incipient posterior basal tubercle. T. wallovianus Cope. Species of medium size. Deuterocone of P* apparently not greatly enlarged. P* without posterior basal tubercle. M? small, with reduced metacone. This species should possibly be ineluded in 7. altigenis. The principal features of the skeleton of 7. altigenis as shown in specimens 9999 and 1549 mainly confirm the generic charac- ters represented in the specimen of 7. ferox described by Eyer- man. In some eases, however, the specific differences are great enough to modify slightly our estimate of the generic characters based on the description of feroz. Skull.—The skull of 7. altigenis differs considerably from that of ferox in general outlines. As represented by Eyerman,’* the cranium of ferox is relatively high and narrow compared with the undistorted specimen of altigenis seen in No. 1549. A part of this difference may be due to lateral crushing in the ferox specimen, which would produce the deviation in height and width at the same time. The palate of altigenis is decidedly narrow, but that of ferox is extreme in this respect. In ferox the sagittal crest is high and narrow over the greater part of the brain ease; in specimens 1549 and 9999 the sagittal ridge is very low except- ing over the most posterior portion of the brain case, where it attains a considerable height. In specimen 9999 the ridge is divided almost to the posterior third of its length by a sharp but very narrow groove. The lambdoidal crest is strong and high. The broad frontal region is slightly concave in front of the “J. Eyerman. Amer. Geol., Vol. 17, p. 267. 24 University of Califorma Publications. [GEOLOGY postorbital processes, but is convex immediately behind these points in specimen 1549. The postorbital processes are very short and blunt. The nasal region is characterized by the short- ness of the nasal bones, which do not reach back to a line drawn between the anterior borders of the orbits. They are consider- ably shorter than in Daphaenus or in Mesocyon. The zyogamatie arch is not especially robust. The postgle- noid process is long and acute. The paroecipital process is shorter and less acute than in feroxr, and is not directed down- ward as much as in that species. The anterior and posterior palatine foramina are small. The anterior border of the posterior nares is situated considerably behind the last molars. The nasal chamber is narrow and the inferior borders of the lateral walls are arched inward, giving it a more nearly tubular form than is seen in Canis. The lach- rymal and optie foramina, and the sphenoidal fissure have much the same relations as in Canis. The optic foramen, the sphe- noidal fissure, and the foramen rotundum are in a distinct groove separated from the region above by a sharp ridge. The foramen rotundum is very close to the sphenoidal fissure in the recessed posterior end of this depression. The posterior opening of the alisphenoid canal is almost hidden inside the foramen ovale. The postglenoid foramen is nearer the median line of the skull than is the lowest part of the postglenoid process. The relations of the econdylar foramen are much as in Canis. The foramen lace- rum posterius seems relatively small. The postparietal foramina are situated at about half the height of the brain ease. The arrangement of many of the foramina, particularly the postglenoid and the posterior opening of the alisphenoid canal, is much like that in Daphaenus felina as described by Hatcher.** Dentition.—The generic characters of the dentition of T'emno- cyon have already been fully discussed by Cope,'* Schlosser,'® Seott,1° Eyerman,’’ Wortman and Matthew.'* The observations * J. B. Hatcher. Oligocene Canidae., Mem. Carnegie Mus., Vol. 1, No. 2, p- 75. *Gope, E. D. Tert. Vert., p. 902. * Schlosser, M. Beitr. z. Pal. Oestr-Ung., B. 4, p. 280. © Scott, W. B. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., Vol. 17, p. 73. “ Kyerman, J. Amer. Nat., Vol. 17, p. 268. *S Wortman and Matthew. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. 12, p. 115. VoL. 5] Merriam.—John Day Carnivora. 25 of these writers are only confirmed by the excellent material of altigenis now available. These specimens show that in this species the deuterocone of P* is extraordinarily large compared with that in most typical canids. The same feature is seen in ferox, and the deuterocone of P* in wallovianus is also larger than is indicated in Cope’s figure of this form; so that this char- acter may be considered diagnostic of the genus. The reduced and almost rounded form of the protocone of M’* is evidently characteristic of altigenis, but is not marked in either ferox or wallovianus. M? is relatively larger in alligenis than in the other species. Fig. 7. Temnocyon altigenis Cope. Inferior aspect of right superior dental series. No. 9999. John Day beds, Logan Butte, Crook County, Ore- gon, X %. Fig. 8. Temnocyon altigenis Cope. Superior aspect of dentition shown in fig. 9. x %. Fig. 9. Temnocyon altigenis Cope. Outer side of left ramus of the man- dible. No. 9999. John Day beds, Logan Butte, Crook County, Ore- gon, X %,. 26 University of California Publications. [GEOLOGY In the inferior dentition P,, which has not been previously described, is single-rooted and simple crowned. The crown pro- jects over the root anteriorly so that the summit is almost imme- diately over the anterior border of the alveolus. M,, which has also been unknown, is a very small tooth somewhat similar in form to M,. It has very low anterior and posterior tubercles and an antero-internal shelf without tuberculation as in M,. 10 11 Fig. 10. Lemnocyon altigenis Cope. Posterior side of right femur. No. 9999. John Day beds, Logan Butte, Crook County, Oregon. X W%. Fig. 11. Temnocyon altigenis Cope. Anterior side of right humerus. No. 9999. John Day beds, Logan Butte, Crook County, Oregon. X 1%. Limbs.—Coneerning the structure of the limbs, but little can be added to what Eyerman has presented in the description of ferox. The limb elements of altigenis are perhaps a little more slender than the corresponding elements of ferox. In the hume- rus the shaft is not as straight as in feror. The acute deltoid ridge is extended downward for more than two-thirds the length of the bone. The supinator ridge is prominent, but not as well developed as in Daphaenus. The entepicondylar foramen is large. Vou. 5] Merriam. John Day Carnivora. 27 On the femur, the gluteal ridge and spiral line are very strongly marked. The space between them is set off as a perfectly flat, triangular area very distinctly marked off. The extension of the linea aspera below is a long, sharp ridge. The upper portion of the gluteal ridge is considerably enlarged, and is quite distinctly separated from the great trochanter. This tubereular enlarge- ment is really comparable to a reduced third trochanter. As nearly as can be Judged from comparison with the figures pub- lished by Hatcher,'® it is similar to the development of the gluteal ridge in Daphaenus felinus, though Hatcher stated that a third trochanter was wanting in that form. Eyerman?? mentions a third trochanter in Daphaenus, but I find no reference in his paper to the character of the femur of Temnocyon in this region. The elements of the epipodial region in both anterior and posterior limbs are stated by Eyerman to be relatively short com- pared with the propodial segments. Unfortunately no one of these elements is perfectly preserved in specimen 9999, so that the exact measurements of length cannot be obtained. The manus is not preserved. In the pes the principal elements are present excepting the phalanges, and the structure of the foot in the main features resembles that of feroz. Affinities—In some characters this species seems to be less specialized than 7. ferox, but in general the stage of evolution is nearly as far advanced. 7. ferox occurs in the Upper John Day. The best known occurrence of 7. altigenis is near the boundary between the middle and upper divisions. The relationship of alti- genis to wallovianus is doubtful, though the greater reduction of M? in wallovianus may indicate that it is a more advanced form. The occurrence of wallovianus is unknown. The relation of the genus Temnocyon to the White River Daphaenus has been ably discussed by Seott,?* Eyerman,** Wort- man and Matthew,?* Wortman,”* and more recently by Hatcher.” J.B. Hatcher. Op. cit., Pl. 19, Fig. 1. J. HEyerman. Yemnocyon and Hypotemnodon. Amer. Geol., Vol. 17, p. 279, 1896. W. B. Scott. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., Vol. 17, p. 73, and Vol. 19, p. 406. “J. Eyerman. Op. cit., p. 283. ** Wortman and Matthew. Op. cit., p. 118. * J. L. Wortman: Am. Jour. Soe., June, 1901, Vol. 11, p. 449. * J. B. Hatcher. Op. cit., p. 105. 28 University of California Publications. [GEOLOGY With the support of excellent evidence, the opinion has been gen- erally expressed that Temnocyon is in the line of descent from Daphaenus. Hatcher has described as the ancestor of Temno- cyon, a new genus, Protemnocyon, based on a new species, P. in- flatus, from the Oreodon beds. Unfortunately Protemnocyon was compared only with Cope’s Temnocyon coryphaeus, which is quite distinct from the typical Temnocyon, and is generally recognized as a separate genus, Mesocyon. In some respects, viz., enlarged brain case, lower sagittal crest, and reduced M*, Pro- femnocyon represents a more advanced type than Daphaenus, and in the character of the molars it approaches Mesocyon some- what more closely than does the true Daphaenus. The type an- cestral to the true Temnocyon is approximated more nearly in Daphaenus vetus, as previously suggested by several writers. Vou. 5] MEASUREMENTS. Length of skull, premaxillaries GOA AMUOM ) o--cect sg fees cee zuctcedacvecesacs Width of skull between upper borders of orbits —.................- Width of palatine region be- tween canines ........-...-2:-------- Width of palatine region be- tween deuterocones of P* ...... Width of palatine region be- tween anterior upper molars Height of inion above foramen TOTES UND ON ere eee Length of superior dentition, posterior side of canines to posterior side M* _.........- I’, transverse diameter _. I’, transverse diameter Superior canine, antero-posterior diameter at base of enamel... P’, antero-posterior diameter ...... P’, antero-posterior diameter ...... P’, greatest transverse diameter P*, antero-posterior diameter ...... P*, antero-posterior diameter -..... P*, transverse diameter across ClenGeTO COME wessseeee eee eee M’, antero-posterior diameter .... M’, transverse diameter .............. M’, antero-posterior diameter .... M’, transverse diameter -............ Length of mandible,anterior side of canine to condyle ...... Height of mandible below P, .... Height of mandible below proto- Goel op: Wh 2 P,, antero-posterior diameter ...... P., antero-posterior diameter P;, antero-posterior diameter P,, antero-posterior diameter ...... M,, antero-posterior diameter .... M,, length of heel ................2....... M., antero-posterior diameter .... M,, antero-posterior diameter _.. Humerus, length ..............22-.....-.-- Caleaneum, length —...........00......... Metatarsal 2, length a Approximate. ““ Measurements largely from Hyerman’s figures. 204 31.6 203.5 Merriam.—John Day Carnivora. & z 32 if ae 178 —— a34 ae a20 ae a25.4 Rae a23 Siew a 70 67 Bee PD ee 4.4 om ial sonaeh 6.5 Bas 10.4 _< 4.5 Raat 12 19 ale 12.5 12 14 1B} 20 UGS) 7.5 Te 14 12 — 138 24 il 28 pe aeons 6 1] 10 poate 11.7 15 14.5 18.5 U725 7 5.6 11.5 10.25 coos 5.5 oe 155 erathe 50 en 56.5 a CO vo oo) S| Op. cit., Pl. 11. 29 T.wallovianus type 30 University of California Publications. [GEOLOGY PuiILotrox, New Genus. PHILOTROX CONDONI, new genus and species. Text-figures 12, 13, and 14. Type specimen No. 89, Univ. Calif. Col. Vert. Palae. From the Middle John Day, Turtle Cove, John Day Valley, Oregon. This form is known from a single specimen found by Mr. L. H. Miller in the Middle John Day beds at locality 819, Turtle Cove, on the John Day River. There is present only the poste- rior part of the cranium and the left mandible, with nearly com- plete lower dentition. The teeth are in perfect state of preser- vation. Fig. 12. Philotrox condoni, n. gen. and sp. Right side of posterior cranial region. No. 89. xX %4. Fig. 13. Philotrox condom. Superior aspect of mandibular dentition. No. 89. xX %. Fig. 14. Philotrox condoni. Outer side of mandible. No. 89. X %. Vou. 5] Merriam.—John Day Carnivora. Bil Distinctive Characters—Cranium with well-developed brain case, and large thin-walled auditory bullae. Two pair of post- parietal foramina present. Mandible short, uncommonly heavy anteriorly. Dentition 3(?),7, 3, 3. Premolars heavy, Ps with- out basal tubercles, P, and P, with anterior and posterior basal tubercles and posterior cusp. M, with well-developed shear and somewhat reduced metaconid. The somewhat elevated hypoconid occupies about half of the broad heel of M,, entoconid low. M, without prominent paraconid, M, in general like M,. Skull—tThe fragment of the cranium shows a brain case and posterior cranial crests of moderate proportions. The crests are about as prominent as in Mesocyon coryphaeus. The otic bulla present is thin-walled and large. It is almost entirely separated from the postglenoid process. The paroccipital process is slen- der. There are two postparietal foramina, of which the larger, anterior one is situated a little more than half way up the side of the brain case and in front of the lambdoidal crest. The smaller, posterior foramen is located considerably higher up and on the base of the lambdoidal crest, much as in the postparietal foramina of Enhydrocyon. The postglenoid foramen is situated very close to the median border of the postglenoid process. The situation of the condylar foramen is much as in Canis. The mandible is short and the posterior end of the dental series is considerably elevated. The anterior portion of the jaw is more than ordinarily heavy. The inferior border is only slightly convex. The massateric fossa reaches forward to a point below the posterior end of M,. Dentition.—The dentition, so far as known, is = (?), 7, 3, =. Viewed from above, the dental series is seen to curve toward the median line rather sharply in front of the last premolar as in other short-jawed forms. The enamel of all the teeth is more or less rugose. Only one incisor, I, (?), 1s present in the jaw. It is a rela- tively small tooth with a small lateral cusp which is only a little lower than the principal cusp. The symphyseal region is uncom- monly narrow and the space between the outer incisor and the symphysis is occupied by an antero-posteriorly elongated pit which does not include more than half of the area. A very small 32 University of California Publications. | GEOLOGY incisor evidently representing I, or I, was found loose in the matrix with the mandible. It would oceupy only about half of the empty alveolus, but if the other incisor was present, one of them must have been crowded far back. The canine is large and is somewhat heavier than in most of the associated canid forms. Of P, there is no trace, though the alveolar border is per- fectly preserved, and as P, is large and very near the canine, its absence is evidently normal. All three of the premolars are rather heavy. The first two are set somewhat obliquely in the jaw. All three are two-rooted. P, has no distinet anterior or posterior tubercles, though the cingulum is slightly swollen ante- riorly and posteriorly. P, has a minute anterior basal tubercle, a posterior cusp, and an incipient posterior basal tuberele. The general structure of P, is similar to that of P,, but the basal tubercles and posterior cusp are better developed. The shear of the trigonid on M, is thick at the base and the blades are relatively higher than in Canis. The metaconid is about as large as in Canis. On the talonid, the base of the hypo- conid does not reach inward beyond the middle of the heel. The summit of this cusp is laterally compressed, but is not as high as in Temnocyon. The inner half of the talonid is slightly exea- vated, and there are two small tubercles corresponding to the entoconid and hypoconulid on its inner and posterior borders. M, shows a well-developed protoconid and metaconid, the for- mer being somewhat the larger. On an excavated antero-internal shelf a low marginal ridge represents the paraconid. The heel is slightly hollowed and the outer border is a little higher than the inner. The structure of the small M, is so far as known in general similar to that of M., though the paraconid shelf is smaller. Affinities —The type of canid described above shows consider- able resemblance to the short-faced dogs which have been grouped together in the sub-family Simocyoninae. Of these there are known from the John Day three genera, Oligobunis, Hyaenocyon, and HEnhydrocyon, no one of which corresponds closely to the form under discussion. VoL. 5] Merriam.—John Day Carnivora. 33 Oligobunis differs in having four inferior premolars and two molars instead of three premolars and three molars; in the ab- sence of an anterior basal tubercle on P.; in the shorter heel of M,; and in the greater width of M,. The metaconid of M, in Oligobunis appears from Cope’s figures to be considerably larger than in Philotrox, and the anterior portion of the lower jaw is more slender. The imperfectly known Hyaenocyon has apparently the same number of inferior premolars as Philotrox, but in H. basilatus they are somewhat heavier and the anterior basal tubercles are much better developed. P., 1s markedly trilobate in this species, but is without accessory tubereles in Philotror. This tooth is also relatively much smaller in Hyaenocyon. There is little cor- respondence between the inferior dentition of Philotrox and the dentition of H. sectorius in form and arrangement of the teeth. The seetorial portion of the inferior carnassial of Philotroxr is exceedingly narrow antero-posteriorly compared with the fore and aft diameter of the upper carnassial in H. sectorius. The presence of the third lower molar in Philotrox indicates the ex- istence of at least two molars in the upper series, while Cope confidently states that there was but a single superior molar in 1. sectorvus. The lower jaw of Hnhydrocyon is unfortunately even more imperfectly known than that of Hyaenocyon. There are prob- ably three inferior premolars in this genus, though P, is un- known. The premolars are at least specifically distinguishable from those of Philotrox, and P., has no anterior basal tubercle. The heel of M, in Enhydrocyon appears to be narrower poste- riorly than in Philotroxr, and has, according to Cope,** ‘‘an abso- lutely median cutting edge.’’ There is, however, a rudimentary entoconid at the base of this cusp. The first tubercular is appar- ently also rather of the lacinate type, possessing “‘a nearly me- dian cusp in front, which is joined to the low one on the internal border of the crown.’’ It is not known whether M., was present. In the skull of Enhydrocyon the single pair of postparietal fora- mina are larger but are apparently situated much as the poste- 77. D. Cope. Tertiary Vertebrata, p. 938. Also, ibid, ‘‘The heel of the sectorial is cutting, as in Temnocyon.’’ 34 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY rior pair in Philotrox. The otie bullae in both genera are extra- ordinarily large. Tomarctus Cope from the Loup Fork Miocene of Colorado is evidently a more specialized form, both as regards the reduction of the premolars and the development of M,. Philotrox resembles the Old World Simocyonines in the short- ness of the jaw, and the rather heavy type of the premolars. It differs from Simocyon in the greater development of P, and P3, in the much smaller size of M,, and in the presence of M,. The heel of M, is also less distinctly basin-shaped in Philotrox. From Cephalogale it is distinguished by the absence of P, and the ereater development of P, and P,. The cusps of the lower car- nassial are also somewhat more elevated and the metaconid seems to be less prominent. In other respects there is much in common with Cephalogale, particularly in M, and M,, and in the form of the heel of M,. Of the five genera referred to the Simocyoninae all are re- moved from Philotrox by quite a distance. Cephalogale is pos- sibly one of the nearest, while Simocyon is one of the farthest removed. Oligobunis is evidently not closely related; Enhydro- cyon and Hyaenocyon appear to be about as far removed as Oligobunis, but are not well enough known to warrant a definite statement. In the present state of our knowledge it is difficult to deter- mine exactly the relative stages of evolution reached by the John Day types of short-faced dogs. Philotrox does not appear to represent either the most primitive or the most specialized type of the four genera. As far as is known, it seems to show a some- what higher development of the crushing functions in the tuber- ewlar region of the inferior molars than we find in the other forms. It is also difficult to make even a tentative statement as to the probable origin of Philotrox. While it exhibits some resemblance to Cephalogale, it is to be doubted whether its affinity in this direction is really closer than with some of the members of the Cynodictis group. Particularly is this true of the cusps of the inferior sectorial which are hardly of the type of Cephalogale. I VoL. 5] Merriam.—John Day Carnivora. 35 am inclined to accept the suggestion of Wortman?® that a mem- ber of the White River genus Daphaenus, like D. dodgei, may lead to some of the short-jawed dogs of the John Day. The evi- dence of relationship to this form seems at least as strong in the ease of Philotrox as in any of the other genera. D. dodgei has a rather short, heavy jaw. Excepting P,, which is much reduced, the premolars are heavy, and possess posterior cusps. The heel of M, is broad and basin-shaped, the form and arrangement of its three tubercles appearing to be much the same as in Philotroz. So great is the diversity of form among the four genera of short-faced John Day dogs that it is difficult to determine from the material available whether we are warranted in considering them all as descendants of the same stock. If such similarities as they show are actually an expression of common ancestry, it would seem that we find at least as many of the necessary charac- ters of this ancestral type in the North American Daphaenus, as in Cephalogale or in any of the European genera. The relationships of the previously known short-faced John Day dogs to the European Simocyonines seem in a general way to be far from close. The affinity with Cephalogale is presum- ably not as close as with Daphaenus. Compared with Simocyon, we find the dentition differing in each genus about as widely as it could be made to differ and still keep them short-faced, heavy- toothed canids. No single funetional cheek tooth of Simocyon shows much resemblance to the corresponding tooth of Oligo- bunis. This would be true also of the inferior cheek teeth and upper carnassial of Enhydrocyon. The upper molars of Enhy- drocyon are too imperfectly known for comparison. In Hyae- nocyon the inferior cheek teeth are different, as far as known. The superior sectorial suggests a structure somewhat similar to that of Simocyon, but M, is much smaller and there was no second superior tubercular. It is to be expected that differentiation will tend to produce short-faced, heavy-toothed carnivores of the hyaenoid type as often and in as many places as circumstances will permit. The Hyaenidae represent an Old World adaptation in this direction. They have come to differ so far from the other groups of the * J. L. Wortman. Am. Jour. Science, June, 1901, Vol. XI, p. 449, 36 University of California Publications. | GEOLOGY Carnivora Vera and to fill sueh an important place in eastern Arctogaea that they are separated as a distinct family. What- ever the ancestors of the hyaenas may have been, they were probably not true canids. A somewhat similar adaptation has occurred in the Canidae. So similar have the results been in the two cases, as far as function and superficial characters are con- cerned, that several canids from the American faunas have found temporary location with the hyaena group in the classification. It appears more than probable that the development of hyae- noid characters in the Canidae has gone forward to a great extent independently in North America and Europe, and has, moreover, produced quite different results in the two regions. It is not improbable that there has been mixing of the resultant types through migrations, though we have as yet little evidence of such intermigration. Unless we can discover more definite evidence of common descent of the American and European genera than has yet been brought forward, it must appear that the sub-family Simocyoninae as generally accepted, including Simocyon, Cepha- logale, Oligobums, Enhydrocyon, and Hyaenocyon, is a group of polyphyletie origin, representing a general type of adaptation rather than similar characters expressive of common origin. At the present time we are not even in a position to state definitely that all of the genera mentioned are really typical canids. The continuance of their definite arrangement in one sub-family will serve only to cover up certain weak places in our phylogenies, and ultimately to impede the progress of knowledge. MEASUREMENTS. mm. Length, anterior side of inferior canine to posterior side of M, —.......... 63 Length, posterior side of inferior canine to posterior side of P, —.......... 35.5 Height of mandible below middle of Po: 22:22 22.22i2. cs sc2 22s restese etree 21.5 Height of mandible below protocomid of My, -..-......----.2..---2..--cese-eeeeeeeeeees 19.5 15 C?),.‘transverse: diameter... 5.cecc-:2.---scess-seccceaaee sce getes secesneets asses oeees ee 2.8 I,, transverse diameter 4 Inferior canine, length from unworn tip to alveolar border ...................... 21.5 Inferior canine, greatest antero-posterior diameter at base .....................- 10.5 Ps, antero-posterior diameter 2.2... .cc:.cccicceeeeccsccnssscneee eee ee snes cee eee 8.3 P,, ‘transverse: Alameter® 228 -- sce sciatesere sed oe hte 5.2 P;, antero-posterior diameter 222.222.2222 cee eee cece ee eee 10.5 P,; ambero-posterion ciameter 2. 2s es cec cess eee enna 11.6 VoL. 5] Merriam.—John Day Carnivora. ith P,, transverse diameter —........ M,, antero-posterior diameter M,, transverse diameter of trigonid ~...-.....02222020.20021- eee eee eee 7.8 M,, antero-posterior diameter of heel 0000 5 M,, transverse diameter of heel _........ ES ae rere et OY ce RE OE fel Wilks) febanienoyjoxoysiufenatoye CObicWoaVeni(eye 2 ee ce ee ee eee eee een 8 IVE CLATSVCLSC aCUaMGLCT) eeeare oes acess oer ce Ses sass. ce ee eee ee eeseeee sees 5.4 M,, antero-posterior diameter —..............20----2::ee-ceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee et 5D Hershtsof anton above toramen mommy yeecesesee ee seeeesceee ese eceeeeece sees 2 eee 33 Greatest width across occipital condyles -......020.....22 ieee eee 34.5 Jeleredni; ONE steer sane ReA NO oe eee 12 Greatest antero-posterior diameter of otie bulla ... Greatest transverse diameter of otic bulla a, Approximate. FELIDAE. Though fairly well known from skulls and teeth, the John Day cats have, as a whole, presented some of the most puzzling features of this fauna. The most common and best known forms included in the genera Archaelurus and Nimravus have been gen- erally considered as representing the most primitive division of the machaerodont group of the Felidae. In the White River beds, held to be older than the John Day, there appeared to be among the felines no forms so primitive as these. As the other elements of the John Day fauna are nearly all more advanced than the corresponding forms of the White River, the evidence regarding the age of the beds which is furnished by these cats seemed to contradict that of the remainder of the fauna. Much yet remains to be learned concerning the John Day cats, as in most cases but little excepting the skull and dentition has been discovered. No representatives of the Felidae have been described from the Maseall beds. The following species are known from the John Day series :— Archaelurus debilis Cope. Nimravus gomphodus Cope. Nimravus confertus Cope. Deinictis cyclops Cope. Pogonodon platycopis Cope. Pogonodon brachyops Cope. Pogonodon davisi, n. sp. Hoplophoneus cerebralis Cope. Hoplophoneus strigidens Cope (?). 38 University of California Publications. [ GroLocy NIMRAVUS AND ARCHAELURUS. Pl. 4; Pl. 5, Figs. 1 and 2; and Text-figure 16. reneric and Specific Distinctions. The genera Archaelurus?® and Nimravus*®® were established by Cope to include three feline species related to the sabre-tooth forms but having very primitive characters. They were referred to by Cope as the ‘‘false sabre- tooths,’’ owing to their lack of a prominent flange on the antero- inferior angle of the lower jaw, and the absence of a cutting edge on the anterior side of the relatively short upper canines. There was also noticed in both genera a peculiar exostosis or a thicken- ing of the outer side of the alveolar border immediately below the inferior molars. Neither genus was known outside the limits of the John Day series. Of the two, Archaeclurus was said to be the more primitive, having one more premolar in each jaw, and smooth-edged instead of posteriorly serrated upper and lower canines. Other differences between the single species of Archae- lurus and the two placed in Nimravus were supposedly of no more than specific value. Though Archaelurus and Nimravus appeared to Cope to be quite distinetly separated, studies of recently discovered material show that they are scarcely separable if not identical generic tvpes. In the University of California collections there are sev- eral specimens which show the skull and dentition of forms be- longing in this group more perfectly in some particulars than they were exhibited in the types.** All of this material indicates that Archaelurus is not so distinctly separated from Nimravus as it was considered to be by Cope. In a particularly well-preserved skull (No. 1681), pl. 4, and text-figure 15, there is a mixture of the characters of Archae- * Archaelurus. Am. Nat., Vol. 13, Dec. 4, 1879, p. 798a-798b. °° Nimravus. Proc. Acad. Nat. Se., Philad., Aug. 12, 1879, pp. 169 and 174. ** This material includes the following specimens: No. 1681, perfect cranium without mandible, with axis and one other cervical vertebra; No. 1685, cranium with dentition, lacking I’ and the frontal region; No. 1679, mandible with dentition; No. 1680, middle portion of mandible with P; and M,, also five lumbar vertebrae; No. 1683, half of mandible with M, and parts of other teeth; No. 2256, nearly complete hind limb; No. 110, perfect tibia, calcaneum, fragments of metapodials, caudal vertebrae. In addition to these there are a number of loose teeth and scattered limb bones. VoL. 5] Merriam.—John Day Carnivora. 39 lurus and Nimravus. As in Archaelurus debilis, there are four superior premolars. The upper canine is slightly shorter and appears to show a little more curvature than in Nimravus, but in other characters it differs greatly from Archaclurus as de- seribed, and in these particulars resembles Nimravus. The posterior side instead of being smooth-edged is strongly com- pressed and has a sharply serrated margin. As in Nimravus, the anterior side is broad, and is slightly coneave toward the inner Dat q in H i I Vy mh Phan Y \ “ Fig. 15. Archaelurus debilis major. No. 1681. Middle John Day, Logan Butte, Crook County, Oregon. X %4. angle. The outer anterior portion is rounded. The inner ante- rior angle is acute, and is noticeably serrated toward the base of the tooth. In this last character it is even more specialized than the corresponding portion of this tooth as deseribed for N. gom- phodus. The skull in which this dentition occurs represents an individual much larger than the type of A. debilis. In dimen- sions it is nearest to the type of N. gomphodus, the largest de- seribed form referred to either of these genera, but it exceeds this specimen in axial leneth by about 20 millimeters.** It is difficult to determine the affinities of this form, judging solely from the characteristics which appeared in the type speci- mens. As the form represented by specimen No. 1681 is sepa- rated from Archaclurus principally by the character of the mar- gins of the superior canine, the writer has examined the type * Axial length of skull. Type A. debilis, 180 mm. Type N. gomphodus, 206 mm.; No. 1681, 225 mm. 40 University of California Publications. [GEOLOGY specimen of Arehaelurus with a view to verifying Cope’s state- ment regarding this tooth. It was found, however, that the posterior margins are really serrated instead of smooth, Cope having been deceived apparently by the worn surfaces of the tooth. The anterior sides were so much worn that it was not possible to determine their exact form. The evidence available seems to me to indicate that no sufficient generic distinctions are to be obtained in the character of the canines. Though slight differences in the structure of the margins may exist, it is very doubtful whether such variations in general form as may be pres- ent are of more than specifie value. As to the other generic character used by Cope, namely, that based upon the number of premolars, Cope’s type of N. gom- phodus shows no indication of the presence of premolar one in either the upper or the lower jaw, but as this tooth is exceed- ingly small in Archaelurus it is easily conceivable that it would disappear in many cases. In the collection of Professor Thomas Condon, at the University of Oregon, there is a well-preserved feline skull which was studied by Cope and was labeled V. gom- phodus by him. In this individual there are but two inferior premolars. In the specimen as it was studied by Cope there appeared to be only three upper premolars, but more careful preparation of the upper jaw has shown an alveolus for a fourth, or P*. In whichever genus this species is placed the dentition of one jaw will represent the other genus.** The differences between the types of Archaelurus and Nim- ravus, or A. debilis and N. gomphodus, are perhaps most strongly expressed in the lower jaws. In Cope’s material, A. debilis was characterized by the presence of a very large exostosis below the molars, while in NV. gomphodus this was represented by only a shght swelling of the external alveolar border. Accord- ing to Cope, this thickening was ‘‘larger in some specimens than in others.’’ N. gomphodus was supposed to be further charac- terized by the absence of P,, absence of an anterior basal tubercle on P;, and the failure of the massateric fossa to reach the inferior border of the ramus at any point. % Judging from Condon’s figures (The Two Islands, Pl. 20, opposite p. 124), the superior canine and mandible are of the Archaelurus type. Von. 5] Merriam.—John Day Carnivora. 41 As in the crania described above, the mandibles in the Univer- sity collections all show more or less mixing of characters. $0 SI Be See a Be 292 ae boa Length of mandible, anterior side of symphysis to poste- rior side of condyle ~........... 158 Q175 i... 10 2S Height of mandible below mid- dle of diastema 00-2... 27 Be 20 20 20 Height of mandible at poste- Tao CoRMC Coe dey, = Balls) 3 24). be Gees Length, posterior side of ca- nine to anterior side of Py... ...... IG: segexz 14.5 LO ee Length, posterior side of ca- nine to anterior side of P,.. 23 Pie | “eee 21 18.5 14.5 Antero-posterior diameter of 1 2p eee oS ear eee ily/ 17 15 Ae ee 13.3 Antero-posterior diameter of 1 3) Meee eee ea 20 alos) ees Nye le ea 16 Antero-posterior diameter of TVR ete aoa wt eae ccmiee ee Res es 25 27 DG Pes sere peers 22.5 a Approximate. The mandibles described above correspond generically to Archaclurus and differ from the two species of Nimravus in the presence of P, and in the characters of the massateric fossa. In the two specimens in which P, is present it supports an anterior basal tubercle as in Archaelurus. In each individual, however, some considerable deviation from the type of Archaelurus is seen, and in all cases this variation is toward the type of Nimravus. VoL. 5] Merriam.—John Day Carnivora. 43 Specifically the individuals described above are not readily fitted into any of the known groups. The largest specimen, No. 1679, exceeding both A. debilis and N. gomphodus in size, be- longed to an individual slightly larger than that represented by the skull No. 1681 described above (p. 39). These two specimens probably represent the same species, which is possibly a variety of A. debilis, or as suggested by the size and by the reduction of the exostosis, it is perhaps a variant from the N. gomphodus type. Until more is known of the variation in the group this form may be tentatively known as Archaelurus debilis major. The slightly smaller mandible, No. 1680, corresponds closely to N. gomphodus in size, and possesses only a rudimentary ex- ostosis. As P, was present and P, has an anterior basal tubercle, this specimen may be tentatively referred to A. debilis major. The third specimen, No. 1683, has nearly the same dimensions as the type of A. debilis, and is referred to that species, though as in N. gomphodus the inferior portion of the symphyseal re- gion is prominent and the exostosis much reduced. The great variation in size and form of the exostosis among these and other known specimens indicates that, as suspected by Cope, this structure cannot be used in generic separation and only doubtfully in distinction of the species. The value of the anterior basal tubercle on P, in separating the genera must also be doubtful, as the difference between the small anterior tubercle in Archaelurus and the rather prominent anterior basal angle in Nimravus is slight. The presence of P, in A. debilis is of doubt- ful value as a distinguishing character. It is a very small and practically functionless tooth, and its occurrence would naturally be variable. While it is usually present in specimens with the A. debilis type of massateric fossa and showing an anterior basal tubercle on P,, it is also associated with a posteriorly serrated inferior canine and a greatly reduced exostosis. It is absent from Professor Condon’s specimen in which the superior pre- molar dentition is that of Archaelurus. Practically the only character which seems distinctive is found in the form and size of the massateric fossa. In NV. gomphodus its inferior margin is separated from the lower border of the horizontal ramus by a wide bar. In A. debilis the fossa extends farther forward and 44 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY reaches down to the inferior margin of the jaw, which it may follow for some distance. In the present state of our knowledge there appear to be three or four types represented in the Archaelurus-Nimravus group. It is not certain that they represent distinct species and the num- ber will possibly be reduced when more material is known. A. debilis is a small form representing the more primitive extreme in premolar dentition and possibly in the form of the canines. P. has an anterior tubercle. The massateric fossa is relatively broad and the exostosis is large. The type skull is 180 mm. long, Pt and P, are both present, the canine is not greatly elongated. It represents a fully adult individual and possibly a female. A. debilis major. Large forms with variable premolar for- mula, reduced exostosis, and wide massaterie fossa. Superior canines moderately elongated, with serrated posterior edge, and with basal anterior groove. Type skull No. 1681 (pl. 4), a young individual; basal leneth 225 mm. Mandible No. 1679 (text-figure 16), referred to this species, is from a somewhat larger individual with teeth but little worn. The inferior canine has a serrated posterior margin, P, is two-rooted, P., with ante- rior basal tubercle, and the exostosis is somewhat reduced. These two young specimens exceed the old individual representing the type of debilis by more than 45 mm. in skull length, which is more than the ordinary range of sexual variation in eat skulls of approximately this size. N. gomphodus has a generally reduced premolar dentition, lacking both Pt and P,. The canines are relatively long and slender, though both characters are doubtless somewhat exagger- ated in the type specimen. P., without distinct anterior basal tubercle. Massateric fossa relatively narrow. The skull charac- ters separating this species from A. debilis are largely bridged over by A. debilis major. N. confertus resembled N. gomphodus excepting in the char- acter of the greatly shortened inferior diastema. Known only from the lower jaw. The observations presented above indicate some of the diffi- culties met in attempting to carry a separation of the generic VoL. 5] Merriam.—John Day Carnivora. 45 groups Archaclurus and Nimravus beyond the type material. It should be stated further that a somewhat similar mingling of characters of these genera is encountered in a study of the strue- ture of the skull, limbs, and vertebrae. As far as is known, nearly all the supposed diagnostic characters seem to be variable and untrustworthy, excepting possibly the form of the massateric fossa, and it is doubtful whether more than specific value at- taches to this feature. The group as a whole seems to show much individual variation, and under these circumstances a thoroughly satisfactory arrangement of the species and genera can be accom- plished only by the study of much larger collections than are now available. Cope’s collection seems to have contained in the types of A. debilis and N. gomphodus two rather extreme variants. Neither of these extremes has been met outside of the type col- lection. Although the larger part of the known material is not included in Cope’s collections, all of the specimens range between the limits of these two forms. Collectively the forms in the Nimravus-Archaelurus group represent a fairly distinct feline type. They are characterized in skull and dentition by the absence of a prominent flange on the antero-inferior angle of the mandible; a tedeney toward full representation of the premolars; absence of deuterocone on P%, of pr@focone on M', and of metaconid on M, ; incomplete develop- ment of the anterior cutting edge on the superior canines; the presence of a small M, and of a peculiar exostosis on the external alveolar margin adjacent to it; and the slight inferior projection of the posttympanie process and of the root of the zygomatic process of the squamosal. This group corresponds in rank to the average genus and, unless further additions to the available material should bring out more definite distinguishing characters, the later name, Archaclurus, will probably be ultimately elim- inated. As has been recognized particularly by Adams,** the members of the Nimravus-Archaelurus group show strong resemblances jn dental and cranial characters to Adlurictis of the European Olig- ocene and, as indicated below (p. 50) under the discussion of the extremities, this similarity extends also to the limb structure. “G.I. Adams. Extinet Ielidae., Am. Jour. Se., 1897, Vol. 154, p. 146. 46 University of California Publications. [GEOLOGY There are still a number of characters separating them which may as a whole distinguish the groups sufficiently to permit our continuing them as distinct genera. Ailurictis appears, however, to be closely related to the American genera and to represent the same division of the Felidae. MEASUREMENTS. Skull of Archaelurus debilis major, No. 1681. mm. Axial length from anterior side of premaxillae to posterior side of oc- Cosy OTL GER CL ON 01 hd == ee ee a ee for ee repre a ered 225 Axial length from anterior side of preraealae to anterior side of infe- rior narial openings ...... oo besedveteeensesestersedec eeoetsaa tear ne Rete 87 Greatest width across zygomatic arches... eee 150 Width of palate between immer roots of P* ...-22.2.---ecccecccceecpecccccecne ee eeetee 56 Height of inion above foramen magnum ...............2...2::-::c-1cceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeees 39 Height of antero-inferior side of orbit above alveolar border at P*........ 36 Length, anterior side of superior canine to posterior side of M? ............ 81.5 Length, anterior side of P*® to posterior side of M? _.....0...2022..2.-20-2-2222---- 48 Superior canine, length, tip to alveolar border on incompletely erupted GO OT DN cascade eee 38 Superior canine, antero- eetene: diameter at base -....2.,2...-c-ceceserete ee 16.5 Superior canine, transverse diameter at base ..........0..2-2.---:ce-cceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 9.2 Pi, antero-posterior diameter .............--2.---.:.0scseee-2 peteese: seieiets: eee 3.9 pa anbero-pOsterlom Camet Crs eres seece sees sseeee na cezeees 2 Sece: Sesevee cece cs onscreen aneeres 6.6 PS antero-posterior ‘ameter 222.cmeec aco cececccce ec ce ee eccn sere eeeece eee oe eearee teste eS) PS antero-POSsterlor (lame ter se ceee oe 6 aces eee ee 24 P*, transverse diameter across inner root ...........22.--...-22-::020eceeeeeeeeeeeeeet Se. 15 Mey cambero-posterior didmeter <2c ce. .ecece-eececcecescesece descr sees eee eee 5.7 MG. transverse’ diameter 22:c2.2.-¢-sc-2eccexee-cccsssencs secede: cescesesfesessgisveseest fees eee 8 Limbs.—Several specimens in the University collection show considerable parts of the appendicular skeleton of feline forms which are very near Archaclurus. Among these there is a hind limb, No. 2256 (pl. 5, fig. 1), lacking only the terminal pha- langes. This furnishes for the first time sufficient material for satisfactorily determining the foot structure in this group. The specimen evidently represents a form close to A. debilis, though somewhat larger. It is here tentatively referred to A. debilis major. The femur is much like that of Nimravus gomphodus as de- seribed by Cope.*® It differs from this type in that there is no groove connecting the shallow pit for the round ligament with %Tert. Vert., p. 970, Pl. 74, Fig. 2. VoL. 5] Merriam.—John Day Carnivora 47 the neck. Unfortunately the femur of Archaelurus debilis was not known to Cope. The tibia is similar to that described for A. debilis, excepting for its larger size, and that there are two grooves for the tendons passing over the posterior side of the internal malleolus on this specimen as in existing felines. This is also the ease in another and more nearly perfect tibia (No. 110, pl. 5, fig. 2) showing also the characters of Archaelurus. In the type of A. debilis there is stated to be but one groove. The astragalus duplicates the peculiar structure seen in A. debilis, having a very short neck and a rather long inner border of the trochlea. The internal trochlear ridge is separated a little farther from the distal end of the neck than in A. debilis, but a series of otherwise similar specimens of this type shows a slight variation in this character. As has been suggested by Seott,*° a small facet on the external side of the distal end of the neck cor- responds in position to the cuboid facet of the Ursidae. This facet is, however, continuous with the surface of articulation for the sustentaculum and its articulation probably did not reach beyond the caleaneum. The cuboid articulates closely with a dis- tinct facet near the distal end of the external face of the ectocu- neiform, and is not higher than the ectocuneiform and navicular as it is in the bears. It shows, moreover, no facet for articulation with the astragalus. The caleaneum exhibits a strongly marked fossa external to the outer astragalar facet somewhat similar to that seen in Pogo- nodon brachyops, though not so deep as in that form. The sus- tentacular facet is very long, reaching forward to the extreme anterior end of the bone. Separated from the anterior end of this facet by a sharp angle is a small face in articulation with the navicular. In specimen No. 110 the fossa external to the outer astragular facet is deeper and the sustentacular facet shows a slight median interruption. The navicular is considerably produced posteriorly, as was suggested by Cope from his study of the navicular facet of the astragalus. In this specimen the outer side bears a distinctive * W. B. Scott. Osteology of Dinictis felina., Proc. Philad. Acad., July 30, 1889, p. 226. 48 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY mark in the presence of a deep pit opposite the middle of the astragalar facet. The cuboid is a little higher than wide and shows a deep peroneal groove. The mesocuneiform and entocu- neiform are small and narrow. The form of the metatarsals shows the foot to be more special- ized than might have been inferred from a study of the skull and dentition. Compared with the size of the tarsus, the middle meta- tarsal is long and relatively heavy. The total length of the tar- sus, measured to the posterior end of the caleaneum, is a little less than that of metatarsal three. In most felines, particularly in the older forms, the tarsus is considerably longer than the metatarsus. This is particularly noticeable in Hoplophoneus and to a less extent in Deitnictis. The lateral digits are relatively reduced. Metatarsal three is considerably larger and heavier than the others, while number five is relatively short and slender. Number two is also consid- erably reduced. The proximal end of number two has been some- what damaged, so that it is not possible to determine certainly whether the foot retained a part of metatarsal one. A small de- pression on the median or free side of the proximal end of this element, but scarcely reaching beyond the proximal end of meta- tarsal three, may have been occupied by a rudimentary meta- tarsal one. As the distal end of the entocuneiform is very thin and slender, such a rudiment if present at all must have been very small. The reduction of the lateral digits is greater than that in Deinictis and Hoplophoneus, or than in many of the typical mod- ern eats. A somewhat similar relative elongation of the middle metatarsals and reduction of the lateral ones is seen in the chee- tah and earacal. ; A slenderness of the anterior foot is indicated by Cope’s state- ment*? that the fifth metacarpal was relatively much smaller than in the typical modern Felidae. The terminal phalanges are not known in association with other determinable skeletal elements. The other phalanges are rather broad. The middle phalanx in each digit shows consid- erably less oblique excavation of the shaft on the outer side than * Tert. Vert., p. 961. Vow. 5] Merriam. John Day Carnivora. 49 is seen in the modern Felidae with strongly developed retracile terminal phalanges. Of the relative length of the whole limb no very definite esti- mate can be made, as complete limb segments have not been found associated with the skull or vertebrae. Comparative meas- urements of the specimen in which the pes is present with broken tibia and femur (No. 2256), and of No. 110, with complete tibia and caleaneum, indicate that the tibia was a little shorter than the complete pes. An approximation of the proportions in Ar- chaclurus compared with those of Detnictis seems to show that the tibia has about the same relative proportion to the skull length in the two forms. Compared to the leneth of the tibia, the combined lengths of the tarsus and metatarsus appear to be a little greater in Archaelurus. The relatively long middle meta- podials, the reduced lateral metapodials, and the relatively long tibia point toward a type of limb lke that seen in the cheetah or hunting leopard rather than toward the type of the hon or tiger. It is also interesting to note that in the loss of the deuterocone of P*, and in the relative strength of the middle premolars the denti- tion shows the same resemblances. In his admirable discussion of the White River sabre-tooths, Dr. W. D. Matthew** has suggested that we may . . . “‘ex- plain the apparent conservatism in the Deimictis dentition by the assumption that its prey consisted in greater part of the smaller, speedier animals of the plains, which it must run down by supe- rior speed or endurance, while the Hoplophoneus preyed more on the larger, slower animals of the plains or forest, whose destruc- tion required a more powerful animal with more effective weap- ons of attack.’’ This suggestion will, I believe, account for the persistence in the John Day of a type hke Archaelurus with certain apparently primitive characters in its dentition. The ereater the specialization of the feet for running, the less useful would they be for grasping, and the less would be the value of ereatly elongated superior canines. The presence of long, knife- like canines is correlated with powerful grasping feet possessing highly developed retractile claws. With its powerful feet the ami- mal clung to its prey while it struck repeatedly with its thin, “® Mem. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. I, Part 7, p. 394. on S University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY sharp sabres. When the canines are not developed to the dagger- like form for stabbing, the premolar teeth serve a more definite purpose in the destruction of prey, and would be less subject to reduction. The view suggested above finds support, in that such evidence as we have indicates that during the deposition of the Middle John Day beds this region was in the main a country of open plains, offering advantages to running types of earnivores, and that during this epoch the Archaelurus-Nimravus type of feline was by far the most common form. As might be surmised from the known similarities in cranial and dental characters, the foot structure of Archaclurus shows. considerable resemblance to that in the genus Adlurictis of the European Oligocene. As has been shown by Schlosser,®® meta- tarsal one is greatly reduced in Adlurictis, and particularly the middle metapodials are rather heavy. These characters, as also the unusual elongation of the proximal, external tubercle on metatarsal five, are distinctive features of Archaelurus. The limb structure differs somewhat in the two groups in that metatarsals. two and five are somewhat less reduced in Adlurictis, and the astragalus is stated to show close resemblance to that of Felis, while in Archaclurus this element has a different and quite dis- tinctive form. As far as can be determined, Archaelurus seems. slightly more advanced than Ailurictis in foot structure. MEASUREMENTS. A. debilis major, No. 2256. mm. Hemur,” antero-posterior diameter ok head 22.2.2 ee Femur, transverse diameter of shaft near middle ~.......2000000000020----- 22 Femur, transverse diameter of distal end -....-....-...20-.-:e-2eleceeecteeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 50.5. Hemur, width of rotular face at middie 2 ee 18 Mibia, transverse diameter at, distally emcees see seen: eee eee 33.5; Tibia, transverse miameter ati proximal jemd, 22.22. nee eee eee 48 Tibia, antero-posterior diameter at proximal end 0.200220... 52 Caleaneum, greatest afitero-posterior diameter ............0.22...2:::::s:eceeeceeeeee 67 °° M. Schlosser. Beitrage zur Palaeont. Oestr-Ung., B. 6, p. 431. *oThe shaft of the bone has been shattered in the femur and tibia so that. the length could not be accurately determined in this specimen. VoL. 5] Merriam.—John Day Carnivora. 51 Astragalus, greatest antero-posterior diameter —.......2.22.0.20000.2000.0 36 Astragalus, antero-posterior diameter through trochlear region —...... 28.3 Astragalus, greatest width of trochlear surface — 0. ee eo A) Cuboid, greatest antero-posterior diameter on superior surface 17 Combined antero-posterior diameter of caleaneum and cuboid in po- SNUG) 61 ey NP PR A ..... 82 Width of tarsus, cuboid, and navicular ...............2..22-::--:-:ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees BD Metatarsal III, greatest length from distal end to ectocuneitorm artic- Wlatlomemeasuredimony Supernlon SURLACE esc. -.ececee-ceeeeesececaeveeesc2e--2 . OD.7 Metatarsal ITI, transverse diameter at narrowest portion of the shaft... 13.8 Metatarsal IV, greatest length from distal end to cuboid ariculation measured ON Superior SUYLAGCE ........--..-------c--cceeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeceretees 82 Metatarsal IV, transverse diameter at narrowest portion of shaft.......... 10.5 Metatarsal V, greatest length from distal end to cuboid articulation roaXeyakeybor(eYal (ohm (\blpexeyemlone’ [bbe Yet oe a ee eee 65 Metatarsal V, transverse diameter at narrowest portion of the shaft...... 8 In another specimen, A. debilis major (No. 110) showing the same characters as those found in that described above, the per- fect tibia and caleaneum have the following dimensions :— mm. Miia sORCALCSL LOMO IG rene. ceee seen ca eae =ceseeeessaceugdacesevace2eeeedenttebs acest aasanssasveneseoess 256 Tibia, transverse diameter at proximal end ...............-...2--....-.--1.0------ .. 53 Tibia, antero-posterior diameter at proximal end ..................--..2.-....-.------- 59.5 Tibia, transverse diameter at distal end ~..W22.2.222222-eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee cece yi Caleaneum, greatest antero-posterior diameter -..................22.22:0---2---ee 70 Vertebrae.—With the Archaclurus skull No. 1681 there are preserved the axis and the third cervical. Both are much like the corresponding elements described by Cope for Nimravus gom- phodus, and no characters are noted which would serve to dis- tinewish them. Associated with the lower jaw No. 1680, referred to A. debilis major, there is in the collections from the Middle John Day a se- ries of four posterior lumbar vertebrae in articulation. The ante- rior member of the series supports a very sharp, thin, inferior keel, and the metapophyses are narrow. There is a rudimentary anapophysis on this vertebra and the sueceeding one. The spine and transverse process are broken away. On the third member of the series (text-figure 17) the inferior keel is strong, but not 52 University of Califorma Publications. [GEOLOGY as thin as on the first, and there is a minute rudiment of an ana- pophysis on one side only. The neural spine is rather broad and high, but is unfortunately not complete. The fourth vertebra is shorter than the others, the metapophyses are broader, the in- ferior surface is not distinctly keeled, and the thin transverse processes are well developed though broken distally. This verte- Fig. 17. Arechaelurus debilis major. Lumbar vertebrae. No. 1680. Mid- dle John Day, Turtle Cove, John Day Valley, Oregon. X %4. Fig. 18. Archaelurus debilis major. Caudal vertebra. No. 110. Middle John Day, Blue Basin, John Day Valley, Oregon. X %4. bra is peculiar in that it lacks a neural spine. In the place of the spine there is a very indistinet ridge not exceeding a millimeter in height. This last vertebra is presumably the seventh lumbar, the others being the sixth, fifth, and fourth. This vertebra does not agree in form with the seventh lumbar of Archaelurus debilis deseribed by Cope, which had a high neural spine. With the complete tibia and ealeaneum, No. 110, referred to Archaclurus, there is a large but slender caudal vertebra (text- figure 18) which must have been situated near the middle of a long slender tail. Vou. 5] Merriam.—John Day Carnivora. 53 MEASUREMENTS. Vertebrae, associated with type skull of A. debilis major, No. 1681. mm. Axis, length of centrum including odontoid process -.......2..220.-0220...2222--- 53 Axis, antero-posterior length of neural arch, approximate — 20. o4: Axis, height from middle of inferior side of centrum to top of neural UTC Iga ewe cee eas ee ttre See oe oe ces Sens eee set w os sepia ete y PS au sa tEey cesses sic veuee Lnceuece eee 43 Third cervical, length of inferior side of centrum ............022..2022..2020222..--- 22 Third cervical, width across postzygapophyses ............0.0-0..0.- 33 No. 1680, associated with lower jaw of A. debilis major (?). Fourth lumbar, length of cemtrum 2... cc2:e0.2.cccccccceceeceeceeseeeee ee eel () Fourth lumbar, width of posterior end of centrum 28 Fourth lumbar, height of posterior end of centrum —........2..20220..022...- 19 TRior Uo. Mvucelopiy; Theravestilay oH evan PAULO ee ee eee ee 41 Fifth lumbar, width across posterior zygapophyses -................2...02.-..-- 24 Sybiquit Inpedlopne levee Oke CeMMEAI WN See 40.5 Sixth lumbar, width of posterior end of centrum —.... 2 29 Sixth lumbar, height of posterior end of centrum —....2 19 Sixth lumbar, height of neural spine above lower side of neural canal, approximate eventhmelum bar mlemethe (on eCemibr wan sess scree ese ceeeeee ee 8 eee ee Seventh lumbar, width of posterior end of centrum ....00 22 31 Seventh lumbar, height of posterior end of centrum — 19 Seventh lumbar, width across metapophyses 022.202. 33.5 No. 110, associated with Archaelurus type of tibia and caleaneum. Evi Clea NS 1 GE Ta rei eee een te 9 ee oe re ES a ed 8 53 Caudal, transverse diameter at narrowest point 22 14.7 Caudal, height of posterior end of centrum POGONODON DAVISI, Nn. Sp. PlL-6, Figs. 1, 2, and 3. No. 789, Uniy. Calif. Col. Vert. Palae. From the Upper John Day, five miles southeast of Monument, Grant County, Oregon. Distinctive Characters—Skull large, sagittal crest very high and thin, brain case small. Dentition?,+,2,4. Third upper in- eisor relatively large. Upper canines large but not greatly com- pressed laterally. P? very small, one-rooted. P* without deu- terocone, with incipient protostyle, not exceeding the superior canine in antero-posterior diameter. M?* small, narrow trans- versely, without distinct internal or protocone lobe. The type specimen, a skull without mandible, was found in the Upper John Day beds, southeast of Monument, Oregon, by 54 University of California Publications. [GEOLOGY Mr. Leander 8. Davis, whose efficient serviees as guide and col- lector I take pleasure in recognizing in this connection. Cranium.—The size of the skull places this form among the larger and more powerful John Day carnivores. The cranium is characterized particularly by the very high and thin sagittal erest, which is so strongly elevated that the highest point on the skull is thrown extraordinarily far back. The brain ease is small and the thin crest rises quite abruptly above it. The parietal foramina are situated low down on the base of the crest, but on the left side there is an additional foramen higher up on the side. The occiput is high and narrow, its width a little below the middle being less than that near the upper end. The lower por- tion is evenly rounded but not keeled, the upper portion is gently coneave. A faint median keel and two lateral ones arise near the upper end, but no strong or persistent keel is present on the occi- put. The zygomatic arches are widely spread. The root of the zygomatic process of the temporal is not lowered below the level of the basisphenoid as in Hoplophoneus. The glenoid fossa is in nearly the same plane with the inferior surface of the basisphe- noid, but is not below it, and there is no apparent tendency to- ward the development of an inferior pedicle for the support of the jaws such as is seen in the typical sabre-tooths. The posttym- panie process extends below the plane of the paroccipital process, but is not more strongly produced inferiorly or more closely ap- proximated to the postglenoid than in Pogonodon brachyops. The facial region is flattened and somewhat depressed imme- diately in front of the orbits, and the nasals are not prominent. The superior extensions of the premaxillaries reach backward a considerable distance, but do not meet the frontals. The nasals extend backward to a point a little behind the narrowest space between the superior margins of the orbits and considerably pos- terior to the highest point of the maxillaries. Immediately be- hind the union of the fronto-maxillary and fronta-nasal sutures the nasals are slightly widened. The postorbital processes are prominent and the frontal region is relatively wide. The fronto- maxillary suture extends upward from the border of the orbit and then turns forward nearly horizontally before bending down- ward to the nasal suture, leaving the frontal with a very small VoL. 5] Merriam.—John Day Carnivora. 55 and narrow nasal process. Though not entirely similar, the rela- tions of this suture are somewhat like those of Deinictis. The palate is broad posteriorly and the inferior hares reach forward almost to the molars. The posterior palatine foramina are nearly opposite the anterior border of P*. The foramina of the basi-cranial region of the skull are much like those of Nimravus and Deinictis. The alisphenoid canal and foramen ovale are in a shallow depression near the glenoid fossa. The carotid canal and foramen lacerum posterium appear to be separated. ; Dentition.—The anterior ends of the premaxillaries are broken away, leaving only portions of the roots of the incisors. I' is small and I* very large. The canines are absent, but their alveo- lar walls are well preserved, giving the approximate dimensions of these teeth at the base. Compared with the sectorials, the antero-posterior diameter is relatively larger than in Deinictis, and approaches more nearly the size seen in Hoplophoneus. The transverse diameter seems to indicate something less than the degree of compression shown in the canines of most species of Hoplophoneus. P? was very small and had but one root. P* is relatively smaller than in Deinictis. In addition to the large pos- terior cusp, there is present a minute tubercle situated on the inner side of the anterior border. The superior sectorial does not possess a distinct deuterocone, though the inner root is moder- ately developed. Somewhat above the basal end of the sharp an- terior edge of the protocone on the right sectorial there is a faint but distinet noteh separating an incipient protostyle. The an- terior border of the left sectorial is somewhat worn, but shows traces of a similar notch on the worn edge, though it was evi- dently weaker than on the other sectorial. Though the incipient protostyle occupies the same position as in Hoplophoneus and other more highly specialized sabre-tooths, I do not think that its presence necessarily indicates that this form is to be included in the genus Hoplophoneus. Ina Deinictis specimen (No. 10257) from the White River beds I find similar, though somewhat weaker, notches separating incipient protostyles on P* and P* of both right and left series. 56 University of California Publications. [GEOLOGY M* is small and is narrow transversely. As in Nimravus and Hoplophoncus, it is without an inner protocone lobe. There are apparently three closely connate roots, the inner and antero- external being closely united, and the postero-external much reduced. Systematic Position.—This species differs from all of those previously described from the John Day fauna. Like Pogonodon platycopis described by Cope from the John Day, it resembles Hoplophoneus in the large size of the canines, and in the re- duced P* and P*. It further resembles Hoplophoneus in the absence of a deuterocone on P*, in the tendeney to develop a protostyle on this tooth, and in the reduction of the inner lobe of M*. Excepting the less marked lateral compression of the su- perior canine, the principal characters of the dentition as known are apparently closer to Hoplophoneus than to Deinictis. Affini- ties with Deinictis are more apparent in the skull characters. The root of the zygomatic process of the squamosal is not produced inferiorly, and the posttympanic process is not extended infe- riorly to such an extent as in Hoplophoneus and other highly specialized sabre-tooths with long superior canines. The form of the frontals, nasals, fronto-maxillary suture, paroccipital process, posttympanic process and of the root of the zygomatic process of the squamosal all approach the characters seen in Deinictis. The very large size of the temporal fossae indicates large tem- poral muscles, and probably a heavy lower jaw with a large coronoid process as in the Peinictis forms. This species must be considered a very advanced form of the deinictid group, and finds its closest affinities with the two John Day species platycopis and brachyops, which have been separated from Deinictis as a distinct genus, Pogonodon, by Cope. It differs from P. platycopis considerably in size, in the form and propor- tions of the posterior portion of the cranial region, and in the form of the narrow M'. With considerably smaller skull meas- urements in P. davisi, the oceiput and sagittal crest are abso- lutely much higher. As the skull is absolutely much smaller, this difference in the cranial region is evidently not due to sex. The relation of the superior outline of the fronto-facial region and sagittal crest to each other seem also different from the arrange- VoL. 5] Merriam.—John Day Carnivora. 57 ment in platycopis, but judgment on this charaeter should prob- ably be suspended, as the frontal region of the type of platycopis is imperfect. As far as I am aware, the character of the inner tubercle of the upper seetorial in platycopis is unknown. M?* in platycopis is stated by Cope to be characterized by its great transverse extent, while it is exceptionally narrow in davisi and brachyops. From Pogonodon brachyops it is distinguished by its rela- tively much larger canine, smaller P*, narrower M?*, less abbre- viated muzzle, and higher sagittal crest. The species of the deinictid group in the John Day beds in- clude two types. One is represented by Deinictis cyclops, which corresponds quite closely in nearly all of its characters to the typical Deinictis of the White River. The other group is repre- sented by davist, brachyops and platycopis. The second group seems to belong pretty definitely with the deinictids, but repre- sents such a degree of advance away from the typical Deinictis that it becomes important to refer to it as a distinct division. These species are characterized particularly by increase in the size of the canines, though not to a great extent in the vertical leneth, reduction of the anterior premolars, loss of M, and of the metaconid of M,, and reduction of the inner lobe of M*' in two species. In the only species in which the inner side of the supe- rior carnassial has been examined, the deuterocone is reduced. In all three of the species the frontal region seems to be wide, the temporal fossae are exceptionally large, and the auditory meatus is appreciably narrowed by the posttympanic process. The species thus grouped seem to resemble each other more closely than they do other forms, and stand in decided contrast in most characters to Deinictis cyclops of the same beds. In order to express in the classification the relation of these John Day species to each other and to the typical deinictids of the Oligocene, it seems to me advisable to use the arrangement proposed by Cope, and to separate platycopis, brachyops, and davisi as the Pogonodon group, of at least subgeneric rank. Of the extremities of the Pogonodons very little is known, but Cope has shown that the limbs were slender and the feet narrowed as in the running types seen in Nimravus and Deinictis. 58 University of California Publications. [GEOLOGY MEASUREMENTS. mm. Length of skull, anterior side of upper canine to posterior side of oc- cipital, condyles: .-ix2.Anee siete ee Length from postorbital process to inion Width across zygomatic arches Width across postorbital processes Least diameter above orbits Height of mion above. foramen magmuri ye iieee cee eee Wadthy of occnpute atom: oe sc crescent eer ee Height of sagittal crest above parietal foramen ...............2.....-.:2::-:10000-+ Width of palate between upper Canines ..........--..--:-scc-ecceceeceeceeceeseeeeeeeeeees Width of palate between deuterocones of sectorials .. Length, posterior side C to posterior side M* Length, anterior side P* to posterior side M? ............222.2222.22.22:220:10e--- Superior canine, antero-posterior diameter of alveolus —...........................- 23 Superior canine, transverse diameter of alveolus ..............22..22...-.222:0100---- 12 Ie, transverse diameter of alveolus: 2... 2s ce eeeee ee ereeeceeee eee apd ie Eransverse Giameer ol alveolwisy ses -cessesec--seeecee cases eee eases nee ag.2 Ps, antero-posterior ‘diameter o£ alveolus: feececccesceeec sees cesses ee 4 Pe ANLOLO-POSLEMLOT CUAMC LCT: eeeeccee cst ce esse casesscoeceeee sot cece repens ceases 14.5 Ps) ANLELO-POStETLON CUAMELCH ease ee eee cwe sere ee eee eee 23 P,, transverse diameter across deuterocone ...............22.2-222--02--20e-eeeeeeeceeeeeeee 11.75 ME amtero-postertor lef Qt flo 7g 4Z aS Sfe laptey o°O Bee. Pap - fo} gus ss Bg Ss ae i=} aS “oOo 4 Ton a4 La} H Sas 2 3. ne Bee BEE lel) eee fo} as Ege =) oe al eS ee. Huceratherium, a New Ungulate from. the Quaternary Caves” : J. Sinclair and E. L. Furlong Boer dic ie Dil, A New Marine Reptile from the Triassic oF California, oe 22. eee River Terraces of the Orleans Basin, Cae by AP UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 5, No. 2, pp. 65-66 ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor SOME EDENTATE-LIKE REMAINS FROM THE MASCALL BEDS OF OREGON. BY WILLIAM J. SINCLAIR. The writer has recently received from Professor J. C. Mer- riam for determination and description a large ungual phalanx collected in the Maseall beds of Oregon, by Mr. J. C. Sperry, while a member of the University of California expedition of 1900. The specimen (No. 1096, Univ. Cal. Palae. Col.), represented nat- ural size in the accompanying figures (figs. 1 to 3), is from the Figs. 1 to 3. Claw of an Edentate (?) from the Mascall beds: fig. 1, from the side; fig. 2, from ahove; fig. 8, from below. All figures three- fourths natural size. Masceall beds exposed on the north side of the main road between Rattlesnake Creek and Bireh Creek, Wheeler County, Oregon. Although somewhat fragmentary, this material is of peculiar interest, as it apparently pertains to a gravigrade edentate. The 66 University of California Publications. [| GEOLOGY tip of the claw and the dorsal portion of the trochlear surface have been broken off. The claw is laterally flattened, with a. faint indication of a shallow median cleft (fig. 2). Its base is sheathed in a bony hood, now considerably broken. The troch- lear surface is divided by a high median ridge, as in the Gravi- erada. Inferiorly there is a large subungual process for the ex- tensor tendons, perforated by a pair of ungual foramina (fig. 3). The lateral surface of the claw is rugose, showing the impression of numerous vascular canals indicating the presence of a horny sheath. Remains of supposed Edentates have been described from the John Day beds of Oregon (Moropus distans, M. senex), but these — are more probably to be regarded as the American representatives of Chalicotherium... The absence of a deep median cleft in the *Communicated by Mr. O. A. Peterson. ungual phalanx and the presence of a bony hood are sufficient to separate the animal to which the material described in the present note pertained from any relationship with the Chalicotheres. On the other hand, the Mascall specimen agrees in every respect with the structure of the claws in the Megalonychidae. Should the above determination prove to be correct, the specimen just de- seribed will represent the earliest gravigrade remains known in North America. Issued December 6, 1906. UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 5, No. 3, pp. 67-70 ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor FOSSIL MOLLUSCA FROM THE JOHN DAY ‘AND MASCALL BEDS OF OREGON. BY Ropert EH. C. STEARNS, Honorary Associate in Zoology, United States National Museum. Several years ago the writer examined a collection of shells obtained by parties from the University of California collecting in the John Day region, under the direction of Professor J. C. Merriam. A note on this material, with preliminary descriptions of new forms, was published in Science,’ but without figures. It *Science, N. S., Vol. 15, p. 153, 1902. was intended at that time to republish the descriptions with fig- ures at a later date. The following notes are in the main a re- production of the articles from Science with the addition of fig- ures of the new species. Professor Merriam’s collection includes examples of the sev- eral species of land-shells heretofore desecribed,? namely, EH pi- phragmophora fidelis anticedens, Polygyra Dali, Ammonitella Yatesi praecursor, and Pyramidula perspectiva simillima. Of these four species there are numerous specimens and fragments. Dr. White’s Unio Condoni was also obtained in considerable numbers. The foregoing represent all of the mollusean forms thus far reported from the John Day beds. Dr. White received his material from the late Professor E. D. Cope and Professor Thomas Condon, of the University of Oregon. Cope’s specimens were obtained by Mr. Jacob L. Wortman, of the Army Medical Museum. These two collections included the same species. Professor Merriam has made some interesting additions to the above brief list which are deseribed below. *C. A. White, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 18, 1885; R. E. C. Stearns, Proc. Wash. Acad. Se., Vol. 2, p. 651, 1900. 68 University of California Publications. [GEOLOGY HELIX (EPIPHRAGMORPHORA?) DUBOSIA nom. prov. Figs. 3 and 4. Type specimen No. 10001. Univ. Calif. Col. Invert. Palae., Middle John Day, John Day Valley, Oregon. Shell orbicular, flattened, discoidal, periphery angulated or obtusely carinated; whorls six or more, deeply sutured and ex- hibiting strone erowth striae. Apex whorls closely and slightly pitted. Aperture and umbilical region covered by a portion of the matrix in which the shell was imbedded. Diameter (maximum), 24 mm., probably 26 to 264 mm. when perfect. Elevation, about 10 mm. A sufficient portion of the shelly substance intact admits of the above deseription. Number of specimens, six; of these the individual described is the largest and most perfect. The smaller examples consist mainly of the upper whorls. With more and better material it is quite probable that the foregoing might prove to be an angulated, dwarfed, depressed aspect of the ving fidelis, or mormonum; it also suggests the form known as Hillebrandi. Nearly all of the material is in a very unsatisfactory condition, with no color indications to assist in determination. While for these reasons the conclusions may be regarded as more or less arbitrary, the general character and relationship is beheved to be fairly well pointed out. PYRAMIDULA LECONTET, n. s. Fig. 2. Type specimen No. 10000. Univ. Calif. Col. Invert. Palae., John Day, Bridge Creek, Oregon. Shell small, orbicularly depressed, widely and deeply umbili- cated; whorls four and a half to five, rounded, closely and con- spicuously ribbed except on the apex, which is nearly smooth; the ribbing extending into the umbilical cavity; the grooves between the ribs nearly as wide as the ribs are thick; the suture deep; aperture nearly circular or rounded lunate; edge of the lip simple. Diameter (maximum), 84mm. Elevation, nearly 5 mm. A single example; the last whorl has been broken back somewhat ; the maximum diameter was probably 9 to 94 mm. The specimen appears to be scarcely mature. The number, prominence, and Vow. 5] Stearns.—John Day and Mascall Mollusca. 69 regularity of the ribs make this a very pretty shell. The general facies suggests relationship with the extraordinary group of heli- coid forms so widely distributed throughout the vast area denomi- nated by Mr. W. G. Binney,’ the ‘‘ Central Provinee,’’ and listed by Dr. Pilsbury in his recent catalogue as number 340! (P. stri- gosa and numerous races or varieties). A comparison of P. Le Fig. 1. Limnaea maxima nom. prov. Natural size. Fig. 2. Pyramidula Le Contei, n.s. X 18. Figs. 3 and 4. Helia (Epiphragmorphora?) dubiosa nom. prov. Natural size. Contei kindly made for me by Professor Dall, with the large series of the strigosa group in the National Museum, determines it, as he says, to be ‘‘different from anything we have in the ecol- lection.”’ In memory of the late Professor Joseph LeConte, I have at- tached his name to the above form. %¢ . . i 5 é : . Palacheite, by Arthur 8. Eakle 3 Two New ‘Species of Fossil Turtles from Oregon, by. 0. P. Hay : Tae 0. A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by W. J. Sinclair ae New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Triassic of California, by John C. Merriam Spodumene from San Diego County, California, by Waldemar T. Schaller The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great Valley of California, whe John Merriam . . The Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by Andrew C. ‘Lawson. A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene in California, by John C. a The Orbicular Gabbro at Dehesa, San Diego County, California, by Andre A New Cestraciont Spine from the Lower Triassie of Idaho, by Herbert A Fossil‘ Egg from Arizona, by Wm. Conger Morgan and Marion Clover Euceratherium, a New Ungulate from the Quaternary Caves of Cali J. Sinclair and E. L. Furlong ee A New sea ee from the Triassic of lee ae ‘i ) UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 5, No. 4, pp. 71-73, Pl. 7 ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor NEW CESTRACIONT TEETH FROM THE WEST-AMERICAN TRIASSIC. BY Epna M. WEMPLE. CONTENTS. PAGE TEAS RONG ROYER MOA eee ee see oe eRe ee eee ee eel Acrodus alexandrae, 0. SDP. ..........222..22220--.200:eeeeeee- PS ee ee one eee v1 PNCTOCUSMOTCOGMONGUS, Mi SPs. t---cceeccceeccceccceecceeeceseeesees scons cess ose dacecdeseece costes 72 Hybodus nevadensis, n. sp. —... re 72 HeliyiboduS@ShaSteCnSis;. We SPs... -c2ececeee cnc cceee eee caseeeeeee ee eeeetees ss 73 INTRODUCTION. In the summer of 1902 a palaeontological expedition from the University of California obtained a number of cestraciont teeth in the Middle Triassic beds exposed in the West Humboldt Range of Nevada. A second expedition in 1905 found additional mate- rial at other localities in the same beds. Teeth of these types are known to occur elsewhere at horizons from the Middle Triassic to the Upper Cretaceous, but as yet these specimens, with a few fragmentary teeth from Shasta County, California, appear to be the only cestracionts known in the Triassic of North America. All of the specimens obtained seem to represent new species, which are probably to be considered as characteristic fossils of this horizon of the Triassic. ACRODUS ALEXANDRA, Ni. Sp. Pl. 7, figs. 5 and 6. Type specimen, one detached tooth, No. 9874, Univ. Calif. Col. Vert. Palae. From the upper part of the Middle Triassic, Fisher Cafion, West Humboldt Range, Nevada. The tooth is large, elongated, and with a faint median keel. The crown is low and wider than the root. The overhanging mar- gins are very deeply and sharply serrated. This ornamentation ie University of California Publications. | GEOLOGY is coarser than in any other species of Acrodus known to the writer. Only one of the serrations is connected with the ridges higher up on the crown. The middle of the crown is much wider than the ends, which narrow gradually. The longitudinal crest on the crown is a very narrow but well defined ridge which con- tinues unbroken along the entire surface of the crown. Imme- diately above the serrated lateral margin the crown is smooth. Half way up the side of the tooth a series of delicate ridges arises and runs into the longitudinal crest. ACRODUS OREODONTUS, Nn. Sp. Type specimen No, 10251, Univ. Calif. Col. Vert. Palae. From the upper part of the Middle Triassic, Cottonwood Cafion, West Humboldt Range, Nevada. The teeth are elongated, depressed, with a median prominence, and a well defined median ridge. No lateral prominences are present. The coronal contour is strongly rounded. Coarse wrin- kles converge toward the apex and the longitudinal crest. This convergence is more noticeable on one surface of the tooth. On this surface the distance from the base to the lower edge of the crown is about half the same distance on the other surface. This surface is more coarsely ornamented than the opposite side. The straight longitudinal crest is situated medially on the crown. HYBODUS NEVADENSIS, N. sp. Pl. 7, fg. 3: Type specimen, one detached tooth, No. 10254, Univ. Calif. Col. Vert. Palae. From the upper part of Middle Triassic, Cottonwood Canon, West Humboldt Range, Nevada. Tooth cuspidate, crown relatively low and vertically striated, with one principal elevation situated a little away from the middle of the tooth. The lateral prominences are two in number. These prominences are well defined and sharply conical. No lat- eral denticles are present on the opposite side. The root is sepa- cated from the crown by a deep grove. The type specimen prob- ably belonged to the symphyseal portion of the jaw, as it shows a high, robust, principal cone. Vou. 5] Wemple—New Cestraciont Teeth. BB HYBODUS SHASTENSIS, nl. Sp. PLY, fig. 4. Type No. 10255, Univ. Calif. Col. Vert. Palae. From the Upper Triassic at the west end of Bear Cove, Shasta County, California. The erown supports a high, robust principal cone with a broad base. The upper portion of the principal cone is rather sharply narrowed. There are five lateral denticles, three on one side, and two faint elevations on the other; all are short and when preserved the tips are narrow. The sides of principal cone and all of the denticles are cut into numerous stronely marked ridges. The crown overhanes the base shehtly. The base is wide, with one margin deeply sealloped. Issued December 7, 1906. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 7. igs. 1 and 2. Acrodus oreodontus, n. sp. No. 10251. Middle Triassic, Cot- tonwood Canon, West Humboldt Range, Nevada. x 13. Fig. 3. Hybodus nevadensis, n. sp. No. 10254. Middle Triassic, Cotton- wood Canon, West Humboldt Range, Nevada. X 2. Fig. 4. Hybodus shastensis, n. sp. No. 10255. Upper Triassic, Bear Cove, Shasta County, California. x 2. Figs. 5 and 6. Acrodus alexandrae, n. sp. No. 9874. Middle Triassic, Fisher Cation, West Humboldt Range, Nevada. X 1. BULL. DEPT. GEOL. UNIV. CAL. Seeing, <: >. Coen eT a We ANOS Ts yh Jud Ieee : LURES 2 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY TRIASSIC OF NEVADA BY JOHN C. MERRIAM BERKELEY THE UNIVERSITY PRESS re December, 1906 PRICE 10 CENTS ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor | PRELIMINARY NOTE ON A NEW MARINE REPTILE FROM THE MIDDLE ek Coe ieee Fay a. | 4 ia BAER Seer SO = Garteee oats So heeos SS 02 DO ee intervals in tine form oe separate papers search by some competent investigator in geological s from 400 to 500 pages. The price per volume is $3.50, including the volumes will be sent to subscribers in separate covers as s i may be purchased at the following prices from the U NIVERSITY e Sx be addressed : — % : . The Geology of Carmelo Bay, by Andrew C. Lawson, with chemical soalyses . The Geology of Angel Tsland, by F. Leslie Ransome, with a Note on the Radiolarian . The Geomorphogeny of the Coast of Northern California, by Andrew C. Lawson . On Analcite Diabase from San Louis Obispo County, California, by Harold W. Fairkankes . On Lawsonite, a New Rock-forming Minera] from the Tiburon Peninsula, Marin Coun aaa . Critical Periods in the History of the Earth by ‘Joseph LeConte . On Malignite, a Family of Basic, Plutonic, ‘Orthoclase Rocks, Rich in " Alkalies anal . Sigmogomphius LeContei, a New Castoroid-Rodent, from the Pliocene, near Berkeley, . The Great Valley of California, a a Criticism of the “Theory: of Tsostasy, by E F. Leslie . The Geology of Point Sal, by Harold W. Fairbanks . . On Some Pliocene Ostracoda from near Berkeley, by Frederick Chapman : . Note on Two Tertiary Faunas from the Rocks of the Southern Coast of Vancouver _ The Distribution of the Neocene Sea-urchins of Middle ‘California, and Its Bearing on : . The Geology of Point Reyes Peninsula, by F. M. Anderson. cae . Some Aspects of Erosion in Relation to the Theory of the Peneplain, by W. 8. Tangier . A Topographic Study of the:Islands of Sou thern California, by W. S. ‘Tangier Smith . The Geology of the Central Portion of the Isthmus of Panama, by Oscar H. coe . A Contribution to the Geology of the John Day Basin, by John C. Merriam . . . . Mineralogical Notes, by Arthur 8. Eakle ty oe . Contributions to the Mineralogy of California, by Walter O. Blasdale : , . The Berkeley Hills. A Detail of Coast Range eecieey, Oy Andrew C. Lawson and . The Quaternary of Southern California, by Oscar H. Hershey . The Eparchaean Interval. A Criticism of the use of the term Algonkian, by Andrew ; . Triassic Ichthyopterygia from California and Nevada, by John C. Merriam : : Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Co., California, by Waldemar te ‘Schaller: . Plumasite, an Oligoclase-Corundum Rock, near Spanish Peak, California, by ees vie . Palacheite, by Arthur 8. Eakle . ae f ; : ea . Two New ‘Species of Fossil Turtles from Oregon, by O. P. Hay 5 In one « . A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by W. J. Sinclair a So . New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Triassic of California, by John CO. Merriam . Spodumene from San Diego County, California, by Waldemar T. Schaller .. . : , The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great Valley of California, by Jokn ( . The Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by Andrew C. Lawson *s . A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene in California, by John C. Merriam ou . The Orbicular Gabbro at Dehesa, San Diego County, California, by Andrew C. La son . A New Cestraciont Spine from the Lower Triassic of Idaho, by Herbert M. E ah . A Fossil Egg from Arizona, by Wm. Conger Morgan and Marion Clover Tal. . Euceratherium, a New Ungulate from the Quaternary Caves of Califor | 21. A New Marine Reptile from the Triassic of California, by Toma C. . The River Terraces of the Orleans Basin, California, be VOLUME 1. eration in the field, by Juan dela C- Posada . The Soda-Rhyolite North of Berkeley, by Charles Palache The Eruptive Rocks of Point Bonita, by F. Leslie Ransome . ; The Post-Pliocene Diastrophism of the Coast of Southern California, by Andrew Lawson ; The Lherzolite- Serpentine ‘and Associated Rocks of the Potrero, San Francisco, by Charles Palache 2 On a Rock, from the Vicinity of Berkeley, containing a New Soda Amphibole, by | Charles Palache Chert from Angel Island ‘and from Buri-buri Ridge, San Mateo County, Coltoaaits ; by George Jennings Hinde California, by F. Leslie Ransome Lime, Intrusive in the Coutchiching Schists of Poohbah Lake, by Andrew C. Lawson © by John C. Merriam Ransome . VOLUME 2. Island, by J. C. Merriam the Classification of the Neocene Formations, by John C. Merriam Smith Charles Palache : 3 : y . rake 8 VOLUME 3. og Colemanite from Southern California, by Azithur S. Hakle C. Lawson A Contribution to the Petrography of the John Day Basin, by Frank C. Ce : The Igneous Rocks near Pajaro, by John A. Reid Lawson Merriam J. Sinclair and E. L. Furlong UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 5, No. 5, pp. 71-79, Pls. 8-9 ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor PRELIMINARY NOTE ON A NEW MARINE REPTILE FROM THE MIDDLE TRIASSIC OF NEVADA. BY JOHN C. MERRIAM. In the summer of 1902 a joint expedition from Stanford University and the University of California visited the Middle Triassic outcrops of the West Humboldt range in Nevada to ex- plore these beds for palaeontological material. Mr. V. C. Osmont, who represented the University of California, devoted himself to the search for vertebrate remains. He was fortunate in obtaining a number of reptilian specimens, which furnished the first satis- factory information concerning the nature of the marine saurians known to occur there.t The greater part of the material obtained by Mr. Osmont consisted of remains referable to ichthyosaurian forms.” Associated with the ichthyosaurs is a single specimen representing a form which does not closely resemble any de- scribed reptilian type. This specimen consists of several anterior cervical vertebrae, the greater part of a mandible with the denti- tion, and the inferior portion of the cranium. In collections ob- tained later from the same locality there are several fragmentary specimens showing similar structure. The peculiar features of this specimen separate it from other forms as a distinet genus and species, possessing the following characters. 1 J. Leidy, Proc. Philad. Acad. Se., Vol. 20, p. 177; and J. C. Merriam, 3ull. Dept. Geol. Univ. Calif., Vol. 3, p. 107. *A Primitive Ichthyosaurian Limb from the Middle Triassic of Nevada. J.C. Merriam, Bull. Dept. Geol. Univ. Calif., Vol. 4, p. 33. 76 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY OMPHALOSAURUS NEVADANUS, n. gen. and sp. Pls. 8 and 9, and Text-fig. 1. Anterior vertebral centra biconcave. Rami of the mandible rapidly uniting anteriorly in a strong symphysis. Splenials broad and heavy. Dentaries united medially only a short dis- tance in front of their posterior extremities, broad superior sur- face set with several rows of very low-crowned erushing teeth. Palatine region with broad edentulous pterygoid elements. Pos- terior portion of the palatines also apparently edentulous. The vertebrae present are distinctly amphicoelous and the centra are nearly circular in vertical cross-section. They are in series at the back of the skull, and are evidently anterior cervicals. Fig. 1. Omphalosaurus nevadanus, n. gen. and sp.. Outer side of a portion of the right ramus of the mandible. A, angular; Sa, supra-angular; D, dentary; Sp, splenial. Middle Triassic, marine beds, South Fork of American Cafion, West Humboldt Range, Nevada. xX 14. The mandible has lost the articular region and is broken off a short distance in front of the symphysis. The angular, supra- angular, dentary and splenial are represented, with possibly some portions of other elements. The thickness of the jaw back of the symphysis is almost as great as the height. The rami unite in a very wide symphysis only a short distance in front of the poste- rior end of the dentaries. The angular extends unusually far for- ward between the splenial and the dentary. The heavy supra- angular shows no coronoid elevation; and no discrete coronoid element has been certainly recognized, though possibly present. As will appear from the discussion of the dentition, the develop- ment of a large coronoid elevation would almost have been ex- pected to occur here, as in Placodus. Merriam.—New Marine Reptile. ait The heavy splenials extend posteriorly only a short distance behind the dentaries before they begin to thin out rapidly. Ante- riorly they are suddenly widened to meet in the symphysis. The transverse diameter of the splenials at the symphysis is more than twice their width behind this region. In front of the sym- physis the splenials extend downward to form a part of the lat- eral face of the jaw. The dentaries extend backward a short distance over the an- terior ends of the supra-angulars, and are also in contact infe- riorly with the anterior extension of the angular. Like the sple- nials, the dentaries are much expanded transversely in the sym- physial region. The posterior ends extend backward as wing-like projections for a short distance behind the symphysis. Situated on the dentaries are numerous small, button-like teeth, somewhat similar to those of some of the pyenodont fishes. The crowns are circular in cross-section, and the elevation is con- siderably less than the transverse diameter. There are at least three rows of teeth preserved on the right dentary, parallel with the median border. On the left dentary, teeth extend from the median line more than half of the distance to the outer margin, and appear to have been in numerous rows. The surface of the dentigerous area seems to have been convex. A portion of the palatine region is fairly well exposed in the lower view of this specimen (pl. 9). The two large elements separated posteriorly, but uniting medially opposite the posterior ends of the splenials, are evidently pterygoids. Anterior to them on either side are apparently the palatines. Extending backward from a point a little in advance of the middle of the pterygoids is a median space which possibly represents the posterior nasal opening. On the superior side of the specimen (pl. 8) the strue- ture is more indistinct. One of the palatine elements appears, viz.: a part of one of the pterygoids. In addition to this, two heavy bones (a) with lateral notches are situated just behind the symphysis. Posterior to these is a large expanded element (0d), and a large emarginate bone (c). The flat posterior element may belong to the roof of the cranium. The laterally notched anterior bones might be vomers, or possibly premaxillaries. The large crescentic bone may pertain to the postorbital region. 78 University of Califorma Publications. [ GEOLOGY The groups of reptiles which this form most closely resembles in adaptation, so far as this is expressed in the structure of the parts present, are the Placodonts and the Rhynechosaurs. Both of these groups occur in the Trias, as does this form. The Placo- donts were marine, and lived in approximately the same epoch as Omphalosaurus ; the Rhynchosaurs were probably somewhat later in appearance, and were not typical aquatic animals. Both types differ from Omphalosaurus in the character of the mandibular dentition and in the structure of the skull, so far as known. The jaw of Placodus possessed a large coronoid elevation. The coronoid of the Rhynchosaurs is not so well known, though such an element of considerable size seems to have been present in Hyperodapedon minor. The region of the coronoid is not well preserved in the Omphalosaurus specimen, and no definite state- ment as to the presence or absence of the bone can be made. In a form with crushing teeth like those seen here, such an elevation is to be expected, and it may be that the crescentic element (c) shown on plate 9 represents a discrete coronoid. The structure of the mandible does not agree with that of either the Placodonts or the Rhynchosaurs. The character of the palate, so far as is known, is quite different from that in both groups. If the palatal elements are correctly interpreted, the dentition cannot be compared with that of either Placodonts or Rhynchosaurs, so far as occurrence of the teeth is concerned. The mandibular dentition is nearer to Hyperodapedon than to Placodus. Superficially this form has the appearance of a short-headed Synapsidan. The head was evidently not greatly elongated and the cranial region presumably relatively long. The structure of the palate and of the mandible are not unlike that in the Plesio- saurs. On the other hand, certain of the characters point toward the rhynechocephalian type. The mandibular dentition is paral- leled in the diaptosaurian groups, and if the two anterior ele- ments (a) are vomers, they probably correspond to the large pre- vomers of the Diapsida. It is quite certain that Omphalosaurus represents a type far enough removed from other known reptilia so that it must form a distinct family, the Omphalosauridae, but the true position of Merriam.—New Marine Reptile. (ie this group is not at present entirely clear. It will not improbably be found to represent an independent ordinal group among: the synapsidan forms. It is hoped that the true position of this genus may be more clearly defined by the discovery of more com- plete specimens at the same horizon as that from which this mate- rial was obtained. Issued December 7, 1906. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 8. Omphalosaurus nevadanus, n. gen. and sp. Superior aspect of a portion of the mandible with several displaced head bones and two vertebrae. A, angular; Sa, supra-angular; D, dentary; Pt, pterygoid; V, vertebrae; a, b, and c, doubtful elements. Middle Triassic, South Fork of Amer- ican Canon, West Humboldt Range, Nevada. X 4. BULE. DEPT. GEOL, UNIV. CAL, WHEN ANS hate AW\\\. Pe N ; ryt | Gay deg - 7 —= 1, Mes ——e 4, 4, a te = Z Sees ee ae pier ea Lege, ———— Ge Lie iy EB Nip if AONE 5) VOY i v Le PH | == _ =a EE SS BEA ~= Eq qT —— A ——— aw ZEEE EXPLANATION OF PLATE 9. Omphalosaurus nevadanus, n. gen. and sp. Inferior view of a portion of the | mandible with two vertebrae and several elements from the palatal region. A, angular; Sp, splenial; Pt, pterygoid; Pl, palatine; /, vertebrae. Middle Triassic, South Fork of American Cafion, West Humboldt Range, Nevada. x 1%. i BULL. DEPT. GEOL. UNIV, CAL. VOED SF REw? = = = = SS SAAR: SS = RS Z 6 SS ee ae FE SS = = as S = 2 — SS =S 3) ge ZaN\\W\ | tS = - eS : . N LEED SK KZzu BY QUIK GS NsFXE_P BZ" W \“ yy] ||| Ws \\ \\' « SS I, = WHA gy i UW A \ ANY A SS = \ \ yy HR \N \\\ iN : \S yh = NY gy A\ \\ . \ WN Yay = = =<) SSSSSS]"W) \ \ we S SS = yy) VA UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY 6, pp. 81-94, Pl. 10 : ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor BY ARTHUR S. EAKLE The BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY of the University of California is isi irregular intervals in the form of separate papers or memoirs, each embodying the result search by some competent investigator in geological science. These are made up into volumes of from 400 to 500 pages. The price per volume is $3.50, including postage. “The papers composing the volumes will be sent to subscribers in separate covers as soon as issued. The separate numbers ria may be purchased at the following prices from the UNIVERSITY PRESS, to which Teun HiAMeee should — be addressed ; — VOLUME 1. ? . pprae = 1. The Geology of Carmelo Bay, by Andrew C. Lawson, with chemrcal ames and on eration in the field, by Juan dela C. Posada . ; 25¢ 2. The Soda-Rhyolite North of Berkeley, by Charles Palache : : : ‘ ae) 10¢ 3. The Eruptive Rocks of Point Bonita, by F. Leslie Ransome . 400 4. The Post-Pliocene ae of the Coast of Southern California, by Andrew C. “ye Lawson. . 40¢ ‘ab 5. The Lherzolite- -Serpentine ‘and " Associated Rocks of the Potrero, San Francisco, by. I aS Charles Palache : apn e 6. On a Rock, from the Vicinity of Berkeley, containing a New Soda Amphibole, ‘by Sea z : Charles Palache 2 € aX 7. The Geology of Angel Island, by F. Leslie Ransome, with a Note on the Radiolarian. one Chert from Angel Island ‘and from Buri-buri Ridge, San Mateo County, cmt a by George Jennings Hinde . 4 45¢ a 8. The Geomorphogeny of the Coast of Northern. California, by Andrew C. Lawson. 30¢ vary 9. On Analcite Diabase from San Louis Obispo County, California, by Harold W. Fairbanks 25¢ = 10. On Lawsonite, a New Rock-forming Mineral from the Tiburon Peninsula, Marin ON California, by F. Leslie Ransome . Sa ae ies. 10e th 11. Critical Periods in the History of the Earth by Joseph LeConte . 20¢ Ms 12. On Malignite, a Family of Basic, Plutonic, Orthoclase Rocks, Rich in " Alkalies and fs 4 Lime, Intrusive in the Coutchiching Schists of Poohbah Lake, by Andrew C. Lawson . 20¢ 13. Sigmogomphius LeContei, a New Castoroid Rodent, from the Fees: near Berkeley, by John C. Merriam . 10e z 14. The Great Valley of California, a Criticism of the “Theory of ‘sostasy, by E F. Leslie ; i Ransome . 5 45¢ i VOLUME 2. 1. The Geology of Point Sal, by Harold W. Fairbanks . Noe One 2. On Some Pliocene Ostracoda from near Berkeley, by Frederick Chapman " 10¢ 3. Note on Two Tertiary Faunas from the Rocks of the Southern Coast of Vancouver Island, by J. C. Merriam . 10¢ 4. The Distribution of the Neocene Sea: TEChing te Middle ‘California, and Its Bearing on the Classification of the Neocene Formations, by John C. Merriam i : 5 oaeLOe ne 5. The Geology of Point Reyes Peninsula, by F. M. Anderson. 25¢ 6. Some Aspects of Hrosion in Relation to the Theory of the Peneplain, by W. 8. Tangier a Smith . 20¢ ‘7 7. A Topographie Study of the Islands of Southern California, by W. 8. Tangier Smith 40¢ 8. The Geology of the Central Portion of the Isthmus of Panama, y Osear H. eee 30¢ 9. A Contribution to the Geology of the John Day Basin, by John C. Merriam . . 35¢ 10. Mineralogical Notes, by Arthur 8. Hakle . wT. path, coe eee 11. Contributions to the Mineralogy of California, by Walter C. Blasdale , 15¢ x 12. The Berkeley Hills. A Detail of Coast Range Pamoey, ah Andrew C. Lawson and “ * Charles Palache . : , : : 80¢ VOLUME 3. 1. The Quaternary of Southern California, by Oscar H. Hershey . , 4 : : . 20¢ ie 2. Colemanite from Southern California, by Aithur 8S. Hakle . 15e = 3. The Eparchaean Interval. A Criticism of the use of the term Algonkian, by Andrew “a C. Lawson r : 10e Eis 4. Triassic Ichthyopterygia from California and Nevada, by John C. Merriam 5 > 50c — if 5. A Contribution to the Petrography of the John Day Basin, by Frank C. Calkins . 45e ike 6, The Igneous Rocks near Pajaro, by John A. Reid . Peer lish a 7. Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Co., California, by Waldemar T. ‘Schaller 15C x4 8. Plumasite, an Oligoclase-Corundum Rock, near Spanish Peak, California, by Andrew C. ak, le Lawson. : eg a Loe gn RR ROT = eae re TO : 9. Palacheite, by Arthur §. Eakle . Bea OM ce omh ie 10¢ 10. Two New ‘Species of Fossil Turtles from Oregon, by. O. P. Hay : i oe cover. 11. A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by W. J. Sinclair 10¢ 12. New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Triassic of California, by John C. Merriam . . 20¢ 13. Spodumene from San Diego County, California, by Waldemar T. Schaller . 10¢ 14. The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great Valley of California, oe John C. Merriam . 15¢— 15. The Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by Andrew C. Lawson. Rear ai 3/50 16. A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene in California, by John C. Merriam |. 05e | 17. The Orbicular Gabbro at Dehesa, San Diego County, California, by Andrew C. Lawson 10¢e = 18. A New Cestraciont Spine from the Lower Triassic of Idaho, by Herbert M. Evan: ius 19. A Fossil Egg from Arizona, by Wm, Conger Morgan and Marion Clover Tallmon 20. Euceratherium, a New Ungulate from the Quaternary Caves of rene by W J. Sinclair and E. L. Furlong . 21. A New Marine Reptile from the Triassic of California, “by John ©. Merriam 22. The River Terraces of the Orleans Basin, California, by Oscar H. Hershey . ~ rohit UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 5, No. 6, pp. 81-94, Pl. 10 ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor NOTES ON LAWSONITE, COLUMBITE, BERYL, BARITE, AND CALCITE. BY ARTHUR S. EAKLE. CONTENTS. PAGE TE NARLOMERLL ES, Sh i a el ee eee eee .-- 82 BITES LUCIO Mineo roe aie, yeaa e eRe wer Eerie ee ns eet cee vent 82 Occurnencesmmy Calidorinis) eee ee ee ee 83 PR TIEN ASOT ies ss NY PPE RE DL re 85 (CYOTAVEL LBS HION ate > ae en eee pe ROR GPE L EL PMD oR 86 (Gyn fo 1G peweee w Bae et De Sal rte a eas San eevsnee ence eeaw esses ses gesdeeeeee 87 imtroduehion! 22... 2. (PP BE len PORE Ae Erte Sauer ya a Ss 87 COXON Ss eee eas PRE, ene oP ce RE ee 88 TOG HaS ORS) © eat eS ele a ee Oe ee 88 INUISNSAU CON GOWN OT Sa ee eed ee ee 88 VES Nai ee ee lt aE 2 Dt Re ee Te a eo ee 89 Occurrence 89 TENOR Mae} “sept io enc A Se oe Ae 89 “A uu shi (OREM rR eS ae eC eC 89 © CGUTNEN CC Rieesens eaten sears eee me ee ode NS cas ee eaves een Me 89 ID YESSY GY eG 0 a2 oe beeper a ee eee 89 Barite 90 Occurrence 90 Forms 90 Measurements 90 Cal Cub em tnO TA CTT Oe C KAS 2028 et. cceset sce 2eeteeaeacesdsGscea2. cuebesdecssscaceeeee 0 Alecewces 91 Occurrence : 91 TE LGGT) ty se oe ele Pe OS SE eC 91 HORING! ee sesso a a a Pa AS Ee OO eR ePIC ACD SRR TEER . 91 IVE SISTUT CIM CTS tee seac satires crete ee sata eee ser te Sec ac ote anon toe cduvuawernete eusteetsotwe 92 VPAPIISD OOS) epg Ne ge Pe ee ER 92 sy ran dS: see. 2 22. - ce ssc cecaace: 92 Positive rhombohedrons 92 Negative rhombohedrons 93 IB OSUbIV CM SCALGN OMG CONS iat! stese sce tcesteeae ee teeesctcvaccee-ceeccS-caee: trace CaO 16.85 18.15 17.52 MgO —— One, ICO —-- — 0.23 Na’O —-~ 0.06 HO ignition 9.83 ible ul ileal 98.50 99.60 100.33 Macroscopically the rock appears to be a very compact mass of sealy chlorite through which the lawsonite plates are thickly disseminated, but under the microscope, in addition to the chlo- rite and lawsonite, considerable muscovite and also dull brownish irregular grains of titanite or leucoxene are revealed. The lawsonite sections are mostly rectangular or lenticular slabs, and their high relief easily distinguishes them from the “Amer. Journ. Sci., 1904 (4), 17, 195-197. 86 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY colorless muscovite. Basal sections of the mineral show fine cleavage lines parallel to the prism faces, the lines being very numerous and much resembling twinning striations, but no real twinning was observed. This highly developed cleavage parallel to the prism is brought out prominently in thin sections, and as a matter of fact the prismatic cleavage of lawsonite is not an easy cleavage because the plates break usually quite independent of the cleavage. The average hardness of these plates seems to be about 6, instead of the extreme hardness of 8. The chloritic outerop upon which the boulder rests shows no lawsonite, and is different in structure and composition from the boulder. It is an isolated boulder, and may have been trans- ported and curiously found lodgment here, although there is the possibility that it is a lawsonitie phase of this particular outerop. Chloritie masses are common about the bay which have been de- rived from the alteration of the actinolite-garnet schists, and the origin of this lawsonite-chlorite mass may have been due to the alteration of such a rock containing lawsonite, and in the change the lawsonite may have become recrystallized into the platy form. A similar mass of chlorite oecurs near San Luis Obispo. Spec- imens were collected by Dr. Fairbanks and given to the writer to determine the numerous thin glassy plates they contained. The rock is identical with the one above described, being essen- tially composed of chlorite, muscovite, and lawsonite. The plates are thinner and much more impregnated with chlorite than in the Berkeley rock. In a paper read before the Cordilleran section of the Geolog- ical Society of America, W. O. Clark of Stanford University mentioned the occurrence of lawsonite in several localities in California, and in particular described a lawsonite-gneiss from Redwood. The rock consisted of quartz, glaucophane, and law- sonite, with some titanite or leucoxene, and the original rock was presumably a quartz diorite which occurs in the vicinity. P. Thelen?’ also mentions lawsonite as a constituent of some of the elaucophane schists of North Berkeley, lawsonite forming from 5-30 per cent. of the rock. % Bull. Dept. Geol. Univ. Calif., 1905, 4, 221. VoL. 5] Eakle.—Columbite. CO 4 A cursory examination of some of the crystalline schists of California, collected by G. D. Louderback, shows the presence of the same tabular erystals of lawsonite in specimens from differ- ent localities. Professor Louderback, who is making a detailed petrographical study of these rocks, states that thin sections of many of his specimens contain lawsonite which is not macroscop- ically visible. Conclusion.—All of these observations prove conclusively that lawsonite has an extended distribution in the State of California. The mineral is generally considered as rare, but petrographically it cannot be so held, and in regions of dynamic metamorphisin, whether glaucophane is formed or not, it may be expected. Com- paratively httle attention has been directed to it as a rock eon- stituent, and this perhaps accounts for its omission from the list of metamorphic minerals by Van Hise in his excellent ‘* Treatise on Metamorphism.’’'' Rosenbusch in his new edition of the ‘*Mikrosecopische Physiographie,’’ and Weinschenk in his ‘* Ges- teimbildene Mineralien’’ accord it proper recognition as a rock constituent. The natural habitat of lawsonite seems to be in regions of elaucophanitie rocks, although glaucophane is not always directly associated with it. The opinion prevails that it is a product of the metamorphism of the soda lime feldspars of the basic rocks, the soda entering into the formation of glaucophane while the lime goes to lawsonite, which is analogous to anorthite with two molecules of water. Its similarity in formation to zoisite and ep1- dote leads to the belief that it may oceur in rocks outside of glau- cophanitie provinces. COLUMBITE. Introduction—San Diego County has become widely known through its deposit of rubellite-ttourmaline in lepidotite at Mesa Grande, specimens of which have been sent to all parts of the world and are recognized as distinetly characteristic of this loeal- ity. More recently mines have been opened at Pala which pro- duce rose and green tourmalines which equal any found in Maine, Siberia, or Brazil. The newest find of a gem mineral is the beau- 4 Monograph XLVII, 1904, U. S. Geol. Survey. 88 University of Califorma Publications. [GEOLOGY tiful llae spodumene, kunzite. Beryl, topaz, and garnet of gem quality are also mined in the county, but these possess less value than the tourmaline and kunzite. A erystal of columbite and several of beryl from San Diego County were loaned to the writer by Mr. Lazard Cahn, and a brief description is given here. Occurrence.—The erystal of columbite came from the Little Three mine, near Ramona. It is short prismatic, measuring about 2 centimeters in length and width and is partly broken, so that some of the faces have been destroyed. Notwithstanding its broken condition, there are thirty-six faces present, representing thirteen forms, one of which is new. Forms.—The observed forms are: a $100} z $150} s {221} b {010% y $160% nm $211} m 3110} e $0213 6 f1213 g $130} w S111} o $131} yr $141} new Measurements.—The erystal was measured with the two-circle eoniometer, and the average values for ¢ and p for the thirteen forms are shown in the following table: 5 No. settee ae re 2 Measured - $ Calculated if 1 b Oa 010 0° 00’ 90° 00’ 0° 00’ 90° 00’ 2 a oa) 100 89 45 90 00 90 00 90 00 3 m ac 110 68 46 90 00 68 05 90 00 | g loans) 130 39 31 90 00 39 «38 90 00 5 B ad 150 20) 2o2 90 00 26 26 90 00 6 y oae) 160 225 26 90 00 22 30 90 00 fi h 02 021 0 36 35 «16 0 00 35 36 8 r 14 141 31 28 60 09 31 - 52 59 19 9 7) 13 131 39 «31 54 32 39 «38 54 21 10 Bp 12 121 51 30 49 59 51 11 48 48 11 Uw 1 111 67 36 43 59 68 05 43 48 2 § 2 221 68 42 62 30 68 05 62 28 13 n 21 211 78 #538 61 46 78 37 61 09 The faces of » and s were dull and the rest bright but some- what vicinal or wavy, so that close readings could not be had. The new form 7 (141) had narrow faces, but all four on the upper half of the crystal were present. Fig. 1, Pl. 10, shows the crystal as it appears. VoL. 5] Eakle—Beryl; Tabular Calcite. ee) Ne) BERYL. Occurrence.—Two distinct varieties of beryl are found in the county, one green and the other pink or rose in varying shades. The green erystals eame from Rincon, and are characterized by a long slender prismatic habit, one end only having terminations as a rule. Forms.—The forms occurring are: m $1010} e {0001} o $1122{ i $2130} p $1011} y §13.1.14.1}? a $1120} s {1121} In the prismatic zone the unit prism usually predominates, yet the dihexagonal prism is sometimes equally large; the second order prism is very narrow when present, but is generally absent. The dominant terminal form is s (1121), leaving the unit pyra- mid as small triangles. The base and 0 (1122) are small planes. The indices of the form y (13.1.14.1) are doubtful because the faces were very dull and only approximate reading could be made. 2 p Measured By Oy 83° 45’ Caleulated SOrAHh g9° 4y’ Two of the crystals are milky green and opaque and show the unit prism with 7 and a as mere line faces. The terminal forms are s, p, c and an indeterminate form between m and s, which was too dull for measurement. The rose beryls came from the Little Three mine, near Rincon. They are short prismatic and doubly terminated. The forms present are: m}1010%, s$1121}, pj1011{, and e¢ $0001}; in which ¢ and s predominate. TUBULAR CALCITE. Occurrence.—During the exploration of the Potter Creek cave in Shasta County, California,!? W. J. Sinclair collected some of the smaller stalactites which abound in the cave. Description.—The ordinary stalactitic shapes as well as hol- low cylinders are common, and their formation has been due to © Uniy. Cal. Publications, Amer. Arch. and Ethnology, 2, No. 1. 90 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY continued erystallizations of rhombohedrons. The tubes are sev- eral inches long, and their round surfaces show the outlines of small rhombohedrons. They break always with the calcite cleay- age. The stalactites have the customary shape and also show the outhnes of crystals, and their points are always terminated by a clear crystal, consisting of steep rhombohedrons 4R and —2R with their edges modified by scalenohedrons. The faces of the scale- nohedrons were too rounded for measurement. The stalactites in the cave are continually wet, water filling their hollow centers and constantly dripping from them, so that the growth is by successive crystallization instead of by the com- mon evaporation and deposition of the carbonate. BARITE. Occurrence.—Specimens of porous, yellowish brown earthy limonite containing minute erystals of barite were collected by F. M. Anderson from the Pine Hill mine, Nevada County. At- tention has previously been called to this mine as containing gold associated with barite.™* The erystals are perfectly colorless and exhibit two habits. The erystals are slender prismatic, but in one habit they have pointed ends while in the other the base is the only termination. Forms.—The forms present are: a $100} n $3208 d $1023 b 30106 m S5304 7) 3011} m S110{ x 31303 zg 3111} A $2103 e {0013 f 3113} The front pinacoid is vertically striated and broader than the prisms. The reflections from the unit prism and from the ter- minal faces were exceedingly sharp. Most of the erystals have pyramidal terminations and Fig 2 shows the general type. Measurements.—The measurements were made with the two- circle goniometer, and the angles measured and calculated are as follows: % Amer, Jour. Sci., 1892 (4), 44, 57; 1894 (4), 47, 467. VoL. 5] Eakle—Calcite from Terlingua. OL No. Letter ae é Measured , $ Caleulated P c 0 001 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 2 b Oo 010 0 00 90 00 0 00. 90 00 3 a ac 0 100 90 00 90 00 90 00 90 00 4 m ee 110 90 00 50 50 90 00 50 49 5 r 20c 210 90 00 67 50 90 00 67 49 6 II Soc 53 90 00 63 46 90 00 638 56 7 n Sac 320 90 00 61 38 90 00 61 28 8 a3 130 90 00 22 10 90 00 22 «14 9 d i 0 102 90 5 38 49 90 00 38 51 10 a) O1 O11 0 13 52 38 0 00 D2 43 11 z 1 111 90! bill 64 27 50 49 64 18 12 jf 4 113 50 45 34 36 50 49 34 43 CALCITE FROM TERLINGUA, TEXAS. Occurrence.—Exeellent specimens of calcite have recently been found in the Terlingua cinnabar mine and a couple of them have been presented to the department by Mr. Wilke. This mine is the one from which the new mercury minerals Helestonite, Ter- linguaite, and Montroydite came."* The specimens are reddish caleareous rock coated with a layer of clear lustrous ealeite erys- tals, which are interesting because of the number of rarer forms present. The erystals have a pale yellowish tinge and oceasion- ally include specks of cinnabar. A few larger crystals of a seec- ond generation occur lying upon the calcite coating, which have the same habit as those of the first generation. The erystals forming the coating are fairly uniform in size, averaging 5 mm. in diameter, and all stand vertically on the rock, showing the complete upper half and portions of the lower half of the erys- tals. The few erystals of the later growth lhe more on their sides and show both ends. They have a deeper yellowish tinge. Habit—One habit characterizes all the crystals, namely, a large negative rhombohedron —2R with much smaller faces of the other forms grouped about its edges. Fig. 3 shows the gen- eral habit and most of the forms. Forms.—The forms observed on the erystals are given in the following table. Notwithstanding the great number of forms possessed by calcite, a new scalenohedron 3R %' is present. 4 Amer. Journ. Science, 1903 (4), 16, 251-261. NO: H D OR w po HE OE © LO OT | 92 University Since it is so general to of California Publications. [GEOLOGY o think of Naumann’s symbols for rhom- bohedrons and scalenohedrons, they are also added in the table. The letters for the forms are those used by Goldschmidt in his Winkeltabellen, and by from Lake Superior. measurements with the table. Symbc EBs Gat. Bonin b ac 1010 va 10 13 p 2 3021 5. —} T012 z. —IJ1.11 HnIe OMe] go —14.14 14.0.14.1 pp: il 1011 R. 2 2021 t: ie 2134 g: iL 5279 e: 13 4156 Be: e295 C: = il 7186 BE: al 5164. HE Dal 4153 i 41 2131 M 51 ores O 61 8-5-13-3 ie 71 3251 U 62 10.4.14.3 XxX 10.3 NGaGeoes Prisms.—The only p is represented by small Palache for the forms on the ealeites To avoid repetition the average of the calculated. angles are given in the same Measured Caleulated No. of Naumann p p g P Meas. aR 30° 00’ 90° 00 30° 00 90° 00 8 2 Po? 0 16 29 37 0 00 29 40 2 —2kh 29 58 63 O1 30 00 63 07 14 —iR 30 00 26 08 30 00 26 15 —11R 29 55 84 40 30 00 84 44 —1l4 Rk 29 «456 85 40 30 00 85 51 ae R 29 58 44 36 30 00 44 36 1 2 30 00 63 11 30 00 30% iy 0) BB BBY OY il 1R? 11 06 33 1R 13 05 34 08 R 37 4 3 1 3 2g Re 19 31 7 05 19 06 37 OO 15 Ri2 24 06 49 380 24 30 49 56 3 RF 22 54 byl fy) 23 25 51 08 » R 3 21 10 53 51 21 03 oo) 00 + i Ik) (Of 56 06 19 06 56 26 2 R? 10 42 69 06 410 53 69 O28 18 R+ § 00 73 26 8) 57 72 30 1 Rae <7 JG 75 414-7 =35 > 75.0 0G R> 6 21 76 46 6 35 76 54 4 2Ri 14 25 76 42 13 54 76 19 2 3 R 43 12 «#06 81 39 12 44 SU By 5 rism present is the unit form, « R. It triangular faces which are perfectly de- veloped and gave very bright signals. Pyramids.—On one order pyramid 3 P2 oe seven crystals measured. Positive rhombohedi erystal two bright faces of the second eur. It was not observed on the other ‘ons.—The unit rhombohedron + R is present on all of the crystals. The faces are narrow but very perfect. They are longer on the erystals of the first generation than on those of the second. Minute faces of a steep rhombode- dron occur on some of t * Mich. Geol. Survey, 189 he crystals, and one reading showed the 8, 6, Part 2, 161-184. Vou. 5] Eakle—Calcite from Terlingua. a8 rare form + 2R to be present. This form has only been observed before by Palache, on the Lake Superior ecalcites. Some of the crystals have a still steeper form in this zone, perhaps + 4R, but no readings could be obtained to substantiate it. Negative rhombohedrons.—The predominating form on the crystals is —2R. The faces are very bright and permitted of accurate polar orientation of the erystals. The rhombohedron —%R which is so common for ealcite is practically wanting on these crystals. It was only observed once, and then as a mere line face on the edge formed by the two faces of the scalenohe- dron %R%. The steep form —11R oceurs on all the crystals in very narrow faces. It occasionally grades into still steeper rhombohedrons, only one of which, —14R, could be definitely established. Positive scalenohedrons.—All of the secalenohedrons are in the positive sectant and are characteristically different from the rhombohedrons in having either striated, dull, or etehed faces. The forms “4R3? and “R% are present on all the erystals. while the form ’R%, which lies between them, occurs seldom. The faces of these scalenohedrons are characteristically striated, the fine lines being parallel to the zonal edge with the unit rhom- bohedron. The scalenohedrons lying below the unit rhombohe- dron are not as perfectly developed as the other forms on the crystals. They tend to grade into one another with no sharp boundary lines between and readings could be obtained for sev- eral doubtful forms, but only those which could be definitely established are included in this description. The forms R's, 4s R%, and R% are all very narrow, and of these R% is the com- monest. A measurement was obtained which denoted the possi- bility of R%, but as this would be a new form and could not be verified on other crystals it is omitted. The common scalenohedrons R? and R5 are present on all the crystals, and between them a series of forms occur of which R™% and R!% were established. R's which has only been observed on the Lake Superior caleites is a doubtful form on these crystals. The faces of these scalenohedrons are generally cross-sected by fine parallel striations, but these did not prevent good measure- ments. The rare form 2R% is present on all the crystals, but 94 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY always as dull faces, so that good readings could not be obtained. The new form 3R*% seems to be present on all of the erys- tals, but it is often rounded slightly, so that good measurements could not always be obtained. The average angles are close to the best measurements and the form is well established. Mineralogical Laboratory, University of Califorma, January, 1906. BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor S =~] 3 © ou ne a a as ak Nh \. PRs, x une FOSSIL pints CALIFORNIA : BY Ks DAVID STARR JORDAN. ; President of Leland Stanford Junior University (els _- BERKELEY : THE UNIVERSITY PRESS April, 1907 4 Pati OF COlrgn > MAY.45 1903 i kt | ny, en ae : oe , ATs SORRY ahh wet The ae coe ee 4 at 2 3 4. D) 6 oe toe i DANA . The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great Valley of California, by John C. eve Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by Andrew C. Lawson . A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene in California, by John C. Merriam. . The Orbicular Gabbro at Dehesa, San Diego County, California, by Andrew C. Lawson . A New Cestraciont Spine from the Lower Triassic of Idaho, by Herbert M. Evans . A Fossil Egg from Arizona, by Wm. Conger Morgan and Marion Clover Tallmon . Euceratherium, a New Ungulate from the Quaternary Caves of Pe ic by William . A New Marine Reptile from the Triassic of California, “by John C. Merriam . The River Terraces of the Orleans Basin, California, by Oscar H. Hershey The BuLLETIN oF THE DEPARTMENT or GroLoGy of the University of California is issued ae ; irregular intervals in the form of separate papers or memoirs, each embodying the results of re- search by some competent investigator in geological science. These are made up into volumes of from 400 to 500 pages. The price per volume is $3.50, including postage. The papers composing the volumes will be sent to subscribers in separate covers as soon as issued. The separate numbers may be purchased at the following prices aie the UNIVERSITY PRESS, to which remittances should be addressed : — ae VOLUME 1. PRICE, | = 4 The Geology of Carmelo Bay, by Andrew C. Lawson, with chemical analy and codp- | eration in the field, by Juan dela C. Posada. Brae hi ad : 25c) vee . The Soda-Rhyolite North of Berkeley, by Charles Palache . 0 F 5 = See . . The Eruptive Rocks of Point Bonita, by F. Leslie Ransome . A 40c ae The Post-Pliocene Uaesrophian of the Coast of Southern California, by Andrew C. “e Lawson . 40c ¥ . The Lherzolite- Serpentine ‘and Associated Rocks of the Potrero, San Francisco, by I Charles Palache . no . On a Rock, from the Vicinity of Berkeley, containing a New Soda Amphibole, ‘by Soe Charles ’Palache . The Geology of Angel Tsland, by F. Leslie Ransome, with a Note on the Radiolarian Chert from Angel Island ‘and from Buri-buri Ridge, San Mateo County, ae by George Jennings Hinde . . 45¢ The Geomorphogeny of the Coast of Northern California, by Andrew C. Lawson . . 30¢ . On Analecite Diabase from San Louis Obispo County, California, by Harold W. Fairbanks 25¢ . On Lawsonite, a New Rock-forming Mineral from the Tiburon Peninsula, Marin County, California, by F. Leslie Ransome . : 5 3 A . “0e . Critical Periods in the History of the Earth, by Joseph LeConte . . 20¢ . On Malignite, a Family of Basic, Plutonic, Orthoclase Rocks, Rich in " Alkalies and Lime, Intrusive in the Coutchiching Schists of Poohbah Lake, by Andrew C. Lawson . 20¢ . Sigmogomphius LeContei, a New Castoroid Rodent, from the Pliocene, near Berkeley, by John C. Merriam . 10¢ . The Great Valley of California, a a Criticism of the “Theory of ‘sostasy, by E F. Leslie Ransome . 5 45¢ VOLUME 2. . The Geology of Point Sal, by Harold W. Fairbanks . : » > een eas . On Some Pliocene Ostracoda from near Berkeley, by Frederick Chapman 5 1» le Note on Two Tertiary Faunas from the Rocks of the Southern Coast of Vancouver Island, by J. C. Merriam: . 10¢ _ The Distribution of the Neocene Sea- urchins of Middle ‘California, and Its Bearing on the Classification of the Neocene Formations, by John C. Merriam : : ‘ . 10¢ . The Geology of Point Reyes Peninsula, by F. M. Anderson. . 25e . Some Aspects of Erosion in Relation to the Theory of the Peneplain, by W. S. Tangier Smith . F 20¢ . A Topographic Study of the Islands of Sou thern California, by W. S. Tangier Smith 40c . The Geology of the Central Portion of the Isthmus of Panama, by Oscar H. Hershey 30¢ . A Contribution to the Geology of the John Day Basin, by John C. Merriam . . . 35¢ . Mineralogical Notes, by Arthur S. Hakle . é p A - 10¢ . Contributions to the Mineralogy of California, by Walter C. Blasdale ~~ 15¢ . The Berkeley Hills. A Detail of Coast Range pee cere Oy Andrew C. Lawson and Charles Palache . d 3 5 - 80¢ VOLUME 3. . The Quaternary of Southern California, by Oscar H. Hershey . : : : Re 20" . Colemanite from Southern California, by Arthur S. Hakle . . 15e The Eparchaean Interval. A Criticism of the use of the term Algonkian, by Andrew C. Lawson é : oo we Oe . Triassic Ichthyopterygia from California and Nevada, by John C. Merriam hess) 50e . A Contribution to the Petrography of the John Day Basin, by Frank C. Calkins . 45¢ be . The Igneous Rocks near Pajaro, by John A. Reid . . de -7 . Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Co., California, by Waldemar T. Schaller 15¢ Ee . Plumasite, an Oligoclase-Corundum Rock, near Spanish Peak, California, by Andrew C. ? Lawson = 5 4 5 : b ; y ‘ BEET phates : 5 10e . Palacheite, by Arthur Ss. Eakle pe I 3 of rte we . Two New ‘Species of Fossil Turtles from Oregon, by. O. P. Hay c In one cover. . A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by W. J. Sinclair 100-7 as . New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Triassic of California, by John C. Merriam . . 20¢ r" . Spodumene from San Diego County, California, by Waldemar T. Schaller. 10¢ Merriam J. Sinelair and E. L. Furlong UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 5, No. 7, pp. 95-144, Pls. 11, 12. ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor THE FOSSIL FISHES OF CALIFORNIA WITH SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES ON OTHER SPECIES OF EXTINCT FISHES. BY Davip STARR JORDAN, President of Stanford University. CONTENTS. PAGE Herat T@ CUT CL1 © Tipmeeeeres ere eee nS See Meee gona gasses cast -seee st eee 96 @alltormian! “hossull fishes) 222:-.:22222.c2ccce sce cece ace sce eevee ce eeeeceeceesaneeeeeassauceee= 98 Hybodus shastensis Wemple .........-......--2-..--:---:-2sceeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 98 PNCGISONS BESS Sy S101 ODE NSM 0p 6 Tk ee ee 100 Heptranchias andersoni Jordan .....-......2....-.22.--1:2---2seeeceee eee eeeceeeeeee eect 101 (aleOGendOmmnO MMC GUSMAO ASS UZ jenesteses sees ssatesaseeeeee eee esos sense see-eeeeeeseetseeeseee 101 Galeus (zyopterus Jordan and Gilbert) 103 (Camchamrasmanutr us «(CAO ASSIZ))) eseseess oe ce -eceee re gota seas erseeeeeeeeeeee eee -seeeeeaee 103 COPEL) EE TEESE 4S) Oy es ap el 104 Hlemipristis: heteropleurus: AP assiz -.--2.2.cececcececcceccecece cee eeeecencneeeceeeeeeees 104 Jelevaaby opalsqelss Colnuuexoy ruts) lf(opaye Ceol Se ese eee sees ere ene ee oe see enn eee ee ne ey 105 erin SC Lavy ab dee A O'SSU 7 eeereens cone eeece ses ees tenes seve Coles even sec cee se tence se eee 106 Iga), @veabayieh LAE NSIS TA ere ee ee 107 IL PAT RaW SY Oia eee cesar ee Oe reg a eg eee 107 Jigipunbigy jollewnnnnsy: (ANSP NSSA)) ee Ree 107 TUGSHUMEAWHSS WUTC HUL DHSS: SS SEEMS, SN eee ee ee ee 109 AIS TUTETT SS Hy HT) Cena ene comes ese, seen sees meee ce eee e ee oe eee peer 111 NISTIMUISMCLES OM CACASSIZ3) tt: 2.2 ects sooo eg fevers eu see ved acec tes eeecaceecteseeeseceas oe 112 @archamodomerectus A aSSiZ) 22222 eee coco e cases erase eee scecceneeee ceeesenesaceeeeee- PP) Carcharodon arnoldi Jordan Carcharodon riversi Jordan Carcharodon branmeri Jordan 222-2222 escaeec cece eek cece cee ete enone ce eeeeeeeeeees 116 Dalatias occidentalis (Agassiz) _..2...2..2...-.cc-ecceeceeeeceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 118 Meimonbimnis Wleken CA aSSUZ, se fetec- case eee ee ecec ccc c cee en eee e nce e seen deeeesaseeeee 119 (Ym Morte ll TUT. Os te eae ere 119 ANCHO OLE VENS) FS) 05 ecco» ABER As ROE ROS 2 EES eRe Pe 119 UWrolophus halleri Cope (2) ..2...o..---..- ceeeeeneeeDeceencnneeancncecenseeensnennncrencesne 120 LislolKoy anti oleuh Rf fe) Oey aera recast eee nee ee re PO Ped SOE 120 EXCETICSEN CSW VCO! e)ON CLAN eee soos eee cc ac esccreccetoee asec se seeesesasse sete 120 a 96 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY PAGE Htrimousiscimtillams ‘Jone, 25.2 oe eecessecsvere esse sceee see cennateeecseeeeen =e seenenee 121 FItYIN GUS ‘SPs. <.--.2----2-sceessen-seecesbeelsbccesles2eobessccetebsicceeseadeceena-!5: cocuetys eee eee 124 Phareodus sp. -... Clupeoid fish A Chupeotd: fish’ Bi g..22 5 tetcstee, oe ee occ sees eee 126 Chaupeoid fishy CG ..2efoce sc seee Lee os Seas eee Soave tesco 127 IPArengoypauauststoy KG) ISNA) oe eee eee a ee ren ee elie 127 Inxopexcranmoyn cxovlrrn Cath avest cd) OWYOLEH Cy Sepa n see cee eee pee cee eee eee 128 RRopenio: foo wersi JiOr em ce. se2 scabs essa sas coe ce etna s toc eves eee see ese eee 130 Mylopharodon conocephalus (Baird & Girard) -.........20.222..2.--.22--22-2---- 131 Ptychocheilussoramdis (CAyiGs!) i?) 2isse cert seeeeseete es nen eeeeen ee reeen eaten 131 Merriamella doryssa Jordan ScCombron clei slay ae 2.2 ek ae coe cer eae eee reee ane a ea me ee Sebostodes*rosae Hipenmic mys esses. eceees ee sceese eee ue eee wane eres eee 134 SUIS ULV ATAU S12 eek. meh cee reese nee ee ee eo ieee oe 134 ecarputl ato ni~clscc cee sts eset ste cece se cecea cote ee es Sece: ese soonest ee 135 Supplementary notes on American fossil fishes -........0.20.22.20..2..2--22200-2002- 136 1eGabled shine) (Yoyo Nevals), Airoydikznel ese ee Mh 2h a RE 136 Oncorhynchus [? tschawytscha (Walbaum) | ...............2.-2-:-2-:2-c2eeeeee 137 (Chulbhatoyodkeyrbauis! (chdbbaxdbanerie; (GNeR IVA) ecg ee ee ee 139 Hobrycom avis (Wooded) ieee: cscs: cece eccec sce cseces tees senesseeeesasteeeesereeenewes 140 Olavsneahisyn(cs) Yapetcyoronenbis} TSistehe cess See gee lee ea ee epee eee 141 @hamustes batrachops. (Cope)! cc see eee s cece cece ee eceee sere sree eenee ee eeneemcee 143 INTRODUCTION. In the present paper is given an annotated list of the species of fossil fishes recorded from the rocks of California, with de- scriptions of a number of new species. In addition to this, cer- tain notes on species found elsewhere are appended. The sole paper treating of the fossil fishes of California is by Professor Louis Agassiz. It is entitled, ‘‘ Notice of Fossil Fishes Found in California by W. P. Blake.’’ It is in the American Journal of Science and Arts for 1856, pp. 272-275. In it ten species of fossil sharks are recorded from Tertiary (Miocene) deposits, mostly on Ocoya or Posé Creek, in Kern County. This article with a few verbal changes and a page of engravings is re- printed in the appendix to Lieutenant Williamson’s Report on Explorations in California, U. 8. Pacific R. R. Survey for 1853, pp, Slistoolo pl In the present paper the Californian material examined is as follows: 1. Series of fossil fishes from the Museum of the University of California, received through Professor John C. Merriam. VoL. 5] Jordan.—The Fossil Fishes of California. of These are from (a) Upper Triassic deposits at Bear Cove, Brushy Slope, ‘‘Camp Wemple,’’ and North Fork in Shasta County; (0) from a fresh-water deposit of marl rock of Miocene age in a cut in the Canal near Truckee, California; (c) from a hard dark brown argillaceous sandstone belonging to the Chico formation of the upper Cretaceous, near Martinez, California ; and (d) from Miocene deposits six miles north of Santa Ana, in Orange County; also with these is a collection from Quaternary deposits near Fossil Lake, Oregon. 2. An enormous collection of sharks’ teeth belonging to the California Academy of Sciences, obtained by Mr. Frank M. An- derson, Curator of Paleontology in the California Academy of Seiences, from Lower Miocene deposits at Barker Ranch, there collected by Mr. John Barker, from a point four miles east of Oil City in Kern County and in Kern County, from Pliocene (San Pablo) deposits, Coalinga and Zapata Chino Creek in Fresno County, the same horizon as that from which Dr. Blake sent specimens to Professor Agassiz in 1855. This collection, with the exception of a few duplicates reserved for the collections of Stanford University and the University of California, was de- stroyed by the fire of April 18, 1906. 3. A collection of fossil fishes made from Miocene sandstones and marles about Soledad pass, and from Brown’s Canon above the Soldiers’ Home near Santa Monica, in Los Angeles County, by Dr. Stephen W. Bowers of Los Angeles (recently deceased). These belong to the Museum of Stanford University. 4. A collection of sharks’ teeth from the Santa Monica range near Santa Monica and Port Los Angeles, the property of Dr. J. J. Rivers. These rocks are regarded as of Pliocene age. 5. A small collection from Miocene deposits on Santa Anita Ranch, five miles west of Gaviota, in Santa Barbara County, brought to the University of California by Mr. W. J. Raymond. 6. A small collection made in Miocene marls near Shorb, in Los Angeles County, by Dr. Ralph Arnold and Mr. Delos Arnold. 7. inner ee ee eae s without denticles. On the inner tinez, California. edge there are about twelve of these serra- 106 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY tions, rather larger than in H. hereopleurus, and without break at the base of the crown. The outer edge of the tooth is partly im- bedded, and I can trace no denticles on it. The median line of the tooth has a rather conspicuous ridge as in Galeus, to which genus this tooth bears some resemblance. Family LAMNIDA4. Genus LAMNA Cuvier. 10. Lamna clavata Agassiz. The genus Lamna is known from Isurus by the presence of one or two small denticles at the base of a flexuous tooth, the edges of which are entire. According to Agassiz, the species is allied to Lamna cuspidata of the European Miocene, differing in its shorter and narrower erown, in which it agrees with LZ. hope: of Sheppy. The crown is less arched than in the latter. The posterior surface is smooth as in Lamna cuspidata. Fig. 8. Lamna clavata Agassiz. Miocene of Kern County, California. Three finely preserved teeth supposed to be from Miocene de- posits in Kern County, in the Museum of Stanford University, the exact locality not recorded. Length, 144 inches. Breadth of VoL. 5] Jordan.—The Fossil Fishes of California. 107 root, about two-thirds height of crown. Larger teeth with a sharp denticle at base on each side. These are absent in the smaller teeth, which, like an /surus, has no denticles. Agassiz figures this species as without denticles. 11. Lamna ornata Agassiz. (Agassiz, l. e. p. 275; Navy Point, Benicia.) Of this species, Agassiz figures only a small part of the base of the eusp. This is much more strongly striate than Lamna clavata. I have not seen Lamna ornata. Agassiz says of this species that it is smaller than Lamna elegans of Europe. The tooth ‘‘tapers more gradually, while in Lamna elegans it tapers more suddenly near the top, and the folds of the enamel on the inner side of the tooth are coarser. The base of the tooth is more compressed than the LZ. elegans, in which re- spect the tooth resembles more L. acuminata.’’ 12. Lamna species. In a hard sandstone of the Chico formation are two small teeth, one very long and flexuous, another shorter, narrowly tri- angular, with large basal denticles on one side. These belong to a species of Lamna apparently related to the one figured by Mr. Stewart as Lamna appendiculata from the Cretaceous of Kansas. Its basal dentiecle is very much larger than in Lamna clavata, while the tooth itself is broader and less flexuous. The tooth is sharper and more erect than in Lamna appendiculata. It may be found that this species is referable to Odontaspis. We find no figure which quite corresponds to its form. Genus Isurus Rafinesque. (Oxryrhina Agassiz. ) 13. Tsurus planus (Agassiz). (Oxyrhina plana Agassiz, |. e. p. 275; Ocoya Creek.) In this genus the teeth are more or less elongated, entire- edged, without basal dentiecle, the outer teeth much broader and shorter than the others, the median teeth more or less slender and flexuous, suberect, the outer teeth more or less hooked outward and with a knife-like upper edge. On account of variations in 4 108 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY forms of the teeth, it is not easy to determine species in this genus. This species is distinguished by the flatness and breadth of the crown of its teeth. The inner edge of the tooth is quite flat, the outer or front not much convex. We refer to Zsurus planus, about 200 specimens of various sizes, but all relatively short and broad. These are from Barker Ranch, in Kern County, and from near Oil City. Some are nearly erect, and narrowly triangular. Fig. 9. Isurus planus (Agassiz). Miocene of Kern County, California. Some which we suppose to be outer teeth are very much more curved, and have a marked reéntrant angle. These would seem at first sight to indicate a distinct species, but we are convinced that both straight and hooked teeth came from the same shark. The root in Isurus planus is very broad, and its basal margin is but little curved, usually not crescent-shaped. The largest teeth of this type are one and one-half to two inches in length. The largest specimen of all, two and one-fifth inches high, was ob- VoL. 5] Jordan.—The Fossil Fishes of California. 109 tained by Dr. Bowers on Carrizo Creek, San Diego County, near the Mexican line. This tooth is flat, narrowly triangular, and nearly erect. 14. Tsurus tumulus Agassiz. 7 (Oxyrhina tumula Agassiz, |. e. p. 275; Ocoya Creek.) Many specimens of Jsurus, large and small, seem to belong te a species of /surus distinct from Isurus planus. The scanty de- scription of Zsurus tumulus, characterized by ‘‘the extraordinary Fig. 10. Tswrus tumulus (Agassiz). Miocene of Kern County, California. thickness of the root of the tooth,’’ seems to apply to this form. We have upward of 100 specimens obtained by Mr. Anderson from the Miocene of Barker Ranch, and especially from the Mio- cene four miles east of Oil City, with large examples from near Santa Ana. In some of these the tooth is two and one-half inches in height, a size enormous for an Jswrus. The erown is rather slender, narrowly triangular sometimes, somewhat flexuous, the outer teeth broadly triangular, all the teeth much more convex in section than in Jsurus planus, and less flat. The base is thicker, usually broadly lunate. None of the teeth are so strongly hooked 110 University of California Publications. —' [GEoLocy as the lateral teeth of J. planus. The chief distinction rests in the basal thickness of the crown of the tooth, measured from front to back. None of these teeth show a strongly curved crown or a re- entrant angle on the outer margin. There is no median ridge as is seen in Jsurus mantelli, a related species from the Cretaceous of Europe. The following notes are on teeth from near Santa Ana: These teeth are very large, the largest teeth being two inches long. The crown is flexuous, curved backwards in the median teeth, curved forward in the lateral ones. The root is heavy, little Fig. 11.) Isurus tumulus (Agassiz). Miocene of Santa Ana, California. cordate below, its form varying in the different teeth. Some teeth are knife-like, the crown not one-third higher than the breadth at base, the form suggesting that of Zsurus planus. Other teeth, supposed to be median, are less flattened, and nearly half higher than broad at base. All are erect or nearly so, with entire edges. Some of the smaller teeth are more curved, and more acuminate. Some of the teeth from near Oil City are still larger, with thicker base, but are otherwise similar. One large tooth with a thick crown and heavy base is curved strongly outward, with a knife-like margin. This is probably an outer tooth of the same species, but no teeth quite like this are found in the living species VoL. 5] Jordan.—The Fossil Fishes of California. 111 of Isurus. The still more curved outer teeth of Zsurus planus are not found in the relatively small species which represent the genus in the waters of to-day. These huge Miocene species must have reached a length of thirty or forty feet. The present species are from five to fifteen feet in leneth. It will not be possible to distinguish all the teeth of Zsurus tumulus from those of Jsurus planus. There can, however, be little doubt that we have to deal with two distinct species. 15. Tsurus smithii Jordan, new species. Numerous teeth from the Barker Ranch and Oil City Miocene in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences differ considerably from these two species of Isurus. The largest tooth is more than an inch long,—slender, sharp, and flexuous. The Fig. 12. Isurus smithii Jordan. Miocene of Kern County, California. Type specimen. base is very narrow, about two-fifths the height of the tooth. Other teeth are shorter and broader, being probably from nearer the side of the jaw. These teeth resemble those of Zamna clavata, but they are more tapering, more sharply pointed, and without basal denticle. The base of the tooth is almost equally cordate. 112 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY In Isurus planus and Isurus tumulus, the base of the tooth is much broader, at least two-thirds the height of even the largest teeth. Three other teeth of this species are from a point three miles west of Coalinga, in Fresno County. These are from rocks of the San Pablo formation, in the Pliocene. It is barely possible that these teeth are median teeth from the jaws of Iswrus tumu- lus, but at any rate it seems best to give them a distinctive name. The species is named for Dr. James Perrin Smith, palewon- tologist of Stanford University. 16. Isurus desoru (Agassiz) ?? Another species of this type is represented by a single speci- men in the sandstone of the Chico formation of the Upper Creta- ceous. It is long and slender, flexuous, without basal denticles. The base seems to be narrower. We cannot distinguish the speci- men from Jsurus smithii, though it is found in a much older for- mation. It much resembles /surus desorv (Agassiz) of the Euro- pean Cretaceous, with which it may be provisionally and very doubtfully identified. Genus CARCHARODON Andrew Smith. 17. Carcharodon rectus Agassiz. (Agassiz, l. e. p. 274; Ocoya Creek.) Agassiz separates this species from Carcharodon angustidens ‘ ? by the absence of ‘‘aeccessory points on each side at base.’ Carcharodon angustidens belongs to a different section of the genus, differing from Carcharodon by the presence of basal den- ticles, as Lamna differs from Jsurus. Among our many speci- mens of Carcharodon I find none identifiable as Carcharodon rectus. The nearest is the specimen from Oil City, called below Carcharodon branneri. The figure of C. rectus shows a tooth about two inches high, rather narrowly triangular and flat, with a serrated protuberance on each side at base corresponding to a lateral denticle. The tip of the tooth is entire. The serrations are small, close-set, about fifty on each side, besides about eight on each lateral denticle. The edge of the tooth is straighter than in VoL. 5] Jordan.—The Fossil Fishes of California. 113 C. brannert. In C. branneri the tooth is more curved, it. is ser- rated on both sides to the point, and there is no trace of lateral denticle or protuberance. This species, Carcharodon rectus, is perhaps nearer than any of the others here named to the living man-eating shark, Carcha- rodon carcharias, now found on the California coast. In that species, the serrations are fine, and range from ten to thirty-five in number on the different teeth. For the following count made by Mr. Samuel Garman on the jaws of this species, I am indebted to Mr. Barton A. Bean. Mr. Garman says: ““The count of serrations on right-hand jaws of Carcharodon, from the tenth tooth toward the symphysis, runs as follows: UPPER. 10 9 8 t 6 5 + 3 2 0110 «10/13 13/18 21/20 27/25 25/28 23127 26125 30182 28125 LOWER. 8 Tf 6 5 4 3 2 1 Outer. 15| 18| 16| 20/21 19]20 21|22 31[35 25125 Inner. ‘‘T have counted all serrations possible, so the numbers are not too small, but find very doubtful places and much variation. Thus some that might be called single denticles have two or three subdivisions, and toward the ends of the serrations the denticles and notches fade away so that one can hardly say where they end.’’ 18. Carcharodon arnoldi Jordan. In the Phocene at Pescadero, San Mateo County, Professor James M. Hyde, of the University of Oregon, has found a tooth of Carcharodon, now in the Museum of Stanford University. This is evidently different from Carcharodon riversi, having the serrae rather smaller and more numerous, about fifty on each side of the tooth, which is serrated to the tip. The type is about one and one-half inches high, triangular, the crown a little higher than broad, with straight edges, the tooth slightly curved back- ward, that 1s, in the line of the axis of the fish. Inner base of crown of tooth with four shallow furrows. No larger denticles at base of the tooth. 114 University of California Publications. | GEOLOGY Another specimen of the same species is in the collection of Dr. Rivers from the Quaternary of Rustic Canon, Santa Monica Range. This specimen is about one and one-half inches high, the form is narrowly triangular, the crown broader than high, the point is strongly curved backward (that is, inward, toward the mouth, so that the tooth seems curved upward when laid flat on a Fig. 13. Carcharodon arnoldi Jordan. Rustie Cahon, Peseadero, California. Two large specimens to left of plate. Galeocerdo productus Agassiz. Miocene of Kern County, California. Four small specimens to right of plate. table). The serrae are much more fine and numerous than m C. riversi, about fifty in number on the outer margin. The de- eree to which these numbers are constant is yet to be proved. Dr. Rivers staets that the beds in which this species is found are of the same age ‘‘ precisely as the hard Pecten beds of San Diego.’’ The species is named for Dr. Ralph Arnold of the U. 8S. Geo- logical Survey. VoL. 5 | Jordan.—The Fossil Fishes of California. 115 19. Carcharodon riversi Jordan, new species. In the Pliocene of the Santa Monica Range, Dr. J. J. Rivers has collected two fine specimens of the teeth of a Carcharodon with the denticles fewer and coarser than in any other species. In this species, which I name for Dr. Rivers, the tooth is nar- rowly triangular, nearly flat, with large root, the erown about as high as broad at base. The serrations are very coarse, there being thirty-five to forty denticles on the outer margin. These extend Fig. 14. Carcharodon riversi Jordan. a. Specimens from Santa Monica. b. Specimens from Kern County, California, to the tip of the tooth, and are very much larger than in our other species; base of tooth without lateral denticle. One specimen, the type, is from the Santa Monica Range, near Santa Monica. The lower rather marked serration of the edges of the crown.’ teeth in Dalatias are erect, triangular, and serrated. The upper teeth are smaller and more simple. To this species I refer with some doubt one small tooth from the collection of Dr. J. J. Rivers, in the Pliocene rocks of Temes- cal Canon, in the Santa Monica Range. I am not quite sure that this is Agassiz’s species, but the identification is probable. This tooth is sharper at the point than is shown in Agassiz’s figure ; the point is strongly hooked outward, and each side of the base of the tooth has about seven strong denticles; the cusp is nearly entire, the tip quite so. The form of the tooth suggests Galeo- cerdo, but the tooth is much flatter than in the latter. Four similar teeth are in the collection of Mr. F. M. Anderson from four miles east of Oil City. Vou. 5] Jordan.—The Fossil Fishes of California. 1 It may be found that this species, or any of the others named by Agassiz from the Miocene rocks of the Kern region, is identical with some of the multitude of sharks which have been described in Europe from detached teeth. Family ECHINORHINID A. Genus ECHINORHINUS Blainville. 22. LEchinorhinus blaket Agassiz (1. ¢. p. 272). This species ‘‘has the main point of the tooth more prominent, and at the same time shorter’? than the living Hehinorhinus spi- nosus, the marginal denticles being smaller. The teeth in Hchi- norhinus are very oblique, the point turned outward, with several strong denticles on each side of the tooth. I have not recognized this species. Family SCYLLIORHINID. Genus CuiLoscyLuium Miiller & Henle. 23. Chiloscyllium species? ? Three very small teeth, narrow, triangular and nearly erect, with the root very wide, its width nearly twice the height of the tooth, and projecting backward so that the tooth rests on a triangular base double-notched posteriorly. The tooth will stand when set erect on the table. The enamel of the crown extends downward on the root in front to its base. These are from the Miocene of Barker Ranch, in Kern County. What the genus and species may be is still uncertain. Among recent sharks I find nothing nearer than Chiloscyllium, an East Indian genus. Family AETOBATID AS. Genus AETOBATIS Blainville. (Myliobatis Cuvier; Zygobates Agassiz. ) 24. Actobatis species. Professor Agassiz (1 e. p. 275) reeords the fragment of a tooth of a ray of this genus from Ocoya Creek. We have also numerous fragments from Miocene of Barker Creek, and from Oil City. The teeth are laterally much elong- 120 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY ate, with serrated or comb-lke edge. They vary considerably in breadth, but they must belong to this same species. Family DASYATID AS. Genus UroLtopuus Miller & Henle. 25. Urolophus hallert Cooper (?). (Arnold, Pliocene and Pleistocene, Cal. p. 346, San Pedro.) A spine from the tail of a sting ray was found by Dr. Ralph Arnold in Pleistocene deposits at San Pedro. According to Dr. Gilbert it is not distinguishable from the common living species of the region, Urolophus hallert. Family HOLOPTYCHIDE. Genus HoLoprycHus Agassiz. 26. Holoptychus species. (Holoptychius of authors. ) Three fragments of Crossopterygian scales, much lke those of Holoptchyus, are found in Triassic Rocks at Bear Cove in Shasta County. The largest of these is about an inch in diameter, with coarse branching striw or wrinkles. The ridges are closer to- gether and cover more space than the European species, Holopty- chus flemingt. Family CHIROCENTRID 24. Genus XENESTHES Jordan, new genus. 27. Nenesthes velox Jordan, new species. In a rock of Triassic age are the remains of a skull of a fish, apparently belonging to the primitive family of Chirocentride. Number 9,098, University of California collection, represents a premaxillary bone over seven inches long. It is armed on its anterior end with a single row of conical bluntish teeth, each with a striated and beveled apex, unequal in size and some of them broken out. The fourteen teeth visible occupy less than one- fourth the length of the bone. Behind the point where the tooth- row disappears in the matrix there is a broad band of blunt pyra- midal prichles of much smaller size on the outer surface of the bone. They are close-set almost so as to form a shagreen. There VoL. 5] Jordan.—The Fossil Fishes of California. 121 are fifteen to twenty of these small, blunt denticles in a eross- series in the band. According to Dr. Merriam’s observations, these denticles are not true teeth but are in reality on the outer surface of the bone, and all the bones of the skull are more or less rough with similar denticles. Besides this part of the jaw, there are large pieces of bones of the skull, each marked by radiating striae. Other fragments, Fig. 16. Xenesthes velox Jordan. (Premaxillary bone.) Triassic of Shasta region, California. Type specimen. not readily identifiable, occur in the same connection, among others what seems to be a fragment of the dentary having teeth like those of the premaxillary described above. This deseription is taken from a drawing carefully made by Mr. Bagley, Dr. Mer- riam’s artist, and it is verified on the original specimen by Dr. Merriam. These fragments seem to indicate a fish allied to Hypsicormus and Protosphyrena, but the teeth in Protosphyrana are very sharp, while in Hypsicormus the jaws are much shorter. In the Ichthyodectine (Ichthyodectes, Gillicus, Niphactinus = Por- theus) the teeth are in a single row and on the whole the nearest relations of Venesthes seems to be with these genera. Family ACIPENSERID 2. senus ACIPENSER Linneus. 28. Acipenser medirostris Ayres? A seale of sturgeon perhaps of this species was found in Quat- ernary deposits of Potter Creek Cave by Dr. William J. Sinclair. Family LEPTOLEPID 4? 29. Etringus scintillans Jordan, new genus and species. Head three and one-half in length of body to base of caudal - depth, three and two-fifths. Body compressed, herring-shaped, 122 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY the belly prominent. Head large, rather pointed, the bones ap- parently thin, but enameled. Scales thirty-five to forty. Mouth large, oblique, the lower jaw prominent, the cleft probably not reaching the front of the large orbit. Vertebrae thirty-seven, ap- parently well ossified, the centrum large, the neural and haemal spines slightly curved and posteriorly strongly inclined back- ward. Seales large, quadrate in form, distinctly enameled; prob- Fig. YW. Etringus scintillans Jordan. Miocene of Soledad Pass. Type specimen, ably about thirty-five in a lateral series; those on the side not ereatly deepened; lateral line very distinet, running along the side of the belly, very low, apparently ceasing beyond the tip of the ventral fin. Seales of the lateral line with radiating or digi- tate ridges, some apparently of this series with a crenate digitate margin, Dorsal fin apparently nearly median, only traces of anterior rays being left. Ventrals reduced to a trace, apparently nearly VoL. 5] Jordan.—The Fossil Fishes of California. 123 Fig. 18. Etringus scintillans Jordan. Brown’s Cafion (No. 29). Fig. 19. Etringus scintillans? No. 29. Brown’s Cafion. 124 University of California Publications. [GEOLOGY opposite front of dorsal. Pectorals broken, apparently small. Caudal slightly heterocereal, the tips broken. Anal probably long, but no trace of it distinet in this specimen. The type of this species is a single specimen six inches long. It is imbedded in a hard yellowish shaly sandstone reputed of Miocene Age. The specimen was found by Rev. Stephen W. Bowers in the mountains of the Soledad Pass, about twenty miles north of Los Angeles. The genus belongs to the primitive types of Isospondyli, or herring-lke fishes. The well-developed vertebrae leads us to place it among the Leptolepidaw, but none of that family, so far as I know, show a lateral line. Plewropholis, a genus of Pholidopho- ridw, having a lateral line along the side of the belly, differs in having the seales above this line very deep and plate-like. I am therefore obliged to take a new generic name for this California species, the genus being distinguished by the character of the scales and the low position of the lateral line. The name is from étpov, abdomen; “yyos, tube. 29. Etringus sp. We refer with doubt to Etringus scintillans, a specimen ob- tained from Brown’s Canon, four miles north of Soldiers’ Home, near Santa Moniea. This specimen shows a section of the body of a fish about five inches across, just behind the pectoral fin. It shows a mass of cycloid scales less distinctly enameled than in Etringus, but apparently of similar nature. The body of another fish showing only part of the vertebral column and a mass of scales belongs evidently to the same species as the preceding. All the scales on the body are eycloid and not apparently enameled. € 30. Etringus species. Around this last named specimen are many large scattered scales one-third to one-half inch in diameter, quadrate, thick and enameled, looking somewhat like the lateral line scales in Etrin- gus scintillans. These seales are marked by four to six or more wavy digitate furrows on either side, and the anterior or free edge is more or less crenate-digitate. VoL. 5] Jordan.—The Fossil Fishes of California. 125 Two smaller seales of this species are imbedded on the rock near the type of Etringus scintillans. It is not certain that they came from the same fish. Still another occurs on another block of stone from the same locality. Another large, loose scale is found associated with the type of Etringus scintillans. Wt is quadrate and entire, marked with fine parallel striations. What it is, I cannot tell. Etringus species. Mr. W. C. Mendenhall of the United States Geological Survey has sent a large number of specimens of fragments of fossil fishes found in the Monterey shales of the middle Miocene. These were obtained by Mr. W. O. Clark in Brea Canon, Orange County, California, about one and one-half miles from Olinda. They are imbedded in rather hard, coarse, blackish, siliceous shales. Among the specimens are very many detached scales, three sections of the vertebral column, with ribs and one specimen showing part of a caudal fin. The scales are large, cyeloid, quad- rate in form, some of them showing digitate furrows, and more or less distinctly enameled. The scales are like those of ‘* Etrin- gus species’? above mentioned. In the best specimen twenty vertebre are shown. These are from the middle of the body and are essentially like those of Etringus scintillans. The basal bones of the anal fin are very numerous and slender. The specimen showing part of the caudal fin is certainly like the others. The tail is homocereal or nearly so, and the rays are very slender. The form of the fin is not shown. There is also a vertebral column which looks more herring- like, with twenty-eight vertebre present, but there are Htringus scales lying about it. There is little doubt that all these frag- ments belong to one.species, and this is probably identical with Etringus scintillans. 126 University of California Publications. [GEOLOGY Y Family OSTEOGLOSSID 4h. Genus PHaArREopUS Leidy. (Dapedoglossus Cope. ) 31. Phareodus sp.? In a hard rock belonging to the Chico formation of the upper Cretaceous is a very large cycloid scale, nearly an inch in diame- ter, beautifully striated. It must belong to some of the large Clupeoid fishes, probably to the genus Phareodus, which occurs in the Green River Eocene. Family CLUPEID. 32. Clupeoid fish. A. Fragments of a Clupeoid or herring-like fish, remarkable for the hair-like slenderness of its ribs and other bones, are found in Fig. 20. Clupeoid fish (A). No. 32. Miocene of Soledad Pass. the rocks of Soledad Pass. One of these, lacking the head, has forty-five to fifty slender vertebra, and a forked caudal fin; the other fins are lost. 33. Clupeoid fish. B. Another herring-like species is found on the Santa Anita Ranch, five miles north of Gaviota. All the specimens from this locality, in a brittle whitish clay shale, are very much broken and unrecognizable. The best preserved is perhaps a species of her- VoL. 5] Jordan.—The Fossil Fishes of California. 127 ring with about forty vertebrae, which are very small, the ribs slender and hair-like, the head large, apparently with rather long jaws. It is impossible to place either species in any particular Fig. 21. Clupeoid fish (B). No. 33. genus. It may possibly prove to belong to the genus Anightia, defined on a later page in this paper. 34. Clupeoid fish. C. In the white marls from Shorb are eight specimens or a species of herring-like fish, possibly the same as the one mentioned as A in a paragraph above. The imprints are very shadowy, showing little except the outline and the vertebral column, and the species cannot be identified. In one there are about thirty-five vertebra, and the dorsal fin is opposite the ventrals. Family PTEROTHRISSID4. 35. Pterothrissoid fish? The head of a fish, perhaps belonging to the family of Hlo- pidae or of Pterothrissidae was found in Brown’s Caiion, in the 128 University of California Publications. [GEOLOGY Santa Monica Range, by Dr. Bowers. It belongs apparently to an elongate fish, with eye very large, about one-fifth the length of the head. The snout is long, and the mouth seems rather large, the upper jaw the longer. There is no trace of teeth. The out- Fig. 22. Pterothrissoid fish. No. 35. Miocene of Brown’s Cafion, line of the head suggests that of the Japanese fish, Pterothrissus gissu Hilgendorf. But there is no evidence that this species be- longs to Pterothr.ssus or to any related genus. The eye is much larger than in Jsteus. Family COBITOPSID i (?). 36. Rogenio solitudinis Jordan, new genus and species. In the white marl rocks of Soledad Pass are found numerous specimens of a very small fish of a new genus, to which we give the name of Rogenio. Vou. 5] Jordan.—The Fossil Fishes of California. 129 The genus Rogenio is characterized by the large head, sub- equal and elongate jaws, slender vertebre, and by the fact that the dorsal and anal fins are equally developed, opposite each Fig. 23. Rogenio solitudinis Jordan. Miocene of Soledad Pass. Type specimen. other, the front of each fin being near the middle of the length of the body. In Rogenio solitudinis the head is about three and three- fourths times in length to base of caudal; the greatest depth is five. The mouth is elongate, oblique, the jaws subequal, appar- ently extending to below the eye; there are traces of small teeth in the jaws; the snout is pointed. The head is rather depressed abov the eyes; the vertebre are forty to forty-two, small, about twenty-two behind the vent; no ribs are visible in any specimen. The dorsal and anal are inserted a little behind the middle of body. Each has about ten rays, or at least stand opposite eight to ten vertebre. The caudal peduncle behind the dorsal is about equal to the leneth of the fins; the height of the dorsal and anal is about three-fourths the length of the base. The caudal fin is a little shorter than the head, and widely forked. I find no trace of pectorals or ventrals in any specimen. The ventrals are probably abdominal. No trace of seales is found in any specimen. The type example is one and one-fourth inches in length, very slender and fragile, imbedded in white marl of Miocene Age. There are twenty-nine specimens in Dr. Bowers’ collection from Soledad Pass, none of them very perfect, but most of them show- ing the characteristic form, the opposite dorsal and anal, the slender, almost eel-like, the depth ten times in length, the head and body is vertically flattened. These range in leneth from one to two inches. 130 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY From Moore’s Canon, in the Santa Monica Range, Dr. Bowers obtained numerous other fragments, none of them well preserved. Of the known families, the genus Rogenio approaches nearest to the Cobitopsida. The generic name recalls the obsolete name, Rogenia, once applied by Valenciennes to the whitebait or very young herring. 37. Rogenio bowersi Jordan, new species. Another specimen, about three and one-half inches long, seems referable to Rogenio, but must belong to another species. It shows a head in bad condition, a long vertebral column, the dorsal opposite the anal as in Rogenio solitudinis, but very much farther Fig. 24. Rogenio bowersi Jordan. Miocene of Brown’s Cafion. Type spec- imen. back. The head is contained three and one-half times in the space from nape to front of dorsal, while in R. solitudinis it goes but one and one-fourth times in the same distance. Fifty-two ver- tebree may be counted in this specimen, not very accurately. About thirty-six are before the dorsal, nine beneath it, and seven behind. The end of the column is not preserved, so that we may estimate the total as 36 + 9 + 15 = about 60. The body is very slender, almost eel-like, the depth ten times in length, the head about six. The jaws appear to be long, and the form suggests the genus Stomias. The dorsal and anal rays are slender, each about ten in number. This specimen is from Soledad Pass, and it may be named Rogenio bowersi, for its discoverer, Rev. Stephen W. Bowers, well known as a student of the paleontology of Cali- fornia. VOL. 5] Jordan.—The Fossil Fishes of California. asa! Family CYPRINID 4. Genus MyLopHARODON Ayres. 38. Mylopharodon conocephalus (Baird and Girard). From Quaternary deposits in the Potter Creek Cave in Shasta County, Mr. Wiliam J. Sinclair obtained various animal remains, deseribed in University of California Publications, American Archaeology and Ethnology, Vol. 2, No. 1, 1904. Among these are pharyngeal bones of three fishes. Among these are Mylopha- rodon conocephalus, a large chub now found in the Sacramento River. Genus PTYCHOCHELIUS (Agassiz). 39. Ptychocheilus grandis (Ayres) ? Pharyngeals doubtfully referred to this species were taken in the Potter Creek Cave. This species is the common Squaw-fish of the Sacramento. See op. cit., p. 18. Family ATHERINIDA. 40. Merriamella doryssa Jordan, new genus and species. Head, 34 in length; depth, 6; D., 1,1, 8; A., 1, 7; C., 12 to 14; P., 11 or 12; vertebra, 15 + 18 = 33. —" Body moderately elongate, formed as in Atherina; the head larger and more pointed; mouth rather oblique, the lower jaw prominent, the maxillary apparently extending beyond front of eye; no signs of teeth; eye large, the orbit about three in head; opercles apparently unarmed, the operecle convex and striated; orbital region elevated, the profile depressed over the snout; branchiostegals slender, about six in number; pectoral fin in- serted high, fan-shaped, the form apparently symmetrical, its length 234 in head; no distinct traces of ventral fins on any of the four specimens. First dorsal composed of a single moderate curved spine, sharply defined in all examples, inserted behind middle of length of pectoral at a distance from gill opening equal to two-thirds of head; leneth of dorsal spine about five in head. Soft dorsal en- 1132 University of California Publications. [GEOLOGY tirely similar to anal, inserted a little in front of the latter, the anterior rays in both elevated, the height of the longest ray three in head, the base of the fin two, three in head. Caudal moder- Fig. 25. Merriamella doryssa Jordan. Truckee River. Tertiary. Type specimen. Ses 7 = Vi: bits "ES Fig. 26. Merriamella doryssa Jordan. Truckee River. Tertiary. ately forked; bones slender, mostly very fine. There is no trace of scales in any specimen. This species is known to us from four specimens, one and one- half to four inches long, found in the white marl in a cutting for VoL. 5] Jordan.—The Fossil Fishes of California. 1133 the Truckee River Canal in Nevada. The rock, according to Pro- fessor Merriam, is probably of Miocene Age. This is a fresh- water deposit. Two of the specimens, one of them the type described above, are much more slender in apparent form than the others, a differ- ence which may indicate difference of species; the depth must have been at least six and one-half times in the length to base of caudal. In two others of equal length the body seems much deeper. In one the depth is about five times in leneth; in the other about four and one-half, but this last shows evidence of dis- tortion. The technical characters so far as they ean be made out seem to be the same in all, and we treat them provisionally as one species, which is probably the case. In all the specimens the curved hook-lke dorsal spine is very distinct, but in one of them it seems to be preceded by three other spines much more slender and shadowy. These possibly do not really belong to the same specimen, as in the other three the spine is very distinct and stands alone. If these are really additional spines, the generic diagnosis must be adjusted accordingly. We propose for this fish the name Merriamella doryssa. If the genus is placed among the Atherinide, it will differ by its dif- ferentiated dorsal spine, which either stands alone or is preceded by three slenderer ones. It suggests also the genus Hypoptychus, a Siberian type of Ammodytidea. Hypoptychus has no trace of the first dorsal. The genus Merriamella has also much in common with the extinct family of Cobitopsidw, of the European Oligo- cene. But Cobitopsis, like Hypoptychus, has no first dorsal fin, and its ventral fins are present and abdominal. Family SCOMBRIDL. 4 41. Scombroid fish. Professor Agassiz records fragments of unidentifiable bones of mackerels from Ocoya Creek. We have also fragments from a vertebral column of some mackerel-like fish from Brown’s Canon, near Santa Monica. The vertebrxe are strong, and well developed, the caudal pedunele slender and the tail well forked. 134 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY Family SCORPAINIDZ. Genus SEBASTODES Gill. 42. Sebastodes vosw EKigenmann (Zoe, I, p. 16, 1890). Preoperele of a fish about a foot long. Three lower preoper- cular spines subequal and equally spaced, all directed downward and backward. Preoperele much heavier than in Sebastodes ro- saceus, the nearest living species. Three pits leading into mucous canals, decreasing in size backward on anterior half of first spine. A large pit between first and second preopercular spine, another between second and third, and two smaller ones on anterior half of second spine. (Eigenmann. ) Tertiary rocks at Port Harford, San Luis Obispo County. Family LUVARID &. 43. Luvarus species (2). In the Los Angeles High School is a specimen of a large fossil fish, thirty-four inches in length, so poorly preserved that only the general form and the robust vertebre are shown. It is apparently a scombroid fish, that is, one belonging to some mackerel-like family. The genus Luvarus, of which a spe- cies, Luvarus imperialis Rafinesque, occurs on the coast of Cali- fornia, is suggested by the character of the vertebre. The speci- men might, however, belong to any one of a dozen genera living or extinct. The specimen was found by Mr. J. Z. Gilbert, teacher of Zoology in the Los Angeles High School, and I am indebted to him for the accompanying photograph. Mr. Gilbert states that the specimen was found on the ‘‘Third Sea Beach,’’ at about 2,000 feet from the hghthouse on Point Firmin, southwest of San Pedro. There oceur five moon-shaped sea beaches from the light- house to the foot of the breakwater. The specimen was from a rock, not i situ but near a ledge of similar structure and appear- ance. The matrix is of a hard voleanic material overlying readily cleavable sandstone. The specimen represents probably only about one-half of the length of the animal when living. There are twenty vertebre plainly visible, each measuring one and one- Vou. 5] Jordan.—The Fossil Fishes of California. 135 half inches in diameter and two and one-half inches in length. The vertebre decrease only slightly in length backward. were probably as many as forty in all. RECAPITULATION. There By the geological horizons, these species may be classified as follows: QUATERNARY. Carcharodon riversi Jordan. Carcharodon arnoldi Jordan. Acipenser medirostris Agassiz? Mylopharodon conocephalus (Baird and Girard). Ptychochelius grandis (Ayres). Urolophus halleri Cooper? PLIOCENE. Dalatias occidentalis (Agassiz). Galeus (zyopterus Jordan and Gilbert) ? Carcharodon riversi Jordan. Isurus tumulus (Agassiz). MIOCENE. Heptranchias andersoni Jordan. (Echinorhinus blakei Agassiz.) Dalatias occidentalis Agassiz. Galeocerdo productus Agassiz. Carcharias antiquus (Agassiz). Carcharias sp. Hemipristis heteropleurus Agassiz. Lamna clavata Agassiz. (Lamna ornata Agassiz. ) Isurus planus (Agassiz). Isurus smith Jordan. Isurus tumulus (Agassiz). Carcharodon arnoldi Jordan. Carcharodon branneri Jordan. (Carcharodon rectus Agassiz. ) Chiloscyllium species ? Aétobatis species. Ltringus scintillans Jordan. Etringus species? Clupeoid fish A. Clupeoid fish B. Clupeoid fish C. Pterothrissoid fish. Rogenio solitudinis Jordan. 136 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY Rogenio bowersi Jordan, Merriamella doryssa Jordan. Scombroid fish. Sebastodes rose Wigenmann. CRETACEOUS (Chico formation). Hemipristis chiconis Jordan. Lamna species? Tsurus desorti (Agassiz) ? Phareodus species? TRIASSIC. Hybodus shastenis Wemple. Acrodus wemplie Jordan. Holoptychus species. NXenesthes velox Jordan. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES ON AMERICAN FOSSIL FISHES. Family CLUPEID Ai. Genus KnicHtTra Jordan (new genus). Knightia cocena Jordan (Clupea humilis Leidy), new specific Name. In his monumental work on the Tertiary Vertebrata, 1884, p. 74, Professor Cope ealls attention to the fact that the genus Diplomystus of Cope is composed of two sections. In the typical section Diplomystus (dentatus) the dorsal seutes are transverse with peetinate borders, a median tooth being especially promi- nent. In the second section, the seutes are not wider than long, and there is but a single median tooth, at the end of a median longitudinal carina. These two sections differ in other regards, and the second may well be held to constitute a distinct genus, to which I suggest the name of Anightia, in honor of the late Wilbur Clinton Knight, of the University of Wyoming, an indefatigable student of the paleontology of the Rocky Mountains. The type of Knightia is Clupea humilis Leidy = Clupea pu- silla Cope. As the name humilis is preoccupied in Clupea by Clupea humilis von Meyer, and the name pusilla by Clupea pu- silla Mitehill, the species is left without a distinctive title and may stand as Anightia eocena Jordan. The species is not very VoL. 5] Jordan.—The Fossil Fishes of California. 137 different from Knightia alta (eidy), also found in the Green River shales. A. alta has the body deeper than in I. eocana. In Knightia the body is more elongate than in Diplomystus, the ventral outline and the post-nuchal region not especially prominent; the lower jaw is less prominent and the cleft of the mouth less oblique; the seales are much larger, about thirty-five (over sixty in Diplomystus), and the anal fin and the correspond- ing part of the vertebral column is much shorter. In Diplo- mystus the anal fin has thirty to forty rays, the caudal region having about twenty-five vertebrae. In Anightia there are about fourteen anal rays, corresponding to about fifteen vertebrae. There are in all about forty-one vertebrae in Diplomystus and thirty-five in Anightia. According to Cope, the anterior neural spines in Anightia are without antero-posterior laminar expan- sion. Knightia eocana is perhaps the most abundant fish in the Eocene shales of Green River, in which locality Diplomystus dentatus and related species of primitive herrings abound. The name Histiurus Costa (1850) nym of Anightia, has been earlier used by Agassiz, as an emenda- , which is perhaps a syno- tion of Istiurus Cuvier, a genus of reptiles. Very recently, Dr. Louis Dollo (Res. Voyage Belgica, 1904, p. 159) has proposed the new generie name Copeichthys Dollo, as a substitute for the name Diplomystus of Cope, which Dollo re- gards as preoccupied by the name Diplomystes of Bleeker, a name which Dr. Giinther has altered, unnecessarily I think, to Diplo- mystax. In the judgment of the present writer, Diplomystes and Diplomystus are different words, however similar in spelling and in etymology, and the name Copeichthys is not admissible. Family SALMONID 2b. Genus ONCORHYNCHUS Suckley. Oncorhynchus [? tschawytscha (Walbaum) |. In ferrugineous shales of Post-pliocene Age, from Fossil Lake, Oregon, are found numerous fragments of the jaws, teeth, and _ vertebrae of a species of salmon which must have reached a con- siderable size. Nothing in these fragments distinguishes the spe- 138 University of California Publications. [GEOLOGY Pig. 27. Oncorhynchus tschawytscha? (Jaws and teeth.) Quaternary? Near Fossil Lake, Oregon. Fig. 28. Oncorhynchus tschawytscha? Fig. 29. Oncorhynchus tschawytscha? (Jaw with teeth.) Quaternary? Near Fossil Lake, Oregon. : r - . ; & ’ : Sat 4 = SS ‘ ‘ - n =F - 7 . 2 = ~ * - 7 - - * Poa 2D ‘ , a. IN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY — ANDREW C, LAWSON, Editor BY rey MALCOLM GODDARD é “4 ike ; & BERKELEY : ae THE UNIVERSITY PRESS See: Ni ; May, 1907 i ¥ y ‘ eau Gierrale in “the form of ee earch by some competent investigator in ge om “400 to 500 pages. The price per volume te! addressed _ ta eet ae a. ae VOLUME ai ‘ 5 CL Pear? tae lis The Geology of Carmelo Bay, by Andrew C. Lawson, with none nas an eration in the field, by Juan dela C. Posada. 5 Bice 2. The Soda-Rhyolite North of Berkeley, by Charles Dalsce : “ A E 3. The Eruptive Rocks of Point Bonita, by F. Leslie Ransome 4, The Post-Pliocene Eaerope of the Coast of Southern California, om Andrew Ries Lawson ; 5. The Lherzolite- Serpentine ‘and Associated Rocks of the Potrero, San Francisco, by His Charles Palache ‘ df 6. On a Rock, from the Vicinity of Berkeley, containing a New Soda Amphibole, by Charles Palache ; 7. The Geology of Angel Island, by F. Leslie Ransome, with a Note on the Radiolarian — Chert from Angel Island ‘and from Buri-buri Ridge, San Mateo County, California, fi by George Jennings Hinde . Ss 8. The Geomorphogeny of the Coast of Northern California, by Andrew C. Lawson > i 9. On Analcite Diabase from San Louis Obispo County, California, by Harold W. Fairbanke 2 ~10. On Lawsonite, a New Rock-forming Mineral from the Tiburon Peninsula, Marin Conaiyag California, ‘by. F. Leslie Ransome . an 5 5 11. Critical Periods in the History of the Earth, by Joseph TieConte : : 20 12. On Malignite, a Family of Basic, Plutonic, ‘Orthoclase’ Rocks, Rich in “A ieetaes and Bea ah Lime, Intrusive in the Coutchiching Schists of Poohbal Lake, by Andrew C. Lawson . 200 s 13. Sigmogomphius LeContei, a New Castoroid Rodent, from the Pliocene, near Berkeley, os by John C. Merriam z sail | 14. The Great Valley of California, a Criticism of the “Theory of ‘Teostacy, by E F. Leslie Ransome . : VOLUME 2. 1. The Geology of Point Sal, by Harold W. Fairbanks . 2. On Some Pliocene Ostracoda from near Berkeley, by Frederick Chapman 3. Note on Two Tertiary Faunas from the Rocks of the Southern Coast of Waneouver Island, by J. C. Merriam . ne 4. The Distribution of the Neocene Sea-urchins of Middle Catena and Its Bearing on the Classification of the Neocene Formations, by John C. Merriam 5. The, Geology of Point Reyes Peninsula, by F. M. Anderson. 25 6. Some Aspects of Erosion in Relation to the Theory of the Peneplain, by Ww. 8. Tangier Smith 7. A Topographic Study of the Islands of Sou thern California, by W. S. Tangier Smith 8. The Geology of the Central Portion of the Isthmus of Panama, by Osear H. te . 9. A Contribution to the Geology of the John Day Basin, by John C. Merriam eee 10. Mineralogical Notes, by Arthur S. Eakle E 11. Contributions to the Mineralogy of California, by Walter C. Blasdale 12. The Berkeley Hills. A Detail of Coast Range regia by Andrew C. Lawson and Charles Palache é j ~ . VOLUME 3. 1. The Quaternary of Southern California, by Oscar H. Hershey .. . ; et ay 2. Colemanite from Southern California, by Arthur S. Hakle : Roealisy 3. The Eparchaean Interval. A Criticism of the use of the term Algonkian, by. Andrew ea C. Lawson By 4. Triassic Ichthyopterygia from ‘California and Nevada, by John C. Merriam A ‘i 5. A Contribution to the Petrography of the John Day Basin, by as C. Calkins 6. The Igneous Rocks near Pajaro, by John A. Reid . 7. Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Co., California, by Waldemar T. ‘Schaller | 8. Plumasite, an Oligoclase-Corundum Rock, near Spanish 1 Peak, ee ae Andrew ge Lawson 3 A sc 9. Palacheite, by Arthur §. Eakle . Fe OS and ‘ 10. Two New ‘Species of Fossil Turtles from Oregon, by” O. P. Hay 2 ita cn e 11. A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by W. J. Sinclair 2 12. New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Triassic of California, by John C. Merriam 13. Spodumene from San Diego County, California, by Waldemar T. Schaller ioe 14. The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great ‘Valley of ey by Jone C ; Merriam . = ts 15. The Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by Andrew C. Lawson pans : 16. A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene in California, by John C. Merriam oz 17. The Orbicular Gabbro at Dehesa, San Diego County, California, by Andrew C. 18. A New Cestraciont Spine from the Lower Triassic of Idaho, by Herbert M. | aes rao, A Fossil Egg from Arizona, by Wm. Conger Morgan and Marion Clover T 20. Euceratherium, a New Ungulate from the Quaternary Caves of Califo ‘a J: Sinclair and E. L. Furlong : _ 21, A New Marine Reptile from the Triassic of California, “by John y) UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 5, No. 8, pp. 145-148 ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor FISH REMAINS FROM THE MARINE LOWER TRIASSIC OF ASPEN RIDGE, IDAHO BY MancoumM GopDARD. The fragmentary fish remains described in the following paper were obtained on a_ paleontological expedition visiting southern Idaho during the summer of 1903 for the purpose of studying the Lower Triassic outerops at Aspen Ridge, about ten miles east of Soda Springs. The material is all very fragmentary, consisting of disarticu- lated bones, occurring in thin slabs of shaly limestone. The rock abounds in ammonites and in some cases is practically composed of them. The forms present, of which the characteristic one is Meekoceras, point to the horizon as Lower Triassic. Professor James Perrin Smith of the Leland Stanford Junior University, who has made a special investigation of the invertebrate fauna of this horizon, places it in the Lower Triassic, below the beds of Paris Canon from which H. M. Evans has recently described a new cestraciont spine.’ The deposit in which the bones occur is of marine origin, as shown by the abundance of cephalopods and other marine molluses, and in this respect differs from the de- posit in which the type specimen of Megalichthys was found, which is a fresh-water lmestone. The remains seem, however, closely allied to those of fresh-water formations. The material collected at Aspen Ridge contains 81 specimens, comprising fragments of jaws, teeth, scales, supposed opercular bones and a number of bones which are indeterminable. Most * Bull. Geol. Dept. Univ. of Cal., Vol. 3, No. 18, p. 397, pl. 47. 146 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY of the specimens described in this paper resemble the crossop- terygian ganoids and may be referred to the family, Megalich- thyidae,? on account of the tooth structure, the variation in size of the teeth, and the structure of the dermal plates. The teeth which have been obtained are conical, with a pulp cavity of which the walls are vertically folded towards the base.* = Figs. 1 and 2 natural size; figs. 3, 4, and 5 one-half natural size. They are firmly set in the bone, are close together, and all were apparently functional at the same time. There is a great varia- tion in size which is a character common with Megalichthys hibberti as deseribed by Dr. Hibbert. The basal portions of the * Hay, O. P., Catlg. of Fos. Vert. North Amer., p. 359. * Woodward, A. S., Catlg. Fos. Fish. Brit. Mus. PI. IT. ‘Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb., XIII, pp. 169-282. Pl. V-XIII. Vou. 5] Goddard.—Lower Triassic Fish Remains. 147 teeth are covered with coarse longitudinal folds, another char- acter common with Megalichthys. The punctate character of the large plate may be considered as pointing rather toward the Osteolepidae than to Megalichthys. The following specimens show characters which are considered worthy of notice. Specimen No. 10823.—This is a fragment of jaw (fig. 1) 65 mm. in length and 12 mm. in width containing eight distineuish- able teeth, one of which shows a length of 5 mm. With one ex- ception, the teeth are shown in cross-section only. They average 2.5 mm. by 3.5 mm. in diameter and show distinctly a deep ph- cation at the base, the folds of dentine extending into the pulp cavity almost to the center. The external part of the tooth shows deep longitudinal folds for about one-third of the distance from the base to the apex. The teeth are set firmly in the bone. This specimen very much resembles the members of the Rhizo- dontidae, as described by Woodward,° in their conical form and vertical folding of the walls of the pulp cavity towards the base. There is also a resemblance to the Osteolepidae® which have ‘‘teeth conical, with a pulp eavity, of which the walls are not folded except quite at the base.”’ Specimen No. 9991.—F igure 2 probably represents a dentary bone bearing four teeth of different sizes, three of which are almost in direct alignment; the other, a smaller one, les at the side. No. 1, the smallest, has a length of 7 mm., diameter at the base 3.8 mm. It has a conical form and a large pulp eavity reaching almost to the apex, and well down into the base, which is set firmly in the bone. No. 2 is the base of a conical tooth with external longitudinal folds. No. 3 is a long tapering tooth with coarse longitudinal folds extending almost to the apex and having a length of 12 mm. and a diameter at the base of 5.8 mm. No. 4 is a large tooth having an approximate length of 14 mm. and a diameter at the base of 8 mm., with very large coarse longitudinal folds from base to apex. ° Woodward, A. 8., Catlg. Fos. Fish. Brit. Mus., Vol. LI, p. 341. * Ibid., p. 367. 148 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY Specimen No. 9988.—F igure 3 represents a plate with a length of 164 mm. The greatest width is 50 mm. The plate shows fine lines radiating from a common center to the periphery, the high- est point being at the center. The surface is covered with small pits or dots. It resembles very much the frontal plate of Ony- chodus sigmoides Newb, as figured by Dr. Newberry,’ in having lines radiating to all parts from a common center, except that the radiating ridges are not so pronounced, and in that the specimen is relatively long for its width. It resembles Megalichthys hib- berti in having the surface covered with fine pits or dots.® Specimen No. 9900.—A long slender bone (fig. 5) constricted on each side of the middle, which is swollen on one edge resem- bling a point of articulation. The ends flare out on one side to a thin convex fan, the planes of the expanded portions being twisted at an angle of about 70°. Length about 160 mm., diam- eter at narrowest point 9 mm., diameter at swollen portion 13.5 min. Specimen No. 9987.—Figure 4 represents the impression of the inside of a cycloidal scale showing oval outlines parallel to the periphery. Length 76 mm., width 35 mm. The impression re- sembles the inner aspect of a scale of Rhizodus ornatus Trq. figured by Woodward.’ If this specimen belongs to the same form as the folded teeth, the greater affinity is with the Megalich- thyidae rather than with the Osteolepidae, as the scales are of eycloidal shape. 7 Newberry, J. 8., U. S. Geol. Surv. Mon., Vol. 16, pl. 37. ‘Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb., Vol. XIII, p. 194. * Woodward, A. 8., Catlg. of Fos. Fish. Brit. Mus., Vol. II, Pl. XIT, fig. 9. Issued May 18, 1907. F THI DEPARTMENT OF ie ‘ah uM GEOLOGY = 220% 3 fe Ppl49-153 ie ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor = eS hess + BE NEW CALIFORNIA GEM es ~ MINERAL a BY _ GEORGE DAVIS LOUDERBACK WITH CHEMICAL ANALYSIS BY a ¥ * _ WALTER C. BLASDALE _ BERKELEY THE UNIVERSITY PRESS July, 1907 ON ae. id ey Pee oot Ret et age r \ ft The BULLETIN \ or THE DEPART Or OGY irregular intervals/in the form of separate papers or - search by some competent investigator in geolog from 400 to 500 pages. The price per volume is $3.50 the volumes will be, sent to subscribers in separate covers as soo’ may be purchased att the following prices from the UNIVERSITY Pruss, to be addressed : — Pa . 2 rage VOLUME 1. ie Doe : egitine Geology of Carmelo Bay, by Andrew C. Lawson, with chemical pis. an eration in the field, by Juan de la C. Posada 5 5 oe 5 7 1 2. The Soda-Rhyolite North of Berkeley, by Charles Palache % 3. The Eruptive Rocks of Point Bonita, by F. Leslie Ransome . 4. The Post-Pliocene eee of the Coast of Southern California, by Andrew i 5 6 7 Lawson. De. . The Lherzolite- Serpentine ‘and "Associated Rocks of the Potrero, San Francisco, by” Charles Palache : . On a Rock, from the Vicinity of Berkeley, containing a New Soda Amphibole, by | Charles Palache " . The Geology of Angel Island, by F. Leslie’ Ransome, with a Note on the Radiolarian # Chert from Angel Island ‘and from Buri-buri Ridge, San Mateo County, California, aie by George Jennings Hinde . Reba 5 8. The Geomorphogeny of the Coast of Northern. California, by Andrew C. Lawson t 9. On Analeite Diabase from San Louis Obispo County, California, by Harold W. Fairbanks iby: 0. On Lawsonite, a New Rock-forming Mineral from the Tiburon Peninsula, Marin County, _ California, by F. Leslie Ransome . : 5 i eae ie 1, Critical Periods in the History of the Earth by Joseph LeConte 42 -- 12, On Malignite, a Family of Basic, Plutonic, Orthoclase Rocks, Rich in " Alkalies and Ff: “i Lime, Intrusive in the Coutchiching Schists of Poohbah Lake, by Andrew C. Lawson ; 13. Sigmogomphius LeContei, a New Castoroid Rodent, from the Pliocene, near Berkeley, by John C. Merriam . 1 14. The erent Valley of California, a a Criticism of the “Theory of ‘sostasy, by E F. Leslie Ransome . . ; VOLUME 2. . The Geology of Point Sal, by Harold W. Fairbanks . POP Ge in 25 - On Some Pliocene Ostracoda from near Berkeley, by Frederick Chapman 2 5) Note on Two Tertiary Faunas from the Rocks of the Southern Coast of Vancouver Island, by J. C. Merriam all . The Distribution of the Neocene Sea-urehins of Middle ‘California, and Its Bearing on set the Classification of the Neocene Formations, by John C. Merriam 5 4 F . The Geology of Point Reyes Peninsula, by F. M. Anderson. % . Some Aspects of Erosion in Relation to the Theory of the Peneplain, by Ww. S. Tangier - Smith . A Topographic Study of the Islands of Southern California, by Ww. S. Tangier Smith . The Geology of the Central Portion of the Isthmus of Panama, by Osear H. Hershey . A Contribution to the Geology’ of the John Day Basin, by John C. Merriam . Mineralogical Notes, by Arthur S. Eakle F . Contributions to the Mineralogy of California, by Walter C. Blasdale 0 ; . The Berkeley Hills. A Detail of Coast Range ee By: by Andrew C. Lawson and Charles Palache 2 4 <3 m VOLUME 3. lea DH OD~ON AN P WrE _ 1. The Quaternary of Southern California, by Oscar H. Hershey .2. Colemanite from Southern California, by Arthur 8. Hakle 3. The Eparchaean Interval. A Criticism of the use of the term Algonkian, by Andrew C. Lawson ES ag 4. Triassic Ichthyopterygia from California and Nevada, by John ©. Merriam | bs 5. A Contribution to the Petrography of the John Day Basin, by Frank C. Calkins ceo 6. The Igneous Rocks near Pajaro, by John A. Reid . ¢ 7. Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Co., California, by Waldemar T. ‘Sobaltent 8. Plumasite, an Oligoclase-Corundum Rock, near Spanish J Peak, oe aes mae Andiam Lawson . : Sh Foti - 9. Palacheite, by Arthur §. Eakle uh Hoo . Two New ‘Species of Fossil Turtles from Oregon, by O. P. Hay A fi . A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by W. J. Sinclair ue i . New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Triassic of California, by John C. Merriam . — i Spodumene from San Diego County, California, by Waldemar T. Schaller Rah. 4. The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great Valley of California, B Toh AAG Merriam. “ F . The Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by Andrew ©. Lawson 4 . A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene in California, by John C. Merri . The Orbicular Gabbro at Dehesa, San Diego County, California, by Me 18. A New Cestraciont Spine from the Lower Triassic of Idaho, by Herbert M. . A Fossil Egg from Arizona, by Wm. Conger Morgan and Marion Clove . Euceratherium, a New Ungulate from the Quaternary Caves of | ) J. Sinclair and E. L. Furlong a oA ew, Marine Reptile from the Triassic of Sek by UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 5, No. 9, pp. 149-153 ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor BENITOITE, A NEW CALIFORNIA GEM MINERAL. BY GEORGE DAVIS LOUDERBACK, WITH CHEMICAL ANALYSIS BY WALTER C. BLASDALE. The mineral which is the subject of this note was discovered early in this year by Mr. Hawkins and T. Edwin Sanders, who were prospecting in the southern part of the Mt. Diablo range, near the San Benito-Fresno County line, about latitude 36° 20’. It was first brought to the writer’s attention by Shreve & Com- pany, who had purchased one of the eut stones from a lapidary and who were later offered some of the rough material as sap- phire. They soon determined that it was not sapphire but were unable to place it, and so sought the aid of the University. Suf- ficient material for the chemical analysis and for the erystallo- eraphic and other determinations was kindly supplied by Mr. Hal Sanders of San Francisco, a brother of one of the original discoverers. The writer is also indebted to Professor O’Neill for the privileges of the chemical laboratory and for many courtesies. As the progress of the investigation has shown that it is a new mineral species, it has been called benitoite, as it occurs near the head waters of the San Benito River in San Benito County. The most striking characteristic of the mineral is its blne color, and selected erystals cut in the right direction produce a 150 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY beautiful gem stone that rivals the sapphire in color and excels it in brilianey. The color, however, although fairly character- istic, is not an essential property, for very commonly parts of a erystal are colorless, while oceasionally perfectly colorless small erystals are found. The color also varies in intensity in different erystals or in parts of the same crystal. When pale it is a rather pure blue. When more intense it assumes a violet tint. In addition to this variation in color in different parts of erystals, there is a difference at any one point, depending on the direction in which the light passes. In other words, the mineral is strongly dichroie, the ordinary ray being colorless, the extraordinary, blue. A section eut parallel to the basal plane is practically colorless, while seetions parallel to the principal axis show the deepest color. To get the finest effect, therefore, gems should be eut with the table parallel to the principal axis, and this is in eontrast to the sapphire, which shows its color best when cut perpendicularly thereto. If such a section, cut so as to give the strongest color effects, be examined with a dichroscope, the con- trast between the images is most striking. The image of the extraordinary ray being freed from the colorless image of the ordinary ray, presents a remarkable intensity of color, very much deeper, of course, than can be seen by looking at the mineral in any direction with the unaided eye. In the hehter parts this color of the extraordinary ray is a shehtly greenish blue inelin- ing to indigo as it becomes darker, and is very similar to one of the axial colors shown by some cordierites; but in the more highly colored or thicker parts it is an intense purplish blue. The color is not affected by heat up to the melting point of the mineral. Fragments heated to a rather bright red and maintained at that heat, just short of fusion, for five minutes showed no change whatever on cooling. Benitoite occurs generally in individual simple erystals seat- tered through the matrix and varying from a few millimeters to about two centimeters across. The matrix beine translucent white, the blue transparent erystals stand out prominently and often show erystal faces. It erystallizes in the hexagonal system, trigonal division. The observed forms are the basal plane, the plus and minus Louderbackh.—Benitoite. nay trigonal pyramid and the corresponding trigonal prisms. The normal anele between the basal plane and the pyramid is about 40° 14. If the pyramid be taken as a unit pyramid of the first order, this would yield an axial ratio of .7327, if of the second order, .8460. The most common habit is pyramidal, one pyramid being the chief form, the other oceurrine as a small but regular and. bril- hant truneation. One or both prisms may be present as narrow truneations and also a small triangular basal plane. Occasionally the base is developed into a broad plane, the erystals then having a more nearly tabular habit. The outline of the base may then be hexagonal but the edges corresponding to one pyramid will be considerably longer than the others. Only one erystal was found where the two pyramids were nearly equally developed. The development of the faces at one end of the principal axis always corresponds so well with those at the other, that it gives the impression that the horizontal plane of symmetry is present. No tendency towards a prismatic habit was observed. The angles between two adjoining pyramid faces at one end of axis is 68° 1’. There is an imperfect pyramidal cleavage. The fracture is conchoidal to subeonechoidal. The hardness is 614-614; distinetly above orthoclase and labradorite and below chrysolite and quartz; density, 3.64-3.65. The refractive index is quite high, which adds greatly to the beauty of the cut stone. For the ordinary ray it is about 1.77 (sodium lieht), for the extraordinary, about 1.80. The double refraction is therefore very strong and the mineral optieally positive. Basal sections show a perfect uniaxial eross which gives a distinct positive reaction with the miea plate. The pleo- chroism has already been deseribed and evidently the absorption is e>o. Some difficulty was experienced in getting a value for e, as sodium light is strongly absorbed even in heht colored speci- mens a couple of millimeters thick. The mineral fuses quietly to a transparent glass at about 3. It is practically insoluble in hydrochloric acid, but it is quite easily attacked by hydrofluorie acid, and dissolves readily in fused sodium carbonate. The mineral has proved to be of considerable interest from 152 University of California Publications. | GEOLOGY the standpoint of its chemical composition. Professor Blasdale, who kindly undertook the chemical analysis, reports : A. B. Average. Mol. Ratios. S10, 43.56 43.79 43.68 £123 ALO). 20.18 20.00 20.09 250 3aO 36.34 36.31 36.33 237 100.08 100.10 The suggested formula is BaTiSi.,0,, whieh yields the follow- ine ealeulated values: SiO, 43.7] NO; ORS 2 BaO 36.97 100.00 Professor Blasdale also reports that the mineral is easily decom- posed by hydrofluoric acid, but only slowly attacked by molten potassium pyrosulphate. Benitoite is then a very acid titano-silicate of barium, and stands in a class by itself, both as regards acid silicates and titano-siheates. The possibility of the titanium acting as a base vas considered, but the summation of the analyses and the fact that the erystals are often perfectly colorless seem to point defi- nitely to the above interpretation. The blue color of much of the material may be due to a small amount of titanium in the sesquioxide condition. Associated with benitoite is a black or brownish black pris- matic mineral that also appears to be new. Its most striking characteristic is a very perfect prismatic cleavage of 80° 10’. Its hardness is between 5 and 6 and it melts easily, at about 1.5, elvine a sodium flame and becoming a lustrous black enamel bead. It appears to be monoclinic, is biaxial, and gives an ex- tinction angele of about 10 deerees on the cleavage face. Its cross sections are six-sided, the four cleavage traces being truncated by a lateral pinaeoid. In thick pieces it is opaque, but in moder- ately thin ones it is a deep rich red, which changes to a brownish or oereous yellow as the thickness decreases. Pleochroism is prominent. On a cleavage plate the ray vibrating near the prism Louderback.—Bemtorte. 1538} axis is yellowish brown or ocreous yellow to reddish brown, the one perpendicular to this light yellow, absorption ¢’> a’ in which c’ lies nearest the prism axis. The refractive index is high—at least greater than that of monobromnaphthalene, 1.654. The name earlosite is suggested for this mineral, from the nearby San Carlos peak, one of the highest points of that part of the range. Benitoite and ecarlosite occur as individual disseminated erys- tals in narrow veins in a basic igneous rock or in a schist which has been considerably altered by the solutions that formed the veins. The benitoite is apparently restricted to the veins, the earlosite also occurring in the neighboring parts of the wall rock. The chief gangue of the veins is a soda rich zeolite. The prop- erties of carlosite and the nature of the gangue were determined on small and unsatisfactory quantities, as the collectors were interested in the supposed sapphires and not in its matrix. The writer has recently been able to collect specimens of the matrix and erystals of carlosite and expects shortly to make a more extensive report on the properties of benitoite and earlosite, their paragenesis, ete. Issued July 30, 1907. 1 ns j # Ei ¢ f i AMA W ase e \ ey. LLETIN OF THE DEPART! i e@rorocy, _ 5, No. 10, pp. 185-170, Pls. 13-14 ANDREW C, LAWSON, Editor _ . ES ON QUATERNARY FELIDAE FROM CALIFORNIA << BY JOHN F. BOVARD Wee ‘ : ‘ i ¥ a \ his. yg iv hentai Mos ms Wg 2 BERKELEY : THE UNIVERSITY PRESS September, 1907 ¢ may be purchased at the eo dora prices from the ‘Univursity Pr ey be addressed : — —~ pe a Bee oo LD HO co - COD COND Of ll le BOUND TH ~ we search a some Sencee investigator in a from 400 to 500 pages. The price per volume a . The Geology of Carmelo Bay, by Andrew C. Lawson, with siomioats analyses . The Soda-Rhyolite North of Berkeley, by Charles Palache ¥ lat fo Se . The Eruptive Rocks of Point Bonita, by F. Leslie Ransome . ; ee . The Post-Pliocene Busters of the Coast of Southern California, by Andrew .2 , The Lherzolite- -Serpentine ‘and "Associated Rocks\of the Potrero, San Francisco, by | . On a Rock, from the Vicinity of Berkeley, containing a New Soda Amphibole, ‘by | ( . The Geology of Angel Tsland, by F. Leslie Ransome, with a Note on the Badieleaea . The Geomorphogeny of the Coast of Northern California, by Andrew C. Lawson de . On Analcite Diabase from San Louis Obispo County, California, by Harold W. Fairbanks - On Lawsonite, a New Rock-forming Mineral from the Tiburon Peninsula, Marin County . Critical Periods in the History of the Barth by Joseph LeConte . On Malignite, a Family of Basic, Plutonic, ‘Orthoclase Rocks, Rich in " Alkalies and . Sigmogomphius LeContei, a New Castoroid Rodent, from the Pliocene, near Berkeley, . The Great Valley of California, a a Criticism of the “Theory! of ‘Tsostasy, by E FB. . Leslio . The Geology of Point Sal, by Harold W. Fairbanks . BOS : . On Some Pliocene Ostracoda from near Berkeley, by Frederick Chapman F : » 10 . Note on Two Tertiary Faunas from the Rocks of the Southern Coast of Vancouver . The Distribution of the Neocene Sea-urchins of Middle "California, and Its Bearing on a is emit . The Geology of Point Reyes Peninsula, by FP. ‘M. Anderson. i or) . Some Aspects of Erosion in Relation to the Theory of the Peneplain, by W. 8. Tangier is . 2 . A Topographic Study of the Islands of Southern California, by W. S. Tangier Smith ‘ 40: . The Geology of the Central Portion of the Isthmus of Panama, by Oscar H. Hershey — . A Contribution to the Geology of the John Day Basin, by John C. Merriam Bi . Mineralogical Notes, by Arthur S. Hakle . 3) Ped aan . Contributions to the Mineralogy of California, by Walter C. Blasdale 3 . The Berkeley Hills. A Detail of Coast Range SON BY? By, Andrew C. Lawson and a . The Quaternary of Southern California, by Oscar H. Hershey . Colemanite from Southern California, by Arthur S. Hakle_ . see . The Eparchaean Interval. A Criticism of the use of the term Algonkian, by Andrew , . Triassic Ichthyopterygia from California and Nevada, by John C. Merriam — 5h aoa . A Contribution to the Petrography of the John Day Basin, by Frank C. Calkins se . The Igneous Rocks near Pajaro, by John A. Reid . . Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Co., California, ie Waldemar. T. Schaller . Plumasite, an Oligoclase-Corundum Rock, near ae Peak, ) California, by pra o . Palacheite, by Arthur. Ss. Bakle ‘ Beard 4 . Two New ‘Species of Fossil Turtles from Oregon, by. O. P. Hay : ie on . A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by W. J. sinclair oa . New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Triassic of California, by John C. Merriam . se . Spodumene from San Diego County, California, by Waldemar T. Schaller % . The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great Valley of California, pe Jo . The Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by Andrew G Lawson. . A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene in California, by John C. Merri . The Orbicular Gabbro at Dehesa, San Diego County, California, by Andrew . A New Cestraciont Spine from the Lower Triassic of Idaho, by Herbert M . A Fossil Egg from Arizona, by Wm. Conger Morgan and Marion Clover . Euceratherium, a New Ungulate from the Quaternary Caves of Ca. ifo . A New Marine Reptile from the Triassic of Califoenia,, . The River Terraces of the Orleans Basin, California, VOLUME ak Baar: eration in the field, by Juan dela C. Posada. e Lawson - Charles Palache Charles ’Palache x Chert from Angel Island ‘and from Buri-buri Ridge, San Mateo County, Callsonttey a by George Jennings Hinde . 3 California, by F. Leslie Ransome Lime, Intrusive in the Coutchiching Schists of Poohbah Lake, by Andrew C. Lawson by John C. Merriam Ransome . VOLUME 2, Island, by J. C. Merriam “10 the Classification of the Neocene Formations, by John C. Merriam Smith Charles Palache VOLUME 3. . a a: C. Lawson Lawson Merriam J. Sinelair and E. L. Furlong UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS ~ BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 5, No. 10, pp. 155-170, Pls. 13-14 ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor NOTES ON QUATERNARY FELIDAE FROM CALIFORNIA. BY JouHN EF. Bovarp. CONTENTS. PAGE Sp aereXoY eNO aT Se a ce eas ae a eee re ae eee nee ee eee 155 Smilodon californicus, n. Sp. -.......2...2..2-2222-eeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeees een Da eee 157 SECU CHICHAN ECE CTS pete = ksesee thee: eth cnn Sreccetes eves. Sues fren. t as ceers fe See, ees ceee 157 HV Iiea te ye ell ew eee one meee ce ese wre eee oe a 157 (0) CQL CG eee ae ae er eg ee 2 a Ore eae eee se ge eee 157 IV fetra' clitiho Ve Naren mee sec cecr ere en See so eC ee gh pecans eae tee aes 157 CCST SVE eee ce a eee 158 DD Yes04 a ie ops Ve eae epee reer ee eee Relationships DMC aIS UN CIN CIES My ease oe as neat se ne ese cree ecee eet see cee Se ip resee oe eed 162 Machaerodus (?) ischyrus Merriam J. C. .........222....222::ceesecceeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 163 BELO )T SS) see) LC to eee oa ea a oes Ses Ee Se he i Sie eee 163 TO ESSUIS I aca eye UMS T= ee eee ee 164 Felis hippolestes Merriam C. H. ...........22.22-22:2:-22:2:c2seeeeecceceeeeeececeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 165 Felis fasciatus Raf. n. subsp. parvus ~.............0-.-.....--- Fe eee rere eis ee 165 INTRODUCTION. At the present time the only known fossil Felidae in Cali- fornia are from Quaternary deposits, with the possible exception of one species, Felis imperialis Leidy, of which the occurrence is somewhat uncertain. Feline remains are thus far known from three classes of deposits, the asphaltum beds of southern Cali- fornia, the alluvial beds of the central part of the state, and the cave deposits in Shasta County. The asphaltum beds in which remains of felines have been found are located nine miles west of Los Angeles. The bones are 156 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY seattered over a large area, in many places showing on the sur- face. The thickness of the bone layers is not constant; in some places the bones are considerably scattered and in other places there are large quantities in small areas. The bones are for the most part well preserved, but in many eases they have been infil- trated with asphaltum and are exceedingly brittle. In a recent article Professor J. C. Merriam’ has stated that there are associated with these cats in these asphalt deposits the remains of other mammals such as Hlephas, Equus, Bison, a mylodont, a camel, and also those of large birds. Such animals would on being mired down in the soft asphaltum become the prey of the carnivores, and the latter in turn would be caught in the gummy bitumen. A specimen which must also be classed with the asphaltum material is the type of Machaerodus ischyrus from = > 38 = = Length of skull from occipital con- dyles to incisive alveoli ................ 290 285 330 330 Breadth of skull at widest part —.... 208 190 230(?) 230 Depth of postglenoid tubercle ......... 130 125 160 164 Length from incisive alveoh to infe- WUOT WATS: sees eccgec ce: -cess-0e-ceeest-cesees . 156 136 Length of skull from behind zygoma to incisive alveoli .........-.............----- 198 210 225 245 Breadth of skull at mastoid process.. 126 140 143 Breadth at occip. condyles ............... 64.2 63 60 Breadth of face at sectorials —........ 143 150 170 Breadth of face at canines ................ 96.6 94 112(?) 112 Depth of face at infraorbital margin 49.2 60 53 55 IDYeVoNl mM one HA isexonneeeyy epee meee etre nee 43 46 43 38 Vertical diameter of infraorbital for- UTI ON a, Beds a20y Sete aears Sede ae ec ee caer emae 24.4 21 21 Transverse diameter of infraorbital WOMEN eee Oe Se ees 15.2 14 15 Fore and aft space of teeth -............. 133.7 140 163 146 128 Fore and aft space of molars ............ 49.3 55 63 62 Breadth fore and aft of superior Sectoral, 2.2. sse--sgceeeses-ecoeeeceeesesee ss 383.4 37 42 43 34 Length from I’ to P*, inelusive ........ 133.7 154.3 128 Length from I, to M,, inclusive ........ 132 164.5 126 Breadth fore and aft of P® ~............... 144 16 18 18 16 Breadth fore and aft of superior (Cah bots yaeemn ey eens emer re he eae 39.7 40 53 45 28 Breadth transverse of superior canine 18.5 20 20 Antero-posterior diameter of P, —...... 8 Antero-posterior diameter of Py, -...... 27.8 27.7 35 34 21 Antero-posterior diameter of M, ~..... 29.5 29.4 31 245 22.5 Transverse diameter of M, ................ 14.6 13.3 16 10 Length from I, to posterior edge of coronoid process “8.2 171.6 207 142 Length from I, to posterior side of Mi ta soa cote verte ca trenwes eete costes 155 105 Length of inferior diastema 17.2 46.5 36 Length from posterior edge of con- Calydlex (Hey lovelkc Wont IM Gy ae oe 73.8 68 Depth of symphysis ..........22....-2-.-------- 61.5 66 49 Depth of mandible at P, .............-22.:.- 34.5 34.5 35 31 Depth of mandible at shallowest part 33.5 * Mandible No. 10210, cranium No. 10948. Vou5] Bovard—Quaternary Felidae from California. 163 Machaerodus gracilis Cope ° from the Port Kennedy Cave de- posits is a smaller individual, has a single-rooted P,, a shorter diastema on the mandible, and a large flange on the lower jaw. M. mercerti Cope™ is smaller than M. gracilis and has a double- rooted P,. Dinobastis serus Cope™ is known only from the upper denti- tion, but is characterized by the shortness of the upper canine and the absence of the inner root of the sectorial. Smilodon fatalis Leidy™® is known only from a small portion of the maxillary and the superior sectorial. It is characterized by the low blade of the sectorial and the well developed tubercle anterior to the protostyle. While S. californicus shows also an anterior tubercle, the tooth differs so much in size and shape of the protocone that the separation of these two species is not difficult. MACHAERODUS (?) ISCHYRUS Merriam. Univ. of Calif. Pub. Geology, Vol. 4, No. 9, p. 171. This species is known only from a mandible (No. 8140, Univ. Calif. Col. Vert. Palae.) and is characterized by the great reduc- tion of P,, the presence of a single posterior cusp on P,, the ab- sence of both metaconid and heel from M,, the shortness of the diastema, the possession of a prominent flange below the sym- physial region, and the abbreviation of the jaw. This type differs very strongly from the long slender jaws of the South American eats and from XN. californicus. The presence of P, and absence of metaconid and heel from M,, the shortness of the jaw, and the heavy flange indicate that S. californicus and M. ischyrus belong to widely separated species if not genera. FELIS, sp. indet. Pl. 14, fig. 1. This specimen (No. 3825, Univ. Calif. Palae. Col.) is repre- sented by a left superior milk sectorial. It was found imbedded 7 Am. Nat., XIV, pp. 833-858. " Proe, Acad. Nat. Sei. Philadel., 1895, pp. 446-451. ” Am. Nat., Vol. XXVIII, pp. 896-897. * Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1868, pp. 174-176. 164 University of California Publications. [GEOLOGY in the Quaternary deposits of the Potter Creek Cave.'* Asso- ciated with it were the remains of Arctotherium simum, Eucera- therium colinum, also the remains of deer, camel, horse, and large quantities of rodent bones. Mr. Sinclair has determined the cave deposits as Quaternary. This specimen belongs to a very large species, probably very close to the African lion in size. Comparison with a young African lion shows how closely the measurements agree. (See table of measurements.) The milk carnassial of the recent moun- tain lion is much smaller than 3825. The tooth differs markedly from the milk sectorial of S. californicus, the latter having but a single protostyle and being somewhat shorter. M. sivalensis has two anterior cusps, but the secondary cusp is smaller and less developed than the protostyle. The position and size of the an- terior cusps indicate that this tooth belonged to a very large cat of the true Felis type. The only true Felis known in California that could approach in size such an individual as is represented by the milk tooth 3825 is the imperfectly known Felis imperialis Leidy. More material is necessary before anything more than a tentative opinion regarding the affinities of this form can be reached. Comparative measurements of left superior milk carnassials : 3825 eens we me esata 8762 8761 Machaerodus ea ,.. African Lion. Puma. swalensis. Creek Cave. Anteroposterior diameter . 24.6 mm. 24.3 mm. 16 mm. 19 mm. Transverse diameter ......... 8.2 8 4.6 5 FELIS IMPERIALIS Leidy. Felis imperialis Leidy, U. 8. Geol. of Ter., Vol. I, p. 228, pl. XX XT, fig. 3. The only known specimen of this large species was found twenty-five miles east of San Leandro, California. The exact location is not known. The specimen consists of a fragment of a maxillary showing the second and third premolars and a por- tion of the alveolus of the canine. It appears to represent a true Felis slightly larger than the Bengal tiger. “4 Sinclair, W. J., Univ. of Calif. Pub. Am. Arch. and Eth., Vol. 2, No. 1. Vou.5] Bovard.—Quaternary Felidae from California. 165 FELIS HIPPOLESTES Merriam, C. H. Pl. 14, figs. 3, 4, 5. Felis hippolestes Merriam, C.H., Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., Vol. XI, p. 219, July, 1897. This species is represented by several specimens. No. 8850 is a large, fine skull, complete except for the lower jaw. It comes from the Quaternary deposits of Samwel Cave, Shasta County, California. Specimen No. 3819, from the Potter Creek Cave, Shasta County, is only a small portion of the jaw showing P,, P,, and M,. It resembles the modern pumas generally in the form of the teeth. The measurements may show the teeth to be a little larger, both longer and thicker than those of the type F. hippolestes. The jaw in this form is rather heavy for a female. No. 3744, a fragment of the lower jaw from the Potter Creek Cave, contains P,, P,, and M,. The jaw is slender, but the teeth are about the same as in 3819. It may be a female like No. 3819. A left upper sectorial (No. 4423) from the Potter Creek Cave represents a feline species almost identical with FPF. hippolestes Merriam, C. H., except that it is a trifle larger. Comparison of this specimen with the one from Samwel Cave shows that the latter is somewhat larger. No. 4234 No. 8850 Anteroposterior diameter _.................... 24.8 26.9 Transverse diameter —......-.......-----..-..-.. 11.5 12.5 FELIS FASCIATUS Rafinesque, n. subsp. PARVUS. Pl. 14, fig. 2. This specimen (No. 3741, Univ. of Calif. Col. Vert. Palae.) is represented by a part of the right lower jaw with P,, P,, and M, in place. It is from the Quaternary deposits of Potter Creek Cave, Shasta County, California. This form resembles most closely a mandible of F. fasciatus (U. S. National Museum, No. 58102) from Glendale, Oregon. The mandible of 3741 is a little more slender, not so high, but is as thick through. M, is about the size of that in FP. fasciatus. 166 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY P, is a trifle smaller than in fasciatus. P, is considerably smaller. The space between P, and the canine is very short, shorter than in any specimen seen in the National Museum collection. The masseteric fossa is deep and pointed in front. In most other forms it is wider in front. Transmitted October 31, 1906. Issued September 7, 1907. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 13. Smilodon californicus, n. sp. From Quaternary Beds West of Los Angeles, California. All figures about one-half natural size (x .55). Fig. 1.—Left ramus of mandible. No. 10210. A small heel on M, does not appear in the figure. Page 157. Fig. 2.—Left ramus of mandible. No. 10258. Fig. 3—Left inferior canine, showing basal tubercle. No. 10203. Fig. 4.—Superior sectorial of a young individual. No. 10325. BULLS DEPT. “GEOR UNIVI CAE: WOES Taka ls: EXPLANATION OF PLATE 14. Fig. 1.—Felis, sp. incet. Fig Fig Fig. Creek Cave, All figures natural size. Left milk sectorial. No. 3825. Quaternary, Potter Shasta County, California. Page 163. . 2.—Felis fasciatus Rafinesque, n. var. parvus. Right ramus of the I mandible showing P, P, M,. No. 3741. Quaternary, Potter Creek Cave, Shasta County, California. Page 165. . 3—Felis hippolestes Merriam C. H. Left ramus of the mandible showing P, P, M,. No. 3819. Quaternary, Potter Creek Cave, Shasta County, California. Page 165. . 4.—Felis hippolestes Merriam C. H. Left upper sectorial. No. 4423. Quaternary, Page 165. 5.—Felis hippoleste Quaternary, Page 165. Potter Creek Cave, Shasta County, California. s Merriam C. H. Left mandible. No. 3744. Potter Creek Cave, Shasta County, California. BUMEY DEPT. GEOEIUINIV. GAIE, VOU; Fens Y OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS | RSI BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF E Aaa ' GEOLOGY | 7 ee Pay Noel1, pp. 171-205, "* : ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor _ TERTIARY FAUNAS OF THE JOHN DAY REGION | | ok ; BY JOHN C. MERRIAM and WILLIAM J. SINCLAIR _ } r oe eaee BERKELEY a ‘THE UNIVERSITY PRESS ; October, 1907 The BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY of the University of California is rregular intervals in the form of separate papers or memoirs, each embodying the results of 1 search by some competent investigator in geological science. These are made up into volun , from 400 to 500 pages. The price per volume is $3.50, including postage. The papers compo the volumes will be sent. to subscribers in separate covers as soon as issued. The separate num may be purchased at the following prices from the UNiversity Pruss, to which remittances should — De, be addressed : — ike VOLUME 1. The Geology of Carmelo Bay, by Andrew C. Lawson, with chemical a and coi p- eration in the field, by Juan dela C: Posada . The Soda-Rhyolite North of Berkeley, by Charles Palache 10¢ 3. The Eruptive Rocks of Point Bonita, by F. Leslie Ransome . 40c 4. The Post-Pliocene Eee CL baer of the Coast of Southern California, by Andrew c. Lawson . 40¢ 7 5. The Lherzolite- Serpentine ‘and Associated Rocks of: the Potrero, San Prancisco, by I <4 Charles Palache e Tee ; 6. On a Rock, from the Vicinity of Berkeley, containing a New Soda. Amphibole, ‘by ah c+ Charles Palache - e “ Yang 7. The Geology of Angel Island, by F. Leslie Ransome, with a Note on the Radiolarian ae Chert from Angel Island ‘and from Buri-buri Ridge, San Mateo Ceunty, Calter ¥ hs by George Jennings Hinde . . 45¢ A 8. The Geomorphogeny of the Coast of Northern California, by Andrew C. Lawson 3 30¢ ” 9. On Analcite Diabase from San Louis Obispo County, California, by Harold W. Fairbanks 25e “ 10. On Lawsonite, a New Rock-forming Minera] from the Tiburon Peninsula, Marin wees : California, by F. Leslie Ransome . 52 ke ana 10¢ 11. Critical Periods in the History of the Earth by Joseph LeConte é 20¢ 12. On Malignite, a Family of Basic, Plutonic, Orthoclase Rocks, Rich in " Alkalies and Lime, Intrusive in the Coutchiching Schists of Poohbah Lake, by Andrew C. Lawson . 20¢ 13. Sigmogomphius LeContei, a New Castoroid Rodent, from the Ey cca near Berkeley, ; . by John C. Merriam . 10¢ 14. The Great Valley of California, a Criticism of the “Theory of ‘Tsostasy, by F F. Leslie Ransome. . .. 45e VOLUME 2. 1. The Geology of Point Sal, by Harold W. Fairbanks . ‘ > ood Me 2. On Some Pliocene Ostracoda from near Berkeley, by Frederick Chapman 3 10¢_ 3. Note on Two Tertiary Faunas from the Rocks of the Southern Coast of Vancouver Island, by J. C. Merriam . 10¢ 4, The Distribution of the Neocene Sea-urehins of Middle ‘California, and Its Bearing on the Classification of the Neocene Formations, by John C. Merriam =. ee 2 we 5. The Geology of Point Reyes Peninsula, by F. ‘M. Anderson. 25¢ 6. Some Aspects of Erosion in Relation to the Theory of the Peneplain, by W. 8. Tangier Smith . 20¢ 7. A Topographic Study of the Islands of Southern California, by W. S. Tangier Smith 40c 8. The Geology of the Central Portion of the Isthmus of Panama, by Oscar H. Hori 30¢ 9. A Contribution to the Geology of the John Day Basin, by John C. Merriam . . 35 ae 10. Mineralogical Notes, by Arthur 8. Hakle . Peon ry eG Bc 11. Contributions to the Mineralogy of California, by Walter C. Blasdale : 15¢ 12. The Berkeley Hills. A Detail of Coast Hanes ey by Andrew C. ‘Lawson and 3 Charles Palache . 5 : : ase 7 VOLUME 3. 1, The Quaternary of Southern California, by Oscar H. Hershey . 5 : 5 : - 20¢ 2. Colemanite from Southern California, by Arthur 8. Hakle . 15ecs eee 3. The Eparchaean Interval. A Criticism of the use of the term Algonkian, by Andrew ic C. Lawson 5 4, Triassic Ichthyopterygia from California and Nevada, by John C. Merriam 2 ; 5. A Contribution to the Petrography of the John Day Basin, by Frank C. Calkins 6. The Igneous Rocks near Pajaro, by John A. Reid . 7. Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Co., California, by Waldemar T. Schaller 8. Plumasite, an Oligoclase-Corundum Rock, near Spanish Peak, California, by Andrew C. Lawson . é 6 3 . . : : 5 : A o : 5 9. Palacheite, by Arthur §. Eakle. Peal rie oh 3 10. Two New ‘Species of Fossil Turtles from Oregon, by. O. P. Hay 5 in one Seosem . A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by W. J. Sinclair . Spodnmene from San Diego County, California, by Waldemar T. Schaller . The Plicgene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great Valley of California, y John 0. . The Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by Andrew ©. Lawson . A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene in California, by John C. Merriam : . The Orbicular Gabbro at Dehesa, San Diego County, California, by Andrew C. Lawson : . A New Cestraciont Spine frou: the Lower Triassic of Idaho, by Herbert M. Evans . A Fossil Egg from Arizona, by Wm. Conger Morgan and Marion Clover Tallmon . Euceratherium, a New Ungulate from ibe Quaternary Caves of res by William . A New Marine Reptile from the Triassic of C2 Jifornia, “by John C. Merriam . The River Terraces of the Orleans Basin, California, by Oscar H. Her New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Triassic of California, by John C. Merriam Merriam Z < J. Sinclair and E. L. Furlong : : : UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 5, No. 11, pp. 171-205 ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor TERTIARY FAUNAS OF THE JOHN DAY REGION. > BY JoHN C. MrerrRIAM AND WILLIAM J. SINCLAIR. CONTENTS. PAGE Ti TaUC OO MOTO a cP Sr Alef Stratigraphic succession of the Cenozoic formations in the John Day BREST > Spe ee ee Se eRe oe Re ee 172 History of correlation 176 MUNN) ICOM VO a ee oe Alissa} Palaeontological classification 22.22.2222... ieee eee 183 ‘GEYSER AT) LP 02 be ee ee ee re 184 Mhertauna ot the lower Givisvors 2 2o oso. 2 cecc ce ece gece cee cece eendeee ees eeeeee oe 187 Mheriauma of the middle Givisvom: 25.22 ..cc..25cccceccecceccennssccceceetoeeseeteceeeeeees 188 The fauna of the upper division...................2-..-.2:c--eeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee = eo) Ta ea Ee REE EEO Oe ee 193 PARNASSUS Ce hee et eo eee 195 DSTO oe are ee 195 PIRES oe a ES eC 197 ARUAQEY TGA W pe MeSH AE C6¥a a ee ee 198 List of contributions to the geology and palaeontology of the John Day SREY SATO A ee se crea at eae ee 199) INTRODUCTION. In several publications appearing at intervals since 1901 there have been presented the principal geological and palaeon- tological results obtained by the University of California ex- peditions in the John Day region of Oregon. To ree : : =e | Loup Fork —s ortonian b : : F | Radunian | Ticholeptus beds Langhian | et | Ware aan nee Et) Truckee Aquitanian Aquitanian | ¢ : : ace ee as “| © | White River — Stampian Tongrian | | White River “U.S. G. 8. of the Terrs. Report, Vol. 3, p. 15. © Proc. U. S. National Mus., Vol. 11, p. 13, 1889. Tertiary Vertebrata, table opposite p. 43. VoL. 5] Merriam-Sinclair.—Tertiary Faunas. 179 The term Truckee was later abandoned by him in favor of Marsh’s John Day. The change in nomenclature appears in a note on the vertebrate fauna of the Ticholeptus beds published in 18861", ‘In the Report of the U. 8. Geological Survey of the Terrs., Vol. III. p. 18 (1884), I have given some of the characters of this horizon’’ (1. e., the Ticholeptus beds) ‘‘and its fauna. It is intermediate in all respects between the Middle and Upper Miocene formations of the West, as represented by the John Day and Loup Fork beds. It was first explored in the valley of Deep River, Montana, by my assistant, J. C, Isaac, and afterwards by J. L. Wortman on the Cottonwood Creek, Oregon. At the latter locality it is seen to rest on the John Day beds, as stated by Mr. Wortman, and is indicated by the collections made by him.’’ The statement regarding the superposition of the so-called Ticholep- tus beds on the John Day should probably be read as ‘‘above’’ rather than ‘‘on the John Day’’. This formation has been termed the Cottonwood beds'’, Loup Fork beds, Amyzon beds’? and Protolabis beds*°. In Oregon it is now known as the Maseall formation. Cope’s correlation of the Maseall with the Montana Deep River is rejected by Seott?', as follows: ‘‘I cannot agree with Cope in regarding the strata of western Nebrasca and Cotton- wood Creek, Oregon, as referable to the same horizon as those of the Deep River valley in Montana. ... The reference of the beds developed along Cottonwood Creek and the upper John Day River, in Oregon, to the Deep River horizon, is determined by the occurrence in them of a so-called Anchitheriwm and of a species identified as Blastomeryx borealis. It should be noted. however, that the term Anchitherium is used in the sense of Miohippus, the species from Montana which I have ealled A. equinum is a very different animal and belongs to the group of A. aurelianense, of Europe, which it equals in size. Miohippus “Am. Nat., Vol. 20, pp. 367-368, 1886. * Bull. Am. Museum of Nat. Hist., Vol. 12, p. 23; also Jour. of Geol, Vol. 9, p. 72. * Cope. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 1880, Vol. 19, p. 61. * Wortman. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. 10, pp. 120, 141. “The Mammalia of the Deep River Beds. Trans. Am. Phil Soe., Vol. 17, p. 60, 1893. 180 University of California Publications. | GEOLQGY is found in the typical Loup Fork, as well as in the lower series (see Osborn, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Cambridge, Vol. 16, p. 89. under the title Anchitherium parvulum). No great weight therefore, can be attached to the occurrence of the genus in the Cottonwood Creek beds. The presence of Blastomeryx borealis would, of itself, be insufficient for the correlation of the two localities, but the identification of the species is not at all certain. Besides certain minor differences in the teeth, the mb bones from the Oregon beds indicate the existence there of two species, both of which are much heavier than the Montana forms and are more like others from the Loup Fork of Kansas.’’ In the same paper ~? the lower strata in the valley of Deep tiver are referred to the top of the John Day. Certain ‘‘deposits of eravel, clay and voleanie dust,, lying above the lavas of the Columbia River in eastern Washineton have been correlated by Russell?* with the John Day. ‘‘Beds of heht-eolored clay and of white voleanic dust, which have been referred to the John Day system, occur at the White Bluffs of the Columbia, 30 miles above Pasco, and are also well exposed in Naches Valley and near ENensberg in Yakima County.’’ Knowl- ton?* has shown that the leaf-bearinge beds above the lava in the vicinity of Elensberg are the correlatives of the Maseall. Seott?? has formulated his views regarding the European equivalents of the White River and John Day in an address delivered before the British Association for the Advancement of Seience from which the following extract is taken: “The White River is Oligocene (Ronzon) and much misun- derstandine has come from calling it Miocene. The John Day unay be placed in the Lower Miocene, though it is somewhat older than the beds at St. Gerand-le-Puy, and follows the White River with hardly a break. None of the American lacustrines is re- ferable to the Middle Miocene. The Loup Fork is Upper Mio- cene, the Deep River division corresponding almost exactly to the beds at Sansan and Steinheim. . “scott. Op. cvt., p. 60. * Reconnaissance in Southeastern Washington, U. 8. G. 8. Water Supply and Irrigation Papers, No. 4, 1897. “4 Hllensberg Folio, U. S. Geol. Atlas, note in descriptive text. ** Rept. Brit. Ass. for the Adv. of Sci., 1895, p. 681. VOL. 5] Merriam-Sinclair.—Tertiary Faunas. 181 By Von Zittel?® the John Day has been placed as the equiva- lent of the beds at Sansan and Steinheim. The so-called Ticho- leptus beds of Cottonwood Creek, Oregon, are correlated with the sands of Eppelsheim and the beds at Pikermi near Athens and Maragha in Persia. The beds at St. Gerand-le-Puy and Ronzon are correlated with the White River, which is referred in part to the Miocene and in part to the Oligocene, while the John Day is called Middle Miocene and the Ticholeptus beds Upper Miocene. In an extensive correlation table, W. H. Dall?’ has bracketed opposite each of the formations in question what he regards as their, equivalents in various parts of the United States, and also the corresponding European horizons. The Oligocene is here admitted as a fourth division of the Tertiary. A part of the table is herewith reproduced: A Eprocus AnD B 1 . : aes Anas eae STAGES PacIFIC COAST Cc LAKE BEDS F FOREIGN [ 9 |Ione formation all Nnoooné 10 Sooke beds | | | il ree beds | 4) Loup Fork | | 12} | Astoria sand- stone 5 | Helvetian | Usi|(Monterey beds |.) sc... | 5) Transitional |i...) cesses eee = 5 Deep River Giicansane beds | Oligocene | 6\a. Upper or { 14|Tunnel Point : coca beds (?) 7 | Aquitanian Chipolan { 15 lAstomarshales 6 | John Day 7 | Transitional |h...-.| sescceceeescceceeee ceeseseeeees 7 Protoceras bed || 8 Tongrian |b. Lower or 8 | white Upper 8) Vicksburgian]} 16 | Aturia bed 9 litetararr Middle 10 | Lower 9 | Ligurian ** Handbuch der Palaeontologie, Band 4, s. 65-66. * Highteenth Annual Report, U. 8. G. 8., Part 2, table opposite p. 334. 182 University of California Publications. [GEOLOGY W. D. Matthew?* has suggested as probable an ‘‘overlap to some extent’’ of the Protoceras beds on ‘‘the Lower Miocene John Day’’. ‘‘The Cottonwood basin, containing a higher fauna”’, is made ‘‘equivalent to the Deep River (Cope and Wortman) or Loup Fork (Seott)’’. In the correlation table published by Matthew’, the Diceratherium beds*® of the John Day and a portion of the Promerycochoerus beds*® are made the equivalent of Horizon C of the Colorado White River section, which is referred in part to the Oligocene and in part to the Lower Miocene. The Rattlesnake is spoken of as ‘‘the loose gravels overlying the Cottonwood beds’’ and is placed above the Loup Fork and referred to the Pliocene. In a later paper Matthew"? has called the Diceratherium beds Upper Oligocene and the Promerycochoerus beds Lower Miocene. The Mascall is placed in the Middle Miocene. As the latter reference is framed in accordance with the four-fold subdivision of the Tertiary, it is, perhaps, less discordant with Knowlton’s*? views regarding the Upper Miocene age of the Maseall than would at first appear. The following table of European and American equivalents has been published by Osborn :** Upper Tortonien Loup Fork Miocene < Middle Helvetien Lower Loup Fork and Lower Langhien Upper John Day ~ Upper Aquitanien Lower John Day (Di- Oligocene < ceratherium beds) ; ; Stampie s : . Lower Tongrien Syemplen White River Infra-Tongrien “A Provisional Classification of the Fresh-water Tertiary of the West. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. 12, Article 3. * Tord... p. 23: “See under heading: The John Day, Palaeontological classification. “Notice of Two New Oligocene Camels. Bull. Am. Mus., Vol. 20, p- 214, 1904. * Bulletin U. 8. G. 8., No. 204, p. 108. * Correlation Between Tertiary Mammal Horizons of Europe and Amer- ica, with Third Trial Sheet, Annals N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 13, pp. 1-72, 1900. The Geological and Faunal Relations of Europe and America During the Tertiary Period and the Theory of the Successive Invasions of an African Fauna. Science, n. s., Vol. 11, p. 561, 1900. See also Osborn, Bull. Am. Mus. Vol. 23, pp. 237-253, 1907, issued since the preparation of present article. The Lower John Day is placed in the second phase of the Middle Oligocene, equivalent to the Leptauchenia beds and Protoceras sandstones. The Middle John Day is referred to the Upper Oligocene, and is believed to be closely equivalent faunally to the Aquitanien of France (St. Gerand-le-Puy). The Upper John Day is re- garded as transitional between Oligocene and Miocene. The Mascall is placed in the earlier Miocene. The Rattlesnake is referred to the Lower and Middle Pliocene. VoL. 5 | Merriam—-Sinclair.—Tertiary Faunas. 183 A still later table is the following by Hatcher :*4 Goodnight = Palo Duro = Ogalalla Loup Fork J Nebrasca = Upper Deep River | Harrison = Hiatus between Lower and Upper Miocene Deep River. Monroe Creek = Upper John Day and Lower Arvikaree Deep River. Gering Sandstone = Lower John Day (Pispeuchon Clays, including Protoceras Sand- | stones. Oligocene = White River / Oreodon Clays, including Metamynodon Sand- | stones. Titanotherium Sandstones and Clays. The reasons which have governed the determinations of geo- logic age and stratigraphic equivalency expressed in the table on page 173 of the present paper are stated at length in the fol- lowing chapters: THE JOHN DAY. Palaeontological Classification —Two faunas may be recoe- nized in the John Day, corresponding to the middle and upper . Stratigraphic subdivisions. The Lower John Day will probably prove to be faunally distinet from the beds above, but until its fauna is better known it must be left without a palaeontologic designation. Wortman*’ has proposed a subdivision of the series into lower or Diceratherium beds and upper or Merycochoerus beds, the former corresponding to the middle and the latter to the upper of the three subdivisions now recognized. The value of the term ‘*Diceratherium beds’’ is greatly diminished by the difficulty of identifying Diceratherium in the field, owing to the usual fragmentary character of much of the rhinoceros material en- countered. As yet it is-also not altogether certain that the genus is confined to the Middle John Day. The palaeontological designation of the Upper John Day*® has * Proc. Am. Phil. Soe., Vol. 41, p. 118, 1902. * Extinct Camelidae of North America. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. 10, p. 120. * Meryeochoerus beds. Wortman. Bull. Am. Mus., Vol. 10, p. 120. Paracotylops beds. Merriam, Bull. Dept. Geol. Univ. Cal., Vol. 2, p. 296. Promerycochoerus beds. Matthew. Memoirs Am. Mus., Vol. 1, pt.7, legend of fig. 19, p. 399. 184 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY varied considerably owing to changes in the generic name of its characteristic oreodent, which has been shown by Matthew**? and Douglass** to belong not to Merycochoerus but to a distinet genus named by the latter Promerycochoerus. It has been suggested*® that the sands, gravels and tuffs at the top of the Upper John Day may represent a third faunal sub- division. They are typically exposed on Johnson and Bologna Creeks, on Bridge Creek, and in the upper end of Haystack Valley, and are characterized by numerous remains of Miolabis (Paratylopus). Until the fauna of these beds is better known it may be best to include them with the Promerycochoerus horizon. The Total Fauna.—For convenience in reference, a complete list of John Day vertebrate species is appended. The list is by no means a final one, and it is to be expected that numerous changes will be made as a complete revision of the fauna progresses. CARNIVORA. CANIDAE. Paradaphaenus cuspigerusS (Cope). -..-..-.---:-2-sc-sseceeeeeeeeeeeeseees American Museum* TOW ROTENSH OUTER AMOS) (S]O ABOU C Sees ca ees ces a eee American Museum . (Amphicyon hartshormanus in part). Nothocyon geismarianus (Cope) .....----------c--cseceeeeeeseeceeceeeees American Museum Nothocyon geismarianus mollis Merriam, J. C.. Nothocyon lemur (Cope) University of California te ee ee coeeceeeeeeeeeeee----.. American Museum Nothocyon latidens (Cope) <---.-------22-ccscconeececeeceeecceeeceeeesceeeese American Museum SECA PU OXOTON, COMMA OK AUIS CLO) Xe) ee nee ee ee American Museum Temnocyon wallovianus Cope ......-...--.----:-2:ceeccceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeees American Museum Demmnocyon ferow Viyermam 222 2bceeeccsesceeesee see -eeeeee tee Princeton University Mesocyon coryphaeus (Cope) --..-.-2.c2.-:---c--coieaeseneensecceee ceases American Museum Mesocyon joseph (Cope) esse csr ee eeeecce cess ee eeeeeen eee American Museum Mesocyon brachyops Merriam, J. C.........2...--.2:-..0-2-00--+- University of California Hyaenocyon basilatus Cope American Museum Hyaenocyon sectorius Cope American Museum Oligobunis crassivultus Cope —................2-0.21-.20eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee American Museum Inhydrocyon stenocephalus Cope .......-------:--:-ec--eec-eeeeeeeeeeeee American Museum Fhilotrox condoni Merriam, J. Cu)... eee eee University of California Cynodictis (7?) oregonensis Merriam, J. C..............- University of California MUSTELIDAE. POTiCtis PNVMQeUUs SCOtt <2ec.ceccs acess coos eres cee g tense eee eee Princeton University * Matthew. Op. cit. Douglass. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., Vol. 11, p. 82, 1901. * Sinclair. Jour. of Geology, Vol. 9, p. .706, 1901. * Location of type specimen. VoL. 5 J Merriam—Sinclair.—Tertiary Faunas. 185 FELIDAE. DEVIGiaSIIGY CLO Sm © 0) 6 earn een ee American Museum Archaelurus debilis Cope .....2-...2c-cccceccceccecececeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeees American Museum Archaelurus debilis major Merriam, J. C. University of California Nimravus gomphodus Cope 20. eceecee cece eevee Amevican Museum Nimravus confertus Cope -....-.-----------cecceceececeteeeceeeeeeeeeeeeceeeee American Museum Pogonodon davisi Merriam, J. C...00 University of California Pogonodon brachyops Cope American Museum Pogonodon platycopis Cope -. 0. eceeeee eee cece American Museum Hoplophoneus cerebralis Cope 2c eee American Museum Hoplophoneus strigidens Cope 2.2 eevee eevee eee eeeee ee American Museum RODENTIA. SCIURIDAE. Sewurus worbmant Cope ..-------cc-ccecccecceteceececeeceeceesteeeeeeee eee American Museum Sciurus ballovianus Cope American Museum HLAPLODONTIDAE. Allomys (Meniscomys) hippodus Copel... American Museum Allomys (Meniscomys) liolophus Cope 0.0.0... American Museum Allomys (Meniscomys) cavatus Cope ........-22-.----e American Museum Allomys (Meniscomys) nitens Marsh, var. multiplicatus Cope. Yale University Mylagaulodon angulatus Sinelair University of Calfornia CASTORIDAE. SROMAOMUDAP, (GfiHOMO lends (COO eo Be ae ee American Museum Steneofiber peninsulatus Cope ....---.-------.---ep--eceeeeeeeeeeeee eee American Museum Pleurolicus sulcifrons Cope Museum Pleurolicus leptophrys Cope ---.........----0.:cees---eceseeeestecssseeneoee= American Museum JEU CAES. “CRY sO OH UIESUNS MONO ONES ee ee American Museum Enioptychus planifrons Cope. 2-0 2-.2.-se- eee see econ eeeee ee American Museum HE MGODUYCHALS “COUR TONS: CONG oo oe eect eee eens American Museum ISRO OT OD IES (ECO (OO) Xen eee eer ee ene eee Museum Entoptychus lambdoideus Cope....... Museum TP UOMUR CIS ChASSUTGINUS CO] C2... ee eee secs suse ee ese American Museum Entoptychus rostratus Sinelair.....................-2.--2--------- University of California Entoptychus sperryt *Sinclair.._......--.-..-::-----------c0+-------- University of California MURIDAE. ; IRETOMA/SCUS MENIAtTOdOW “(COPe) ace aera earner eee American Museum Peromyscus parvus Sinclair4_.__.........----.---ss---0------ University of California Paciculus lockingtomianis: Cope. ...------2-.-----<--eeecereece nee American Museum JELLIES WOES ONT ECE (C1) 0X SP cee op Bee tr nprerer ee nine =e American Museum LEPORIDAE. IGRI CNMASUAIVILS COP CEO, ets e sae cedaccece cane 22H t= ocecesBceeecnaeaeeea=- American Museum Primitive forms which might not be referred to existing genera if better known. 186 University of California Publications. [GEOLOGY PERISSODACTYLA. EQUIDAE. Se patts 5 ctes cess: tie =: Sk En bene American Museum Mesohippus equiceps (Cope) _...... American Museum Mesohippus brachylophus (Cope) Mesohippus praestans (Cope) American Museum Mesohippus longicristis (Cope) ..-...---.2ecceceecece cee eeceeeeeeeee American Museum Mesohippus condoni Leidy 2.0.2.2 ececeeeeceeceeeeeeee eee U. S. National Museum Mesohippus anceps (Marsh) .0.........2..22c2:cc1ccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee Yale University Mesohippus annectens (Marsh) .....2.......22::2:001scceeeeeeeeceeseeeeeete Yale University Mesohippus acutidens Sinclair ...0000...200.2200222ee2eeee- ee University of California LOPHIODONTIDAE. ? Colodon (Lophiodon) occidentalis Leidy............... U. S. National Museum TAPIRIDAE. Protapirus robustus Sinclair... eee University of California RHINOCEROTIDAE. . Acerathervum pacificum WLeidy.........--...--------.-0c--e0--0--- U. 8S. National Museum Aceratheriwm hesperium Leidy.............2..-2:::--e--0ee U. 8S. National Museum Aceratheriwm truquianwm Cope.......2..2-:.-ssccseceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees American Museum Acerathervuny ubifer Cope _...eccee cece cenceeencencneeneee ce eeeeereonpase American Museum Acerathervum annectens Marsh .....-..----.----ccc--cecesneeneceeeceesesenne Yale University Diceratherium armatum Marsh ... Yale University Dicerathervum nanuny Marsh ..-...-<....0...-cccs-0c-eeccereceseneeecbeceecesesteten Yale University Daeodon shoshonensis Cope: -2..22-scecccecceceeeesfeeeecceeceteceees-#seeesez= American Museum CHALICOTHERIDAE. Moropus distans Marsh.................. = Yale University DUEOT OUST SCNT PNET S ene ctaee= cenece cess een een eee ee Yale University ARTIODACTYLA. ELOTHERIDAR. Elotherium humeroswm Cope ..-..---.----.--c--cccecceseeceeecseeceeeeeees American Museum Elotherwum wmperator Werdly..-<:...<-22-<.c< 6. The Igneous Rocks near Pajaro, by John A. Reid . : » dse 7. Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Co., California, by Waldemar T. ‘Schaller. 15¢ 8. Plumasite, an Oligoclase-Corundum Rock, near Spanish Peak, California, by Andrew C. Lawson . % : 9 Pe om mia ae ee, : ; voces eee 9. Palacheite, by Arthur §. Eakle Sine ; : 10e 10. Two New ‘Species of Fossil Turtles From Oregon, by O. P. Hay . Ea one cover. 11. A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by W. J. Sinclair \ 0c 12. New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Triassic of California, by John C. Merriam . . 20¢ 13. Spodumene from San Diego County, California, by Waldemar T. Schaller . 10¢ 14. The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great Valley of California, by John ©. Merriam . ( 15¢ 15. The Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by “Andrew C. Lawson. 5 . 65¢ 16. A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene in California, by John C. Merriam. 05¢ 17. The Orbicular Gabbro at Dehesa, San Diego County, California, by Andrew C. Lawson | 10e 18. A New Cestraciont Spine from the Lower Triassic of Idaho, by Herbert M. Evans . I10¢ © 19. A Fossil Egg from Arizona, by Wm. Conger Morgan and Marion Clover Tallmon_ . 10e 20. Euceratherium, a New Ungulate from the Quaternary Caves of Cao. by William J. Sinelair and E. L. Furlong . fs : 21. A New Marine Reptile from the Triassic of California, “by John ©. Merriam 22, The River Terraces of the Orleans Basin, California, by Oscar H. Hershey UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 5, No. 12, pp. 207-215, Pls. 15-16 ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor QUATERNARY MYRIOPODS AND INSECTS : OF CALIFORNIA. BY ForRDYCE GRINNELL, Jr. CONTENTS. TERRES OG HULU ra Ko a pS a rye re 2 08 ME 10) 0100 eee ee ne ne Cee ee é Julus occidentalis, n. ee ¢ Julus cavicola, n. sp. 21¢ Sy oMiG) YOM OS} AULA TSS, aah SOG ae eee eee ee 210 COO KS 09 5092 NS eer PP eee 211 lay Use COM UMC WTS mite © ONGC) eee ese sceee nesses tes cacetaa= cheeses nee sere 211 ANGER eNO asp Mfo gi am ASSAD hf eae re pe OO EES 211 DEAIENELONS}OBCCA OQUESPS. 5) OHO) 0 OX GK A CNP yet ae ee ei 211 @alosomaysemulaeve: WeC OMG) aes 2ccce 22. cone aeececeacsecetecesedsoeesc ses aceeceses-cceseccuces 211 Mytiscus maroimicollis: WeComve: — acc aae ces eee cectcnc cece ee occee eee cesec scene et eee-== 212 onmontismmobusta ElOrm, esc. 2. cease fenc ee ccce nope ee ceeS cee te cas ole eeetonn st Seas sne sees 212 Coniontis abdominalis LeConte ..................22..--.1.--22-ceeeeeceeeeeeeteereeeeeeeeee 212 OfopauXopon etsy joy bor eiescexahll bss) 1iyeX Cohan eis sere cece aes ee rep aero Aree ee ene 212 @onromtiswoellliiy ticas Case yg <2 csce. 2 ce cees reso cecsee feescees noon ceeees eee eeezeeeeeeee LO ITE OMES aC UL UUGAILG almelue © ONGC ezeese scenes cca eee eeaee cee seven see- os ee-eezseeeceneensrereree=s 21% Eleodes acuticauda, forma punctata, LeConte Blegdesmbehr iis ons Spi cece ceec--ssccesececeecesccevenceescaesnecssectarcasescescsdsnievercosaranesdscees Olle WWeodesmconsomina mliG@ Ome) secscsssseeccees = seen tesr eae ean, tenses enon ee ceeers ... 214 Hleodesmaticollas ple Comte 2s. 2. eesccec fol ce tcc ce ccsecececccencacceenscc-cuseessvensuucsessceces 214 WMleodesminterme dias Ws (Spa. a essccns ale cee ceece cee pene nccensmeanoeenenteceneceieceniascesteeee 215 Bleodes Walon Patan Ms gS Ys ges ceecet concen nce sewer caer ne ence ce waren nen eens acer eneessacnce evens 215 208 University of California Publications. | GEOLOGY INTRODUCTION. In the recent work of exploration of the limestone caves of Shasta County, California, by Dr. J. C. Merriam, Dr. Wm. J. Sin- clair and Mr. E. L. Furlong, the primary object was the investi- gation of the vertebrate faunas, but specimens of other forms, ineluding a few myriopods, were obtained from both eaves. Dur- ing investigations in the asphalt beds near Los Angeles two beetles and several myriopods were found by Mr. Furlong, previous to December 1906, when the author joined Dr. Merriam and Mr. Furlong, and sueeeeded in making a small, but interesting collec- tion of Coleoptera and Myriopoda from the vicinity of the bones in the asphalt. The author is greatly indebted to Dr. Merriam for the opportunity of studying this material, as well as the eave specimens from Shasta County. Samwel Cave and Potter Creek Cave are located on the Me- Cloud river in Shasta county. Samwel Cave’ is fifteen miles above Baird. It hes in the belt. of Carboniferous limestone ex- posed along the lower McCloud river. There are recognized in the deposits on the floor of this cave twenty species of vertebrates of which eight are extinct. The species from the different chambers are in some cases distinct, suggesting shehtly different ages. Potter Creek Cave? is situated on the McCloud river near saird. It contains, so far as recognized, fifty-two species of ver- tebrates, of which twenty-one are extinct. Dr. Sinclair considers the fauna of Potter Creek Cave to represent the middle or later Quaternary; that of Samwel Cave is Quaternary, but later than that of Potter Creek Cave. The Myriopods from Potter Creek Cave surely indicate an earlher formation. Mr. Furlong has ex- plored Samwel Cave and Dr. Sinclair has explored Potter Creek Cave, and the notes here given are taken from their papers. Dr. Merriam has compared the ages of the different caves of Shasta county, In a recent paper.® 1 Furlong, E. L. The Exploration of Samwel Cave. American Journal of Science, XXII, 1906, pp. 235-247. 2 Sinclair, Wm. J. The Exploration of the Potter Creek Cave. Univ. Calif. Publ. Amer. Arch. and Ethn., Vol. Il, No. 1, 1904. 3 Merriam, J. C. Recent Cave Explorations in California. American Anthropologist (n.s.), 8, No. 2, 1906. Vou.5} Grinnell. Quaternary Myriopods and Insects. 209 The asphalt bedst at Rosemary, near Los Angeles, cover a con- siderable area. Bones are seattered through the whole deposit, but in uneven numbers, and the beetles and myriopods were found in the neighborhood of the bones. Blake in his expedition through California in the early days noticed the bitumen lakes or tar springs, and similar ones are still found in the same region. The remains of the animals we find are of those which were en- trapped in these tar springs. And if we note the preponderance of the family Tenebrionidae which come out from their hiding places in the evening to forage, their presence can readily be ac- counted for. One might expect to find carrion beetles, Silphidae, but when one reflects, it can readily be seen that if an animal has sunk out of sight, as it surely does in these tar springs, it is shut out from the air and no odor could attract carnivorous animals or insects. The plausible explanation is that insects just wandered or flew in by mistake; and the forms found certainly bear out this conclusion. The age of these beds is Quaternary. The great re- semblance of the insects to those now living, in most cases amount- ing to identity, shows that it takes a long time to effect a change in the Coleoptera. The writer’s thanks are due Dr. F. EK. Blaisdell and Dr. E. C. Van Dyke of San Francisco for assistance in the identification of the Coleoptera. All of the drawings were executed by Miss Julia D. E. Wright of Palo Alto. MYRIOPODA. JULUS OCCIDENTALIS, n. sp. Pl. 15, figs. 9 and 11. Type specimens Nos. 10005 and 10006, Univ. Calif. Col. Invert. Palae. Samwel Cave, Shasta Co., Calif, There are two fairly complete remains of this myriopod, be- sides some remains and fragments of others on a larger block. 30th are coiled, one completely. The segmentation is very plain, and fairly constant in width; the intersegmental ridge is very pronounced, and high. The ventral furrow is comparatively 4 Merriam, J. C. Recent Discoveries of Quaternary Mammals in Southern California, Science (n. s.), Vol. XXIV, pp. 248-250, 1906. 210 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY large and deep, at least in one specimen, the stalagmitie covering obseures it somewhat. This is smaller and more slender than any form heretofore known in California; the wide and deep ventral furrow is also a striking feature. It has some resemblance to Julus antiquus Heyden. DEC eaV eR 0 pee esc ae eae eee 86-109 mm. WV al Cit Lig cence, See eee ee eee 6 Width of segments .........02...00000-2 1.5 JULUS CAVICOLA, nN. sp. Pl. 15, figs. 1, 5, 10, and 12. Type specimen No. 10007, Univ. Calif. Col. Invert. Palae. Potter Creek Cave, Shasta Co., Calif. There are three separate parts of this myriopod, besides another buried in the bloek in the stalagmitic covering, and sev- eral other smaller pieces and segments. This species is quite different from the Samwel Cave species in several particulars. The ventral furrow is very much reduced in size and hardly noticeable about 9 m.m. wide on an average. The segments are not so arched or the intersegmental ridge so protruding and very inconspicuous. TC On lp eee ee eee 15-20 mm. Width 5.5-6 Width of segments SPIROBOLUS AUSTRALIS, Nl. sp. Pl. 15, figs. 13 and 14. Type specimens Nos. 10008 and 10009, Univ. Calif. Col. Invert. Palae. Asphalt beds at Rosemary, near Los Angeles. There is one well preserved fragment embedded in a lump of asphalt, besides a few scattering, isolated segments. This species bears a resemblance to Spirobolus hebes Bollman, from Southern California. In S. australis the middle of each segment is marked by a well defined furrow. The surface is smooth and shining generally, but in a few places it is very finely punctate. No ventral furrow or a very slight one. The specimen number 10009 I place here under this species as the probable early stage. VoLt.5] Grinnell —Quaternary Myriopods and Insects. Palit It was found in the same place, and bears characteristics that would mark it as an*early stage. It is 5.5 m.m. long, 2.5 m.m. wide, segments 1 m.m. wide. It is heht brown in color, with a darker shade along the median sulcus. The species is very close to the living form. Length of fragment .............2...2.2022.00.-00.0-- 13 mm. NV CLG I gue eee ae no eke rere nen Sas Sate 10 Width of segments .............-2..:--2:::e:ceeeeeee- Piha) COLEOPTERA. PLATYNUS conf. FUNEBRIS LeConte. Specimen No. 10010, Univ. Calif. Col. Invert. Palae. Asphalt beds at Rosemary, near Los Angeles. A single elytron is present in the collection, and is probably referable to the common species, P. funebris Lee. This genus is well represented on the West Coast at the present time by common and closely allied species. AMARA INSIGNIS De]. Pl. 16, fig. 17. Specimen No. 10011, Univ. Calif. Col. Invert. Palae. Asphalt beds at Rosemary, near Los Angeles. There are two well preserved and perfect elytra in the collee- tion, agreeing exactly with living forms; belonging to a group, well represented, and common in California. PTEROSTICHUS, sp. indet. Specimen No. 10012, Univ. Calif. Col. Invert. Palae. Asphalt beds at Rosemary, near Los Angeles. There are several elytra of this common but difficult genus, which are hardly determinable with our present knowledge. CALOSOMA SEMILAEVE LeConte. Pl. 16, fig. 26. Specimen No. 10013, Univ. Calif. Col. Invert. Palae. Asphalt beds at Rosemary, near Los Angeles. A beautifully preserved elytron of this characteristic and common Californian species enables us to leave no doubt as to the determination of this species. 212 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY DyTISCUS MARGINICOLLIS LeConte. Pl. 15, fig. 6. Specimen No. 10014, Univ. Calif. Col. Invert. Palae. Asphalt beds at Rosemary, near Los Angeles. Two elytra of this species are fairly well preserved, but are crushed and flattened, so that the determination was at first difficult. This is one of the water beetles, which are found in the vicinity of streams and ponds throughout our region. They are strong flyers and frequently come to electric lights in the city. Ti can readily be imagined that this specimen which has been preserved to us was flying over the country in search of a pool or stream, and mistook the tar spring for a pool of fresh water. CONIONTIS ROBUSTA Horn. Pl. 16, fig. 27. Specimen No. 10015, Univ. Calif. Col. Invert. Palae. Asphalt beds at Rosemary, near Los Angeles. One elytron half buried in a hard lump of asphalt. but the characters of the above species seem unmistakable. The species of this genus are rather numerous in some parts of Southern California. They hide under boards and in the midst of rubbish and only come out to forage during the twilight and even into the night, so from ‘this it can be readily seen how they came to be entrapped in the tar springs. CONIONTIS ABDOMINALIS LeConte. Specimen No. 10016, Univ. Calif. Col. Invert. Palae. Asphalt beds at Rosemary, near Los Angeles. Two fairly well preserved specimens—with the head. The sculpture and striation are practically the same as in the living forms. CONIONTIS PUNCTICOLLIS LeConte. Specimen No. 10017, Univ. Calif. Col. Invert. Palae. Asphalt beds at Resemary, near Los Angeles. A portion of an elytron in fairly good preservation, showing the smooth, shining, lightly punctured and striated surface. VoL.5} Grinnell—Quaternary Myriopods and Insects. 213 CONIONTIS ELLIPTICA Casey. Specimen No. 10018, Univ. Calif. Col. Invert. Palae. Asphalt beds at Rosemary, near Los Angeles. The thorax and elytra of this species are present in reeogniz- able condition. Elliptica and robusta are very closely related and some put them together. I was advised to do this, but on comparing the two I find sufficient difference to separate them. This form is more elongate; flatter; and the punctation and striation not so evident. ELEoDES acutTicaupA LeConte. Pl. 15, fig. 7; Pl. 16, figs. 16, 18, and 21. Specimens No. 10019, a, b, ¢. d, Univ. Calif. Col. Invert. Palae. Asphalt beds at Rosemary, near Los Angeles. These all belong to the typical form of this species. There is some variation, but there is a greater variation in the hving forms. The species of this genus like that of Coniontis hide in dark places, under boards, in rubbish and even in squirrel holes during the daytime, and come out to forage in the evening after sunset. So their presence in the tar springs ean be easily accounted for on the assumption that they made a misstep. ELEODES ACUTICAUDA LeConte. FORMA PUNCTATA. TEAL Altay atte 2h) led bailey rateseealicay, Specimen No. 10020, a, b, Univ. Calif. Col. Invert. Palae. Asphalt beds at Rosemary, near Los Angeles. This very punctate form is easily recognized and the speci- mens are in a fair state of preservation. ELEODES BEHRII, n. sp. Pl. 15, figs. 8 and 4. Type specimen No. 10028, Univ. Calif. Col. Invert. Palae. Asphalt beds at Rosemary, near Los Angeles. A perfect specimen-—with the exception of the missing head. Narrowly oval, shehtly flattened dorsally, tapering and depressed 214 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY eaudal, quadrate. The surface somewhat shining; punetation exceedingly evident, the punctures deep and broad; elytra smooth and glabrous. The margins of the elytra slightly rimmed. The epipleurum very wide cephalad and tapering, gradually, caudad. This interesting and distinet species is related to EH. caudata, and E. parvicollis, but is separated from both by the very pune- tate elytra like FE. caudata; smooth and glabrous; and especially by the very wide epipleurw, which are extraordinary, and nothing approaching it in this respect. It was very puzzling and the ipelination was to put it in a different family, but it is placed here provisionally at least. Length of specimen ..............22-.2-::202:00------ 10 mm. WW CLG Ia 2 sccece oo coee see ee see eeees sueee ee eee ee 4.5 Greatest width of epipleurum .................... 2.5 Dedicated to the memory of the best of my teachers, Hans Hermann Behr. ELEODES CONSOBRINA LeConte. Pl. 16, fig. 20. Specimen No. 10021, Univ. Calif. Col. Invert. Palae. Asphalt beds at Rosemary, near Los Angeles. The abdomen and elytra are well preserved, and characteristic ol this species. The punctation and striation are very distinct. ELEODES LATICOLLIS LeConte. FORMA MURICATA MINOR. Plo 15; fig. 8 PI 1G) hos: 19.23 sands 25: Specimen No. 10022, Univ. Calif. Col. Invert. Palae. Asphalt beds at Rosemary, near Los Angeles. The specimens are well preserved and characteristic, but all belong to the small, muricate form. There is considerable vari- ation in the specimens, but there is as much in the living forms; and although some are strikingly different from living forms, it would hardly be of value to give names to such a variable group. There is a specimen 13 mm. long and another 19 mm. long. Vot.5] Grinnell—Quaternary Myriopods and Insects. 215 ELEODES INTERMEDIA, n. sp. Pl. 16, fig. 29. Type specimen No. 10024, Univ. Calif. Col. Invert. Palae. Asphalt beds at Rosemary, near Los Angeles. A complete abdomen and elytra are present, but more or less flattened. Broadly oval, flattened; quadrate cephalad, and sides parallel until near the caudal end when the elytra turn down- wards and end in a comparatively sharp and inwardly curved point. Surface of elytra rather densely punctate, but not so punctate as in F&. behrix. Striv indistinct. The epipleurum, cephalad, measures 1.5 mm. in width, tapering gradually to the tip of the elytra. Epipleurum smooth, shining, not so punctate as the elytra. This species is related to FE. parvicollis, E. caudata, and E. behri, but is distinguished by the very wide epipleurum, and the very punctate elytra, dorsally. QTL OU ee set ee pares oa_ Perec aoe ee Ree eect eedeer Ss ecea 12 mm. Wacdthy 222222222 Be daa nett der restos ance chee Sie? 8.5 ELEODES ELONGATA, nN. sp. Pl. 16, fig. 30. Type specimen No. 10025, Univ. Calif. Col. Invert. Palae. Asphalt beds at Rosemary, near Los Angeles. Form very elongate; quadrate, convex, very much rounded ; apex abruptly tapering, downwards, to an acute point. Surface smooth, glabrous, shining. The edges of the elytron, shehtly keeled, projecting dorsad. There are a very few scattering, coarse punctures on the elytron. There is a single, fairly well preserved elytron in a piece of asphalt which seems to differ from others by its more elongate form; glabrous and shining surface and sparsely punctured; the keeled and strikingly projecting edge of the elytron and the abruptly tapering apex. Dorsad the elytron is very obtuse, only very slightly tapered. MBE) Oise eae eae eee | aT AV lit hee eereeeee eee gee ee NO ee 9 Transmitted April 22, 1907. Issued May 9, 1908. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 15. Figs. 1, 5, 10, 12. Julus cavicola, nu. sp. Type from Potter Creek Cave. Fig. 2. Hleodes acuticauda (forma punctata) LeConte. From Rose- mary, near Los Angeles. Figs. 3 and 4. Hleodes behrii, n. sp. Type specimen from Rosemary, near Los Angeles. Fig. 6. Dytiseus marginicollis LeConte. From Rosemary, near Los Angeles. Pig. 7. Eleodes acuticauda (forma muricata minor) LeConte. From Rosemary, near Los Angeles. Fig. 8. Eleodes laticollis LeConte. From Rosemary, near Los Angeles. Figs. 9 and 11. Julus occidentalis, n. sp. Type specimen from Samwel Cave. Figs. 138 and 14. Spirobolus australis, n. sp. Type specimen from Rose- mary, near Los Angeles. BULL, DEPT. GEOL. UNIV. CAL. aww? a, A\Wwome ~) EXPLANATION OF PLATE 16. Fig. 15. Eleodes acuticauda (forma punctata) LeConte. From Rose- mary, near Los Angeles. Figs. 16, 18, and 21. LHleodes acuticauda LeConte.. From Rosemary, near Los Angeles. Fig. 17. Amara insignis Dej. From Rosemary, near Los Angeles. Figs. 19, 23, and 25. Eleodes laticollis (forma muricata minor) Le- Conte. From Rosemary, near Los Angeles. Fig. 20. Eleodes consobrina «LeConte. From Rosemary, near Los Angeles. Fig. 24. Coniontis elliptica Casey. From Rosemary, near Los Angeles. Fig. 26. Calosoma semilaeve WeConte. From Rosemary, near Los Angeles. Fig. 27. Coniontis robusta Horn. From Rosemary, near Los Angeles. Figs. 22 and 28. Hleodes acuticauda LeConte. From Rosemary, near Los Angeles. Fig. 29. Eleodes intermedia, n. sp. From Rosemary, near Los Angeles. Fig. 30. LEleodes elongata, n. sp. Type specimen from Rosemary, near Los Angeles. BULL. DEPT. GEOL. UNIV. CAL. VO aoe: G EOLOGY: a 3. The Eparchaean Interval. A Criticism of the use of the term Algonkian, by Andrew C. Lawson . : 10c:-- eam 4. Triassic Ichthyopterygia from California and Nevada, by John ©. Merriam. ; 50e % 5. A Contribution to the Petrography of the John Day Basin, by Frank C. Calkins .~ 45¢ a 6. The Igneous Rocks near Pajaro, by John A. Reid . aie ‘ 7. Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Co., California, by Waldemar T. Schaller 15c 38 8. Plumasite, an Oligoclase-Corundum Rock, near Spanish Peak, California, by Andrew C. Pe Lawson : - s gy 4 2 . : : 5 5 ; a See ae Co 9. Palacheite, by Arthur 8. Eakle . of Rey a ase es 10¢ . 10. Two New ‘Species of Fossil Turtles from Oregon, by O. P. Hay . ta one cover. “a 11. A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by W. J. Sinclair 10c. eam 12. New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Triassic of California, by John C. Merriam . . 20e r 13. Spodumene from San Diego County, California, by Waldemar I. Schaller . 10cm 14. The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great Valley of Rika BY John ©. Y Merriam . L5Geae r 15. The Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by Andrew C. Lawson. +5 piv Ue 16. A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene in California, by John C. Merriam 3 _ 05e 17. The Orbicular Gabbro at Dehesa, San Diego County, California, by Andrew C. Lawson 18. A New Cestraciont Spine from the Lower Triassic of Idaho, by Herbert M, Evans 19. A Fossil Egg from Arizona, by Wm. Conger Morgan and Marion Clover Tallmon 20. Euceratherium, a New Ungulate from the Quaternary Caves of California, by William J. Sinclair and E. L. Furlong nae 21. A New Marine Reptile from the Triassic of California, by John ©. Merriam: 22. The River Terraces of the Orleans Basin, California, by Oscar H. Hershey UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 5, No. 14, pp. 225-233, Pls. 19-20 ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor NOTES ON SOME CALIFORNIA MINERALS BY ARTHUR S. EAKLE. CONTENTS. PAGE 1. Linarite, Caledonite, Brechantite, and Anglesite from the Cerro Gordo DiS trait pemlyOus CO seers se reece ee See eee eo eect. EAE ee 225 Linarite 3. Stibnite from Hollister, San Benito Co......202.2002022. ee 231 aie hakenifeaigivey strap ealev4 Uh oy tieXc) (Olek eee ee eee ee ee eee eer 232 Orpamcamite trom Omran oe CO eee eece ees o lee ee ce cee ce eee ee eee ceee cece ea ceeeeneese cece eeeteveenese 232 I.—LInarivTeE, CALEDONITE, BROCHANTITE, AND ANGLESITE FROM THE CERRO GorDO District, Inyo County. Linarite.—The beautiful azure-blue linarite that was discov- ered some years ago in the Cerro Gordo mine of Inyo county occurs characteristically in diverging and radiating ageregates of thinly bladed crystals with their elongation parallel to the b-axis. The blades are in general not separable and show only a few imperfect dome faces. Good crystals, however, are to be found in the cavities of the white quartz and brown sulphate matrix, intimately associated with green ealedonite and brochan- tite. A few of these erystals were measured for their forms, but a more complete description of the mineralogy of this district is reserved for a future report. The only previous measurements 226 University of California Publications. [GEOLOGY of linarite from this locality were made by Rogers (Mineralogical Notes, Amer. Journal Sei. 1901, (4), 12, 42), and his erystals showed only a few forms. In the orientation of Kokscharovy, as given by Dana, the broader prominent plane, parallel to which most of the erystals are tabular, is taken as the base, whereas Goldschmidt in his ‘Winkeltabellen’’ reverses the crystals and makes the rear dome (101), the base. There appears to be no advantage in changing the orientation as given by Dana and it is therefore followed here. The erystals are very small, but show a good zone of ortho- domes with minute faces on the edges formed by the domes and unit prism. A measurement of one of the best of the erystals, which appeared to be a simple crystal, showed by the symmetry that it was twinned on the orthopinacoid. Fig 1 (pl. 19) is an orthographie projection on the base of this twinned erystal with the lower faces shown in dotted lines, and fig. 2 is the clino- eraphie drawing from this projection to illustrate the general habit and combination of forms. Fifteen forms were found, of which three are new for linarite. e (001) o (203) w (012) i (716) new a (100) s (101). yr (011) k (211) new m (110) a (302) q (112) h (14.0.1) new 1 (210) wu (301) g (211) Rogers gives (010) on his erystal, but the clinopinacoid was not observed by the writer. A caleulation of the elements for linarite based on the axial Patio @-0-¢=—1 716; b0/8296,8 —_ 723° aves p, = 0.4834 p’, = 0.4954 e = 0.2184 q,, = 0.8096 q’, = 09-8296 e’ = 0.2238 The readings on the separate faces are given in the following table, the faces underscored being in twinned position. Measured Calculated p Pp p p 001 90°00’ 12°40’ 90°00’ WB ce 00T 90 00 12 44 a 100 90 00 90 00 90 00 90 00 100 90 00 90 00 90 00 90 00 110 30 55 90 00 90 00 Vou. 5] Eakle—Notes on Some California Minerals. 227 m w qd 303 203 101 TO1 302 308 201 201 012 012 o18 O11 011 T12 Measured g 30 47 31 06 30 40 49 38 90 00 90 00 90 90 p 00 00 00 Calculated p 30 50 50 03 90 00 90 00 90 00 90 00 28 22 15 07 3 16 42 45 55 40 68 40 81 19 81 06 p 90 00 90 00 6 04 25 14 40 44 22 34 48 2 55 47 20 19 90 00 90 00 Of the new forms k, 7, and h, the symbol for / is unquestion- ably correct; 7 shows a variation of several minutes in the two readings, but the symbol as given is believed to be the true one; h is such a steep dome that an error of a few minutes in the reading will change materially the symbol, so while the form occurs as a narrow dome and the reading was good the symbol is to be classed as doubtful. the simpler symbol (14.0.1) has been chosen. It corresponds closely to (41.0.3), but Caledonite.—This mineral oceurs in abundance with the lina- rite in bright erystals of a deep emerald green color. The crystals are very minute and are elongated parallel to the a-axis. Occa- sionally they are somewhat tabular parallel to the base or to the 228 University of California Publications. [GEOLOGY clinopinacoid, but in general the base and pinacoid are in about equal development. Most of the faces are brilliant and give good reflections, but the clinopinacoid is invariably striated parallel to the edge bc. The habit and combination of forms of the stocky crystals is seen in plate 19, fig. 3. The forms observed on the erystals were: e (001) a (201) f (012) t (221) o (014) new b (010) 8 (021) y (013) y (111) n (203) new m (110) e (011) s (223) In setting up the erystals for measurement the best results were obtained by assuming the position @ as the pole face and zone bc as first meridian. The readings in this position are given in the columns ¢’ and p’.. With ¢ as the pole face the transposed angles corresponding to these readings are in columns ¢” and p” obtained by means of the two formulae cos. p” = cos. ¢’ sin. p’ and cot. ¢” =sin. ¢’ tan. p’. Measured Caleulated ~ p ~” p" p p c 001 0°00’ 90°00’ 0°00" 0°00’ 0°00’ 0°00 b 010 90 00 90 00 000 90 00 000 90 00 m 110 89 57 42 30 47 30 90 00 47 27 90 00 0 014 19 3 90 00 000 19 34 000 19 23 y 013 25 14 90 00 000 25 14 0 00 25 07 tf 012 35 15 90 00 0 00 35 15 0 00 35 O07 € O11 54 41 90 00 0 00 54 41 0 00 54 35 5 021 70 41 90 00 000 70 41 000 70 26 a 201 0 00 18 16 90 00 71 44 90 00 71 55 n 203 000 44 28 90 00 45 32 90 00 45 37 t 221 70 29 44 16 47 26 76 31 47 27 76 29 r aolal 54 32 48 25 AT 27 64 17 47 27 64 19 Ss 223 43 07 53,19 47 27 54 10 47 27 54 12 The new form o (014) occurs as a narrow face lying on both sides of the base and four faces of it were observed. The dome n (203) was observed but once as a very narrow face truncating the edge of (2238) (223). Brochantite-—In measuring what were supposed to be eale- donite crystals, it beeame apparent from the angles that some of the erystals were brochantite. The two minerals are intimately associated, and have the same emerald green color. The erystals are so minute that they had to be handled with a magnifying —————e Vow. 5 | Eakle.—Notes on Some California Minerals. 229 lens, and it was only by the measurements that the writer could in most cases tell whether he had brochantite or caledonite set up. The habit of the brochantite crystals is in general different from that of the caledonite. The erystals are characteristically in thin plates, tabular to (010) and elongated prismatic and in the direction of the a-axis. Oceasional (010) is narrower with a corresponding increase in the width of the prismatic faces, thus giving a more stocky appearance to the crystals. The general habit and common combination of forms is seen in plate 19, fig. 4. The forms occurring on the crystals are: e (001) e (012) b (010) i (011) m (110) v (101) 7 (120) g (041) new Measured Caleulated p p g p c OOL 0°00’ 0°00’ 0°00’ 0°00! b 010 0 00 90 00 0 00 90 00 m 110 52 05 90 00 52 O07 90 00 Gi 120 32 40 90 00 32 44 90 00 e 012 0 00 iy By 0 00 13 47 i O11 0 00 25 50 0 00 26 08 g O41 0 00 62 35 0 00 63 00 Vv 101 90 00 32 12 90 00 32 14 The base was observed on one erystal only and as a mere line face. One face of e is the common terminating form, yet on the erystal having the base both faces occurred in one end. The new form g occurred as a narrow face between b and e, but was found only once. The prism m shows the best faces on the erys- tals, and gave the best reflections. The remaining prism + is also usually good, but sometimes rounds by striatures into 0. The crystals also showed a pyramid, and rough measurements indicated that it was the unit pyramid (111), but no good reflee- tions could be obtained from it. The pinacoid 6 is striated ver- tically and presents one good face, giving a fair signal, while the opposite side is rounded and striated, and gives only a train of signals. There is some doubt regarding the system of erystal- ization of brochantite. The crystals from this loeality possess at least two planes of symmetry, but the striking difference in the development of the two brachy-pinacoidal sides suggest that they may be hemimorphic-orthorhombie. 230 University of California Publications. [GEOLOGY This constitutes the first. notice of brochantite from this locality. Anglesite—Specimens of galena with small colorless angle- site crystals were lately collected at the Cerro Gordo mine by Mr. John Reid, and given to this department. The anglesite crystals are somewhat flattened parallel to the base and elon- gated in the direction of the a-axis. They are terminated on one end by the sharp pyramid (122) and joined to the matrix by the other end. See plate 20, fig. 5. ce (001) m (110) z (111) o (011) a (100) lL (104) y (122) Measured Caleulated p p g p C O01 0°00" 0°00" 0°00’ 0°00" a 100 90 00 90 00 90 00 90 00 m 110 52 00 90 00 51 51 90 00 l 104 90 00 22 20 90 00 22 19 oO O11 0 00 52 11 0 00 52 12 é 111 51 51 64 14 51 51 64 24 y 122 32 28 56 49 32 28 56 49 The base is striated parallel to its length, but all the other faces are very bright and perfect. I].—CELESTITE FROM SAN BERNARDINO COUNTY. When colemanite was discovered in Southern California it was observed that celestite was its associate, occurring as good crystals in the geodal masses of colemanite. As the forms of these crystals have not been stated, the writer measured a few of them. The celestite from the Calico district is generally in broad plates, tabular to the base and grown together in parallel posi- tions. The habit of these crystals is seen in plate 20, fig. 6. The observed forms were: c (001) d (102) o (011) m (110) 1 (104) A strikingly different habit for celestite is seen in a specimen of colemanite from Death valley. The erystals appear like long slender prisms terminated on one end by a sharp pyramid and attached by the other end to the matrix. They are, however, elongated in the direction of the a-axis, and consist principally of x = ahs . . 2° VoL. 5 | Eakle—Notes on Some California Minerals. 231 the brachydome o (011) and the brachypyramid y (122). The other forms are all very subordinate and sometimes lacking. The general habit is seen in plate 20, fig. 7. The forms identified on these crystals were. e (001) d (102) o (011) P (067) new m (110) t (104) y (122) Measured Calewlated g p g p c OO1 0°00’ 0°00’ 0°00’ 0°00! m 110 90 00 52 O01 90 00 52 00 d 102 90 00 39 11 90 00 39 23 l 104 90 00 22 22 90 00 22 19 0) O11 0 00 52 01 0 00 52 04 P 067 0 00 47 31 0 00 47 35 y 122 32 35 56 43 32 37 56 43 The new form P (067) occurred on both sides of the base as long narrow faces and the reflections were good. III.—Srisnite rrom Houuister, SAN BENITO COUNTY. California has long been known for her deposits of stibnite, and many fine specimens have been obtained from the various mines. Most of the prisms, however, are deeply furrowed, bent, twisted, and without terminating faces; consequently good mea- surements of them are seldom possible. In looking over a lot 07 the material from the State, some specimens coming from the vicinity of Hollister were seen to consist of isolated crystals with good terminal faces, and a few of these were measured. The habit and forms are seen in plate 20, fig. 8. The observed forms were: b (010) n (210) s (113) m (110) h (310) y (102) new q (1380) k (480) 6 (4.5.12) Measured Calculated p p g p b 010 0°00’ = 90°00" 0°00% = 90°00" qd 130 18 20 90 O00 18 34 90 00 m 110 45 11 90 00 45 13 90 00 k 430 538 15 90 00 D3) 20 90 00 n 210 64 12 90 00 63. 36 90 00 h 310 72 00 90 O00 71 41 90 00 y 102 90 00 27 20 90 00 27 09 : 113 45 22 25 44 45 13 25 43 6 4.5.12 39 08 28 05 38 52 28 34 232 University of California Publications. [GEOLOGY The new form (102) occurs on several of the crystals in small triangular faces. Readings were also obtained for other prisms, but owing to the striated condition of the prismatic zone they were not definitely established as forms. IV.—ENARGITE FROM ALPINE COUNTY. Crystals of enargite from the Morning Star mine were orig- inally deseribed by Silliman,’ but he gave only the unit prism and the three pinacoids as present. In looking over some speci- mens of pyrite containing crystals of enargite from this mine it was seen that more forms existed than those given by him. The erystals are prismatic in habit and terminated on one end by a broad basal plane and attached to the matrix at the other. The habit and combination are seen in plate 20, fig. 9. The forms observed were: e (001) f (250) new Kk (101) a (100) lt (130) b (010) m (110) Measured Calculated g p p p ce O01 0°00" 0°00" 0°00’ 0°00’ a 100 90 00 90 05 90 00 90 00 b 010 0 00 90 05 0 00 90 00 m 110 48 46 90 O05 48 56 90 00 if 250 24 43 90 05 24 40 90 00 l 130 20 42 90 05 20 56 90 00 k 101 90 00 44 00 43 20 90 00 The dome k (101) was very small and only an approximate reading could be obtained, but it was sufficient to establish the presence of the form. The new prism f (250) was present on one erystal as a nar- row face and the reading was good. A pyramid was also present but the face was dull and its symbol could not be definitely de- termined. V.—ARCANITE FROM ORANGE COUNTY. A few small yellowish plates of a mineral which were sent to the writer by Mr. Norman E. Smith for identification proved to be the natural potassium sulphate. They came from Tunnel 1 American Journal of Science, 1873 (3), 5, 384. VoL. 5] Eakle.—Notes on Some California Minerals. Dao} No. 1 of the Santa Ana Tin Mining Company in Trabuco Canon, Orange county, and were found about two hundred and fifty feet below the surface in an old Oregon pine tie which is partly sub- merged six months of the year. The tunnel is in black slate which carries some sulphide and the walls of the mine are eoated with minute erystals and inerustations of sulphates and earbo- nates. The potassium sulphate has not hitherto been recognized as a mineral species, so this occurrence classes it as a new mineral. The name Areanite has however been applied to the potassium -sulphate and artificial crystals have been measured. The erystals are thin plates tabular to ¢ and are pseudo- hexagonal by twinning on the unit prism. Plate 20, fig. 10 shows the appearance. The forms observed were: e (001) s (112) o (111) e (102) Measured Calculated (001) : (111) — 55°48’ 56°21’ (111) : (11T) — 67 20 67 18 (11) (48 oi 48 52 (001) : (112) —36 12 36 54 (111) : (112) — 19 30 19 27 (111) : (110) —48 50 The faces were in general dull, and ¢ gave only a bright spot of light, so that accurate measurements could not be made from this face. The o faces were better and gave good reflection. The s faces were always mere lines. Besides these faces, the dome, probably e (102), was present, but it was so rough that only an approximate measurement could be made. Transmitted, May, 1908. Date of Issue, November 28, 1908. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 19. Fig. 1—Linarite. Twinned on orthopinacoid. Orthographic projection on base. Cerro Gordo. Kig. 2—The same. Clinographic drawing. Fig. 3. Caledonite. Cerro Gordo. Fig. 4.—Brochantite. Cerro Gordo. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 20. Fig. 5.—Anglesite. Cerro Gordo. Fig. 6.—Celestite. Calico district. Fig. 7.—Celestite. Death Valley. Fig. 8.—Stibnite. Hollister. Fig. 9.—Knargite. Alpine County. Fig. 10.—Arcanite. Orange County. BULL: DEPT. GEOL, UNIV. CAL VO, 5, BEmR20 te Ng Beye, ye : gi is “GEOLOGY oe * ; ‘ fe ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor NOTES | ON A COLLECTION OF FOSSIL MAMMALS FROM VIRGIN VALLEY, é ee NEVADA “ oe JAMES WILLIAMS GIDLEY ey Bah ay > ee . . | Sf ig. ie BERKELEY Ser ot THE UNIVERSITY PRESS rae December, 1908 iz O om Roore yearn an Hh WDE S co oe The BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY of. the ‘Sstouaye of ¢ California is irregular intervals in the form of separate papers or memoirs, each’ embodying the ret search by some competent investigator in geological science. These are made up into va from 400 to 500 pages. The price, per volume is $3.50, including postage. The papers the volumes will be sent to subscribers in separate covers as soon as issued. The separ: may be purchased at the following prices from the UNivERSITY PRESS, to which remittang be addressed : — : . The Geology of Angel Tsland, by F. Leslie Ransome, with a Note on the Radiolarian - The Geomorphogeny of the Coast of Northern California, by Andrew C. Lawson 5 . On Analcite Diabase from San Louis Obispo County, California, by Harold W. Fairbanks . On Lawsonite, a New Rock-forming Mineral from the Tiburon Peninsnla, Marin County, ~ . Critical Periods in the History of the Earth, by Joseph LeConte — . . On Malignite, a Family of Basic, Plutonic, Orthoclase Rocks, Rich in " Alkalies and . Sigmogomphius LeContei, a New Castoroid Rodent, from the Pliocene, near Berkeley, . Fhe Great Valley of California, a a Criticism of the “Theory of ‘sostasy, by F. Leslie . The Geology of Point Sal, by Harold W. Fairbanks . Sig | On Some Pliocene Ostracoda from near Berkeley, by Frederick Chapman . Note on Two Tertiary Faunas from the Rocks of the Southern Coast of Vancouver . The Distribution of the Neocene Sea- urchins of Middle ‘California, and Its Bearing on . The Geology of Point Reyes Peninsula, by F. ‘M. Anderson. . Some Aspects of Erosion in Relation to the Theory of the Peneplain, by W. 8. Tangier adel Topographic § Study of the Islands of Southern California, by W. 8. Tangier Smith . Contributions to the Mineralogy of California, by Walter C. Blasdale . The Berkeley Hills. A Detail of Coast panne eoleey, Py. Andrew C. Lawson and oo DHOOMN AN - wor . The Igneous Rocks near Pajaro, by John A. Reid 2) aio CAB ces as . Plumasite, an Oligoclase-Corundum Rock, near Spanish Peak, California, by Andrew Cc. . Palacheite, by Arthur, 8. Eakle . as sees Ce : i : : . A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by W. J. Sinclair . New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Triassie of California, by Jolin C. Merriam . . Spodumene from San Diego County, California, by Waldemar T. Schaller - - The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great Valley of California, by Taam . The Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by Andrew ©. Lawson . A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Miocené in California, by John C. Merriam : . The Orbicular Gabbro at Dehesa, San Diego County, California, by Andrew C. Lawson . A New Cestraciont Spine from the Lower Triassic of Idaho, by Herbert M. Evans . A Fossil Egg from Arizona, by Wm. Conger Morgan and Marion Clover Tallmon . — - Euceratherium, a New Ungulate from the Quaternary Caves of ee by Willi. . A New Marine Reptile from the Triassic of California, by John C. “Merriam — ae . The River Terraces of the Orleans Basin, California, by Oscar H. Hershey =i VOLUME 1. e The Geology of Carmelo Bay, by Andrew C. Lawson, with chemical oh and eobp- ae eration in the field, by Juan dela C. Posada . 4 . - i The Soda-Rhyolite North of Berkeley, by Charles Palache : 0 i et aaa The Hruptive Rocks of Point Bonita, by F. Leslie Ransome . The Post-Pliocene oe of the Coast of Southern California, by Andrew oe aif Lawson . . aa rr The Lherzolite- Serpentine ‘and Associated Rocks of the Potrero, San Francisco, by. cz : Charles Palache s os On a Rock, from the Vicinity of Berkeley, containing a New Soda Amphibole, ‘by Charles Palache Inone — cover. — 30e Chert from Angel Island ‘and from Buri- buri Ridge, San Mateo County, California, by George Jennings Hinde . ee rae California, by F. Leslie Ransome . > agit, Raa Lime, Intrusive'in the Coutchiching- Schists of Poohbah Lake, by Andrew C. Lawson by John C. Merriam Ransome . VOLUME 2. Island, by J. C. Merriam the Classification of the Neocene Formations, by John C. Merriam . 6 , é Smith The Geology of the Central Portion of the Isthmus of Panama, by Oscar H. nowy A Contribution to the Geology of the John Day Basin, by John CG. Merriam Mineralogical Notes, by Arthur S. Hakle . é 5 BK Charles Palache VOLUME 3. The Quaternary of Southern California, by Oscar.H. Hershey Colemanite from Southern California, by Arthur 8. Hakle The Eparchaean Interval. A Criticism of the use of the term Algonkian, by Andrew. C. Lawson “ Triassic Ichthyopterygia from California and Nevada, by John O. Merriam * A Contribution to the Petrography of the John Day Basin, by Frank C. Calkins Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Co., California, by Waldemar T. Schaller. Lawson Two New ‘Species of Fossil Turtles from Oregon, by. O. P. Hay 3 : In one cover. Merriam : : : 4 J. Sinclair and E. L. Furlong om AN, UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 5, No. 15, pp. 235-242 ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor NOTES ON A COLLECTION OF FOSSIL MAMMALS FROM VIRGIN VALLEY, NEVADA. BY JAMES WILLIAMS GIDLEY. CONTENTS. PAGE Efe OMI US t eCUUMITS! (SCO Lt) leer ceteessess ees ses cee ce eeceee ee eeeccee-feeee- “Ses ae 7. Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Co., California, by Waldemar T, Schaller 15¢ oe 8. Plumasite, an Oligoclase-Corundum Rock, near Spanish J Peak, California, PY AnD C. Lawson 4 ey ws 5 si lipo gate a) Sede Oe 9. Palacheite, by Arthur §. Eakle an olay ogee 10¢ 8 10. Two New Species of Fossil Turtles from Oregon, by. Our Hay i In ne cover. . 11. A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by W. J. Sinclair ‘10ee 2 12. New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Triassic of California, by John C. Merriam . . 20¢ ~ 13. Spodumene from San Diego County, California, |by Waldemar T. Schaller . 10c > ae 14. The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great Valley of California, by John C. “ret Merriam . ene ee a 15. The Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by Andrew ©. Lawson. oo. eee ODE 4 16. A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene in California, by John C. Merriam i 05¢ 17. The Orbicular Gabbro at Dehesa, San Diego County, California, by Andrew C. Lawson 10¢ 18. A New Cestraciont Spine from the Lower Triassic of Idaho, by Herbert M. Evans . 10c 19. A Fossil Egg from Arizona, by Wm. Conger Morgan and Marion Clover Tallmon . . I10e” 20. Huceratherium, a New Ungulate from the Quaternary Caves of anion, by. William : J. Sinclair and E. L. Furlong . ofa 21. A New Marine Reptile from the Triassic of California, “by John C. Merriam ~ 5 22. The River Terraces of the Orleans Basin, California, by Osear H. Hershey . ~ UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS e BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 5, No. 16, pp. 243-269 ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor STRATIGRAPHY AND PALAEONTOLOGY OF THE SAN PABLO FORMATION IN MIDDLE CALIFORNIA. BY CHARLES E. WEAVER. CONTENTS. PAGE STEN TKO CLIC GO 1 erence see ee ensues mes ree «Sees es Paros As. mene pene a Pec eee es 243 PST G OG) C alll EAE © Val © sda te ate eee ete eae te Seco 29 are ees eervcon ete ce 244 CieZoVepeey VAS. IDSA TAT OND UOD AY ee eeepc ec ee ee ee Prey) Sinarbromar nice] atl O 1g eeseesneceece nates ee ees eRe Scene ca ode tose ee en czecyceeocsh ee -tedveee 250 SEMI UO LO SCC HLO Lipeee ates ewe 2, green ee ee eee 250 DNortalteoitea Miter D1 elo 0 pees en ee ee ee ee 252 Stojutedor tome IU; IDYIEy ol (oy ee ees 253 Sak Wetetoavovay WEDS 2 Veet opel eae ee een eee eee eee eee 254 @ ors aV OMEN I) 0, yy Bese ss ee aoe ee eee ee ee eee 256 INTRODUCTION. One of the many problems connected with the interpretation of the Tertiary stratigraphy and palaeontology of middle Cali- fornia is the relation of the San Pablo formation to the other Tertiary horizons. Just what division of the Californian Tertiary the San Pablo formation represents has not been universally agreed upon, neither is it certain what constitutes the base and top of the formation. The chief aim of this investigation has 244 University of California Publications. [| GEOLOGY been to determine the extent, character, and stratigraphic posi- tion of these beds in the Coast Ranges of central California. In addition an attempt has been made to study the fauna and show its relation to that of the Monterey and the Merced. This investigation was begun several years ago by Professor J.C. Merriam. Important collections of fossils were made at several localities and much detailed stratigraphic work was done in the field. Two years ago a continuation of this investigation was suggested to the writer and the present paper is the result of a study of the known San Pablo outcrops of middle California and of their fauna. A number of detailed sections were made across the strike of the beds and collections of fossils were made at intervals along the sections. From the information obtained an attempt has been made to set forth the main characteristics of the formation from base to top, and the variations in the character of the strata at the same horizon in different localities within the area studied. The study of the fauna shows the pres- ence of seventy-three species. The formation as a whole is a dis- tinct feature of the Tertiary of middle California. HISTORICAL REVIEW. The formation now known as the San Pablo was first referred to by T. A. Conrad? in 1857 in the Pacific Railroad Reports. He described several fossils collected in the San Pablo Bay area and considered them to be of Miocene age and to correspond to the Miocene fauna of Virginia. In 1865 J. D. Whitney in his report on the Geological Survey of California refers to the San Pablo localities at Kirker’s Pass and Corral Hollow, and on the basis of the fossil leaves considered the formation to be Plocene in age. In the same volume W. M. Gabb referred? to the San Pablo beds at Kirker’s Pass. He gave a short list of its fauna and de- seribed its stratigraphic relations, and on the basis of its large percentage of living species called it Phocene. He stated that it hes conformably upon the Miocene and is overlain conformably by ashes and tuff. In volume 2, Palaeontology of California 1 Pacific R. R. Reports, vol. 6, p. 70. 2 Geol. Surv. of Calif. Geology, vol. I, p. 31. Vou. 5] Weaver.—San Pablo Formation. 245 State Geological Survey, Gabb’® mentions the presence of Scutella (Clypeaster) gabbi at San Pablo Bay, Walnut Creek, and in the vicinity of Mount Diablo and ealled the beds in which it oe- eurred, Miocene. At Kirker’s Pass he mentions the presence of Trophon ponderosum, and ealls the beds Pliocene. In 1891, H. W. Turner‘ in his paper on the Geology of Mount Diablo refers to the localities at Kirker’s Pass, Corral Hollow and Railroad Ranch. Collections of fossils were made and the fossil leaves were turned over to Ward and Lesquereux for identifica- tion. A part of these were considered as belonging to the Plio- eene and a part to the Miocene. The most important evidence for referring the San Pablo to the Pliocene he considers to be the character of the tuff and conglomerates which are made up chiefly of detrital material of hornblende and pyroxene ande- sites. These eruptions were considered to have taken place in Pliocene time. The andesitic material at Kirker’s Pass was con- sidered probably to have been derived from voleanie areas to the north of San Pablo Bay. He concludes that these loealities are of Pliocene age notwithstanding the Miocene aspect of a part of the flora. In 1895, Mr. George H. Ashley in his paper on the Neocene Stratigraphy® of the Santa Cruz Mountains in California, mentions fossiliferous transitional beds south of Half Moon Bay which lie conformably upon the Monterey and beneath the Merced. These beds became known later as the Purisima. Whether they are the equivalent of the San Pablo or not, is not certain. In May, 1898, Professor J. C. Merriam® in The Distribution of the Neocene Sea-Urchins of Middle California gives a de- scription of the San Pablo formation in the San Pablo Bay section, and correlates it with the beds at Kirker’s Pass. He states that ‘‘at all of the localities at which the San Pablo is known, it is characterized faunally by the presence of a peculiar assemblage of genera and species in which Astrodapsis is the 3 Geol. Surv. of Calif. Palaeontology, vol. 2, p. 109. 4 Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 2, p. 383. 5 Proc. Cal. Acad. Se., 2d Ser., vol. 5, pp. 273-367. 6 Bull. Dept. Geol. Univ. Calif., vol. 2, no. 4, pp. 109-118. 246 University of California Publications. | GEOLOGY most abundant and easily recognized form. The fauna is known so far by about fifty species, of which nearly one-third are pe- culiar to these beds, about one-fourth are known also from the Contra Costa County Miocene, and one-sixth from the Mereed.’’ Further he says: ‘‘The sea-urchins form the most prominent organic feature of the formation, neither of the Astrodapsis species being found outside of it.’’ Lithologically he charac- terizes it ‘‘as containing a considerable thickness of tuffs and ashes, most prominent in the upper portion of the formation, and 5) a peculiar weathering of the sandstone.’’ He considers the pos- sibility of a break between the San Pablo and the Contra Costa County Miocene and states that the stratigraphic relations of the San Pablo to the Merced are not definitely known. He finds the fauna of the San Pablo more closely related to the Contra Costa County Miocene than to the Merced fauna. As to the age he considers that it probably represents the middle Neocene. In September, 1908, Dr. H. W. Fairbanks correlated Neocene beds in the San Luis range with the San Pablo of middle Cali- fornia. In 1898, Mr. H. W. Turner* in his paper on the Rocks of the Coast Ranges of California gives quite a detailed description of the San Pablo localities in the vicinity of Mount Diablo and Corral Hollow. Large collections of fossils: were made and on the basis of the ratio of the living and fossil forms he regards the formation as of lower Pliocene age. At Kirker’s Pass he divides the formation into four divisions, the lowermost being composed of fine-grained white shales and voleanie detritus. The second division is composed of sandstone containing a majority of the marine fossil shells. Above this are blue beds composed of voleanic conglomerates, tuff, and sandstone. In the topmost portion of this were found leaves and above all were layers of voleanic pumice. The total thickness of the formation at Kir- ker’s Pass he considers to be six hundred meters. At Railroad Ranch and Corral Hollow similar fossil leaves were found. He suggests a possible correlation with a part of the auriferous gravels in the Sierra Nevada. 7 Journal of Geol., vol. 6, pp. 483-499. VoL. 5 | Weaver.—San Pablo Formation. 247 In 1899, Mr. F. M. Anderson*® in his paper on the Geology of Point Reyes Peninsula states that there are beds near the town of Tomales which are supposed to be of San Pablo age. In 1904, Professor J. C. Merriam,® in his paper on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene in California, states that the Contra Costa County Miocene contains two faunal zones and that the upper division has its nearest affinities with the San Pablo but is dis- tinguished from it by the presence of Clypeaster brewerianus, Trochita costellata, and several other forms. In the same year in a paper by Mr. H. L. Haehl® and Dr. Ralph Arnold on the Miocene Diabase of the Santa Cruz Moun- tains in San Mateo County, California, the Purisima formation is deseribed. It is described as an extensive series of conglom- erates, fine-grained sandstones and shales. They le unconform- ably upon the Vaqueros sandstone and Monterey shale. The upper limit was considered to be the base of the Merced. Its age was considered to represent the lower or perhaps the middle Pliocene. In 1905, Dr. H. W. Fairbanks," in his description of the San Luis Folio, states that ‘‘overlying the Monterey shale unecon- formably is a series of soft white sandstone, conglomerate, diato- maceous beds and flinty shales which represent the San Pablo eroup. The names Pismo and Santa Margarita were given to these strata. Fossils showed them to be of Neocene age, but whether Miocene or Pliocene was not certain. In the same year Mr. V. C. Osmont! published a paper on a Geological Section of the Coast Ranges north of San Francisco Bay. In this-he gives a description of several areas in which San Pablo strata are found. Strata of undoubted San Pablo age oceur in the core of the hills eon the west side of Carneros Creek. It is considered as San Pablo by reason of its physical appearance and its fossil fauna. Prevoleanie beds made up of four hun- dred feet of a very coarse hard sandstone and yellow to buff colored sandy shales are found between Freestone and the mouth 8 Bull. Dept. Geol. Univ. Calif., vol..2, no. 5. 9 Bull. Dept. Geol. Univ. Calif., vol. 3, no. 16, pp. 377-381. 10 Proc. Am. Phil. Soe., vol. 48, pp. 15-53. 11San Luis Folio: Geologic Atlas U. 8., folio 101, U. 8. Geological Survey, Washington. 12 Bull. Dept. Geol. Univ. Calif., vol. 4, no. 3, pp. 39-87. 248 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY of Tomales Bay. Marine fossils were found in the beds and he considers them to be of San Pablo age. Similar beds were ob- served at Pleasant’s and Capay Valleys, and these are also con- sidered as San Pablo. In 1905 Mr. F. M. Anderson,"* in a stratigraphie study of the Mount Diablo Range of California, divides the later Neocene beds into the Coalinga and the Etchegoin beds. The former he considers to be the equivalent of the uppermost Contra Costa County Miocene and the Etchegoin beds as the equivalent of the San Pablo beds. He considers the San Pablo beds at San Pablo Bay and Kirker’s Pass to represent only the lower portion of the Etchegoin beds or rather the Etchegoin sands. They rest un- conformably upon the Coalinga beds. He considers them as probably of Pliocene age. In 1906 Dr. Ralph Arnold, in his paper on the Tertiary and Quaternary Pectens of California, gives an extended account of the San Pablo areas in various parts of the state. He states: ‘‘the formation at the type locality consists of a series of sand- stones, tuffs and ashes with an approximate total thickness of between fifteen hundred and two thousand feet. At this locality it rests apparently conformably upon the Contra Costa County Miocene. In the Salinas Valley and at many other places for- mations which are probably the equivalent of the San Pablo rest uneconformably upon the Monterey shale. In the Santa Cruz quadrangle beds containing the supposedly characteristic San Pablo echinoderm Astrodapsis tumidus Rémond, rest uncon- formably upon the Monterey and are overlain conformably by at least a part of the Purisima (Lower Pliocene).’’ Lists of fossils are given from the San Pablo at the type localities and from the Santa Margarita formation in the Salinas Valley, which he considers as probably the equivalent of the San Pablo. He describes the Purisima formation as consisting of a series of conglomerates, fine-grained sandstones, and sandy shales having a total thickness of about eight hundred feet and being typically developed in the vicinity of the lower portion of Purisima Creek, San Mateo County. He shows that from field and laboratory 13 Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. Geology, vol. 2, no. 2, p. 174. 14 U. S. Geological Survey. Professional paper 47, p. 22. Vou. 5 | Weaver—San Pablo Formation. 249 studies of the materials in the two formations it is evident that they are quite intimately related. Taken as a whole, he con- siders the Purisima fauna as younger than the aggregate San Pablo fauna. He coneludes that the greater part of the San Pablo should without question be placed in the Miocene while the major portion of the Purisima is undoubtedly Pliocene. GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION, 15 The San Pablo formation is widely distributed in the Coast Ranges of California. To the north of San Francisco Bay it occurs as a long narrow belt lying on the eastern flank of the Blue Ridge and extending in a northwesterly-southeasterly direc- tion from the town of Vacaville to Lake County. The belt averages about four miles in width and perhaps thirty in length. A second occurrence lies in the hills between the towns of Napa and Sonoma. Here it outcrops in the eastern bluff of Carneros Ridge and along the valley of Carneros Creek. It occupies a belt about one mile in width and six miles in length. The type locality where it has been most thoroughly studied occurs in Contra Costa County in the vicinity of San Pablo Bay. Here it occupies a V-shaped belt extending in a synelinal fold from El Cierbo on the north in a southeasterly direction to near the head of Franklin Canon, where it turns and swines around to the southwest and emerges on San Pablo Bay about one mile south of the town of Rodeo. This is one of the best known occur- rences of the San Pablo in middle California. Farther east this formation is again well represented in the district north and south of Mount Diablo. It oceurs as a broad belt extending in a northwest to southeast direction on the north- ern flank of Mount Diablo. This belt lies near the foothills of the mountain and outcrops prominently in the hills on either side of Kirker’s Pass and Markeley Canon and extends from there to Karquinez Strait. On the south side of the mountain 15 In the compilation of the statement of geographic distribution and stratigraphic relationships of the San Pablo, the manuscript geological maps of the Concord, San Francisco, Mt. Diablo, and Napa quadrangles prepared for the U. 8. Geological Survey from the field studies of Andrew C, Lawson, John C. Merriam, G. D. Louderback and C. E. Weaver have been freely used, and many of the facts here stated in print for the first time are clearly set forth in these maps. 250 University of California Publications. [GEOLOGY there is a similar and nearly parallel belt extending from the alluvium-covered foothills of the San Joaquin on the southeast across the range to San Ramon Valley on the northwest. As a rule the outcrops of this formation stand out very prominently especially in Tassajero Canon and Green Valley and farther to the west along Shell Ridge. Here it is covered by the alluvium of San Ramon Valley. West of Mount Diablo it outcrops from the town of Walnut Creek southward in a belt extending nearly parallel to San Ramon Valley, occurring in the isolated hills in the valley, in the hills on either side of the valley, and in the bed of the creek itself. Farther west it again occurs along both sides of the ridge extending southeasterly from the town of Lafayette. South of here it occurs as a belt extending around the ridge between San Ramon Valley and Bolinger Canon. To the south the San Pablo outcrops east of the town of Livermore and north of the town of Tesla. It occurs as a belt extending nearly east and west but with a shght northwesterly trend. It covers an area of at least ten miles long by half a mile wide. These isolated areas are all exposed to view, due to the folding of the strata, and probably represent what was once during San Pablo time a nearly continuous area of deposition. STRATIGRAPHIC RELATIONS. The formations comprising the middle Tertiary of Central California are the Monterey and San Pablo. In most cases the stratigraphic relations existing between them are not very clearly defined. The two formations when considered as a whole are entirely different. The Monterey formation is composed of a number of alternating divisions of sandstone and shale, both the lower and upper being sandstone. The uppermost sandstone division of the Monterey is very difficult to distinguish on a litho- logical basis from some facies of the San Pablo beds. In the ma- jority of instances the San Pablo appears to rest conformably upon the Monterey sandstone and hence it becomes very difficult to determine at just what point to draw the line of separation. San Pablo Section.—The section which has been most thor- oughly studied, and the one from which the formation takes its Vou. 5] Weaver—San Pablo Formation. Poll name, oceurs in Contra Costa County on the east side of San Pablo Bay near the town of Rodeo. It extends as a belt about one mile in width from El Cierbo southeasterly to the head of Franklin Canhon and from there it swines around to the south- west and reaches San Pablo Bay just north of the powder works at Hercules. Here the San Pablo, together with the Chico, Mon- terey, and Pinole Tuff, has been folded into a synelinal trough. Just south of here the Monterey is very completely developed and is composed of nine well defined divisions of sandstone and shale. The uppermost division is known as the Querean sand- stone and it very closely resembles the characteristic San Pablo sandstone. In this region the Monterey apparently lies unecon- formably beneath the San Pablo. Areal mapping shows the different divisions of the Monterey to extend diagonally beneath the strike of the San Pablo beds. On the north flank of this svneline all of the formations dip at very high angles toward the axis. Here the Monterey is represented by the two upper divisions only, the Hereulean shale member and the Querean sandstone. They rest uneonformably upon the Chico, and al- though no actual exposures reveal them uneconformably beneath the San Pablo, yet from observations taken on the south flank it would seem most probable that an unconformity exists here also. The section made across the strike of these beds is well de- fined and was measured in detail by following the cliffs along the bay shore. On the south side of the syneline the dip is much lower than on the north and only the Monterey, San Pablo, and Pinole Tuff are exposed in the fold. Near the base of the San Pablo the average dip is about 30 degrees north, and this erad- ually decreases towards the top until at the contact with the tuff it is only 20 degrees. The general character and appearance of the strata is the same on both flanks of the syneline. The total thickness of the strata in this section is about seventeen hundred feet. The formation is made up of conglomerates, thick-bedded sandstones which are in places conglomeratie and ecross-bedded, sandy shales and clay shales. The sandstones generally have a bright blue or gray-blue color, but very often weather to a yellow- ish or reddish tinge. The conglomerates appear to be most abundant in the lower half of the formation. 252 University of California Publications. [GEOLOGY North of Mt. Diablo.—On the north side of Mount Diablo the San Pablo occurs as a long narrow belt having a width of about three-fourths of a mile and a length of about fifteen miles which extends in a general northwest and southeast direction. It is underlain by the Monterey formation and overlain by the Pinole Tuff and Orindan formation. All of these formations dip north. Two sections were measured in detail across the strike of the San Pablo formation. One of these is located along the east side of Kirker’s Creek and the other along Markeley Canon. In gen- eral the character of the strata at the same relative positions in the two sections is the same. However, the thick beds of white shale which outerop so prominently at the base of the section in Kirker’s Creek, are not well represented at the base in Markeley Canon. Here the San Pablo and Monterey at the line of contact are apparently conformable. In the Kirker’s Creek section some thick-bedded coarse gray sandstones which very closely resemble the characteristic San Pablo sandstones oceur between the Monterey shales and the lower white shale member of the San Pablo. In the western portion of Contra Costa County the Monterey formation is separated into nine well defined divisions of sandstones and shale, but to the east in the vicinity of Mount Diablo these divisions lose their identity. However, it has seemed best to consider the sandstone at the base of the white San Pablo shale to be the equivalent of the upper sandstone member of the Monterey farther west and to make the base of the San Pablo the line separating the sandstone from the white ash beds. Thus we have, as the lower portion of the San Pablo, strata composed of white chalky shale followed by coarse thick-bedded sandstones and conglomerates. Overlying these are several feet of shale containing fossil leaves. These are followed by conglomerates and an extensive series of coarse- erained, conglomeratic, gray sandstones in which are numerous fine bands of conglomerate. These sandstones are very often cross-bedded. Besides these there are beds of shale, shaly sand- stones, and fossils. Above these are great thicknesses of bluish- eray sandstones. These sandstones are overlain by tuffs inter- mixed with conglomerates. At San Pablo Bay, Carneros Creek, and Pleasant’s Valley, tuffs rest upon the San Pablo and they VoL. 5] Weaver.—San Pablo Formation. Pe have all been correlated with the Pinole Tuff. Provisionally the tuff here is also considered as the equivalent of the Pinole Tuff. The average thickness of the San Pablo along this belt is about one thousand feet. South of Mt. Diablo—On the south side of Mount Diablo there is a belt of San Pablo strata comparable in extent and volume with that on the north side. It extends alone the Black Hills in a general northwest to southeast direction. When traced to the northwest it extends up through Shell Ridge and passes underneath the alluvium of San Ramon Valley. In the vicinity of Shell Ridge it lies upon the Monterey, but to the south- eastward the Monterey thins out and disappears and the San Pablo rests upon the Tejon. The Orindan beds le above it. The Tejon, San Pablo, and Orindan have all been overturned and in places the Tejon has been partly thrust over upon the San Pablo. The average dip is about 80 degrees north, but near the contact with the Tejon it decreases to 50 degrees with the Tejon uppermost. These sections were measured across the strike of the San Pablo belt at Tassajero Canon, Railroad Ranch, and Green Valley. The average thickness is about twelve hundred feet. The characteristic features of this belt are about the same as those on the north side except that the white chalky shale at the base on the north side is represented by a thick-bedded, buff- colored, shaly sandstone. This is followed by conglomeratic fossiliferous sandstone with a small amount of shale. Near the middle of the formation there is a belt of conglomerate consisting of pebbles made of quartz, chert, and voleanie rock, firmly cemented together in a bluish-gray matrix. This belt has a thickness of over one hundred and twenty feet, and is followed by about one hundred feet of coarse-grained, gray, fossiliferous sandstone containing lenses of a fine-grained conglomerate and showing a distinct cross bedding. When followed westward this band of conglomerate becomes less distinct. It passes into nu- merous alternations of coarse sandstone and conglomerate and finally into a conglomeratie sandstone. In the exposures along the road from Railroad Ranch it appears only as conglomeratic sandstone. Above this there are sandstones interbedded with shales and near the top there is a series of thin-bedded sand- 254 University of California Publications. | GEOLOGY stones, leaf-bearing shales, and conglomerates. These are well exposed in the open cuts opposite the Railroad Ranch reservoir. Above this are coarse, yellowish-gray, conglomeratic sandstones. Whether they are a part of the San Pablo or belong to the Orindan is not certain. In other words, the contact here be- tween the San Pablo and Orindan is uncertain. There is no tuff between them as there is in the section at Kirker’s Creek. The outcrops are in most cases well defined and are destitute of any great amount of soil covering. San Ramon Valley Region —tIn the hills on either side of San Ramon Valley there are outcrops of San Pablo strata. About six miles southwest of the town of Walnut Creek they appear on the two flanks of a syneline in the ridge extending south- easterly from the town of Lafayette. The Monterey, San Pablo and Orindan formations and the Pinole Tuff have all partici- pated in the folding. A section was made across the strike of the San Pablo in this area. The lne of contact between the Monterey and San Pablo could not be definitely determined upon a lithological basis. The Monterey formation in this section has almost exactly the same lthological appearance as the San Pablo. The lower portion of the Monterey sandstone contains a large number of hard cherty shale concretions which are not at all characteristic of the San Pablo. The line of contact has been drawn upon a palaeontological basis entirely and on either side of this line the sandstones of both the San Pablo and Monterey are exactly alike, and no change can be seen in passing from one to the other, except that the San Pablo strata outcrop in rough ragged edges while the Monterey weathers to a soil and gives the hills a smooth rounded outline with few bold outcrops. The upper contact with the tuff and Orindan formation is sharp and well defined. The thickness of the San Pablo in this section is about six hundred feet and it is composed almost entirely of a coarse-grained, thick-bedded, yellowish-gray sand- stone which in places is conglomeratic. A few small layers of sandy shale are present but not prominent. No tuffs nor chalky shales were seen. The dip is steep on either side toward the axis of the syneline, but varies somewhat along the line of the strike. Tarther south near the town of Danville and on the western iw) Cn Or Vou. 5 | Weaver——San Pablo Formation. side of the valley the San Pablo again outerops on the two sides of an anticlinal axis. The axis of the anticline extends along the ridge between Bolinger Canon and San Ramon Valley. The core is composed of Monterey and the axis pitches in a south- easterly direction, so that the San Pablo of the eastern flank swings around and covers the Monterey on the south side of the ridge and then passes southwesterly and outcrops in the hills on both sides of Bolinger Canon forming the western flank of the anticline. Here again the Monterey and San Pablo can not be separated on a lithological basis but only by means of fossils. The thickness of the San Pablo measured across the strike just below the town of Danville is about seven hundred feet. Near the base it is made up of heavy, thick-bedded, coarse, gray, and sometimes conglomeratic sandstones with occasional small bands of shale or conglomerate. Farther up in the series conglomer- ates become more abundant and near the uppermost part of the strata which are exposed there is an abundance of shale. The uppermost beds are covered unconformably by the alluvium of the valley. No white chalky shales were seen at the base nor tuffs at the top. On the eastern limb of the anticline the strata dip at an average angle of about 50 degrees to the southeast. In San Ramon Valley, extending southwest from the town of Walnut Creek, San Pablo strata are again well exposed. Well marked outerops occur in the creek bed at Walnut Creek and in the low hills along the east side of the ereek and Southern Pacific railway track. About two miles south of the town of Walnut Creek a detailed section Was measured across the strike of these beds. The section extends through the highest point on Sugar Loaf Mountain, then across the valley and into the hills on the west side of the railroad track. The strata dip at an angle of about 55 degrees east. These beds he upon the Monterey, but the line of contact is not certain as there are no well defined out- crops. The strata have the same general appearance but at points to the south the contact has been determined upon a pa- laeontologieal basis. No white chalky shales were seen. ‘The most prominent outerop near the base is in the Southern Pacific railway cut on the west side of the county road just before it crosses the town of Walnut Creek. Coarse, thick-bedded, gray 256 University of California Publications. | GEOLOGY sandstones are predominant. Several bands of shale are present and also several prominent belts of conglomerate but none of these exceed two feet in thickness. Fossils are abundant. On the east side of the valley along the line of this same section the strata are well exposed. For the most part they are composed of heavy, thick-bedded, gray sandstones which are very conglom- eratic in places, and beds of conglomerate and shale. Near the top one belt of shale has a thickness of over fifty feet. The top- most strata are composed of a yellowish-gray, thick-bedded san«- stone. Beyond this only the Orindan is exposed, with no tuff intervening. Corral Hollow.—In the vicinity of Corral Hollow the San Pablo has a thickness of about twelve hundred feet and outcrops for a distance of nearly ten miles. The strata dip to the north at low angles. The strike is nearly east and west. The Monterey appears to be absent and the San Pablo lies upon the Tejon. Above, it is overlain by the Orindan. The line of contact cannot be determined with certainty as one seems to grade into the other. The strata are composed mostly of heavy, thick-bedded bluish- gray sandstones, shales, and conglomerates. The shale bands predominate at the base. In these occur fossil leaves. North of Karquinez Straits —On the north side of Karquinez Straits the San Pablo is represented in Carneros Creek Canon between the towns of Napa and Sonoma. Farther north it occurs in the hills on either side of Pleasant’s Valley extending from Vaeaville to Winters. In the hills between Napa and Sonoma the San Pablo is repre- sented by a volume of sandstone, shale and conglomerate having a total thickness of over fifteen hundred feet. It rests appar- ently unconformably upon the Tejon sandstone and dips north- westerly at an angle of 60 degrees into the hills. It lies uncon- formably beneath the Pliocene volcanics. No Monterey occurs in this region. The base is composed of thin-bedded shaly sand- stones, shale and sandstones. Higher up the formation is com- posed of thick-bedded, soft, bluish-gray sandstones, resembling in places almost a voleanic ash. One or two narrow seams of shale are present. In the Pleasant’s Valley section the San Pablo lies directly VoL. 5] Weaver.—San Pablo Formation. Zot but uneonformably upon the Shasta-Chico series. The Shasta- Chico strata make up the greater part of the Blue Ridge and dip at an angle of about 45 degrees to the northeast. The San Pablo lies upon this and dips in the same general direction, but at an average angle of 20 degrees. Near the base the San Pablo is made up of thick-bedded, buff-colored sandstones. Higher up in the series on the east side of Pleasant’s Valley a few shaly bands are present, but the sandstone has a distinct gray color and is often thin-bedded. They are overlain uneonformably by the Pinole Tuff, in other places by andesite and in still other places by the Orindan formation. Neither the Eocene nor Monterey is present. The total thickness is over two thousand feet. The white chalky shale member which occurs at the base in the Mt. Diablo region is not present at Carneros Creek nor Pleasant’s Valley. Original Extent of Deposits—The geographical conditions existing in middle California during San Pablo time appear to have been somewhat peculiar. That there was an interval of time between the ciose of the Monterey and the beginning of the San Pablo appears evident from the fact of the unconformity existing between them in the San Pablo Bay region. Farther east sedimentation appears to have been continuous and in places there were local deposits of voleanie ash. From the cross- bedded and conglomeratie character of the sandstones and the thick seams of conglomerate, it appears that the greater part. of the San Pablo strata indicate shallow water conditions. No outerops occur south of Pinole or west of Lafayette and it would seem that in that region during San Pablo time there was a land surface. There appears to have been some voleanic activ- ity during the time of deposition. This became especially evi- dent to the north after the close of the San Pablo. It is prob- able that the chief voleanie activity during San Pablo time was to the east, perhaps even as far as the Sierra Nevada. The andesite pebbles which make up the conglomerates in Tassajero Canon are similar to andesites from that region and none are known as flows in the San Pablo of the Coast Ranges of middle California. 258 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY CORRELATION. The San Pablo formation is characterized faunally by the presence of seventy-three species and fifty-three genera, a large number of which are peculiar to the San Pablo alone while others range back into the Miocene or Monterey and many more have survived to the present time and may be found in the living fauna alone the Pacific Coast of North America. ) NM =< See SSeS Oe OAD ea eee Pao lek RR 8 acd = f=] s. a igh = is) = 5 B ia Ep = 3 = 4 = @| 2 | ® 5 wy | 8 & | 3) 4 F aaa S| & | m Bae || eae |r deo eerie Seb elena (eu isd tg 8 : B 5 B B |e |e | Fe : 3 wo! tg = s © & ® a ~ = Ry zy Ry Es 4 5 © 5 eq a 2 2 & 8 an i Ss — ® “4 B ° S ) 263 Weaver—wNSan Pablo Formation. Vou. 5] 4 a a VI ta ia ta x tal wn ‘ds ‘nanyd.uz qqey aadooo ppjoX qqey wayp)s sadvy pRlloy vaununjs sadvy ‘ds ‘gsnwaoypozuay . ‘ds ‘sadiiag Taymadang snaavsou wajoy peRlmog vomLofyna vyapunyy plnoy v)na)nf vijapuniy plrnoy syrnwb snumopievy sedvysoq snqupnbs snuwopiany puowmay 2qqnb wnipwmo0pnasq ‘ds tu ‘puurg pemoyg snynpod snpnounjoag pexqwoy sasuaojqvd wajoaq pedo yy vuUuIshing VLUVSAVTY ByALY Aolayuoyy teddy youry poy [ex Yoolg Sorawrey atau SSUg S.AOYATY ayjokvyury Footy muype AA Avg o[qvd uvg o[qed weg teddy Oded WS OTPPTIT orqed URg 1eMory SULAYT | GEOLOGY y of California Publications. ‘sit Univer 264 vulIsling | VLUABSIV]Y VYURG | Aaloyuopy todd | youry proy Tey Yoo SOLIUTVE | or TAuR | ayjosusury | “IBA “WU ‘QQBX VSO])09 YONDAT pRtuoy wnjnuobua sv.av0u0py QV wpuowmas DULLOPVT [eyUN seevunyd vurwojvT P[Noy wsrna? vYDUNT ‘ds ‘snsng ‘ds ‘¢ vapwypwag Iaquedivg suapuajyds pwojpsoy)vg9 ‘ds ‘u ‘nwojsow)v9 plreg snzpjngn? snwoposhayg ‘ds :u ‘apnpidaug JLopuopplyy sepunab vynprdaag AqdIoMOg vounpv vynprdasg peauog vpdnwavad vynpidai.g qqey wniadsp wnyeg VdO0dOUaLS V4) YoaatQ NUTV AA Avg orqug uvg o[qed uvg reddy Oded URS eTPPIW | o[qeq uBg T9MOrT | SUIAUT LO N Weaver—San Pablo Formation. Vou. 5 | x x qqey wnsowapuod UuoydouT x x x x x x (UV) DIVULOUL DLLYIONT, x | x RK x x x ‘ds u ‘Mp1yoo4y x 36 x | x me x x Ne a6 qqVy vsopyl DLYIOLT | x | x x ‘ds ‘aupppag x xe SpulpT vawofyna vyjaupay x ae XE x x LopUIdIVY sisUuaUuohaso aud x xe | x Ke x x zyme yy) DEVdsiMoa DINdINT | Ke | ae x x x xe x sopPpud PID NaYDUDI Dinding x ae x SOUUMILOUI[VA VlOdIwps DAnding x xe x x Loyuadiey ppry VAqaUwg x xe oS xe x x x Loquadavy 797,909 Y)/9AN0 x x qqey vainaat vaunzda ry x x x x x x Se P[Woy Mapua DSSVAT oe x es x spury, sinBuridaad pssvnr S oS x x x x x >< Px x V9 q YUMZNIIAL DIVAN 2 NM a Q nh N ka Spee Ole gh ee le eee eee ae Co ee ae la Zh led 3 = 3 B ee Pg = ad 3 = a ae = 7 ‘ ® 4 B ® is} ) 3 ® ie 2 4 Ps} @® a. i) oc] 5 La] 8 = a i=] si s mR = R oO =| Py oO 5 ae B a = 2 R > a Be ps s a a we = 5 a oo Q os 2 2 = me 5B Q v @ EB 5 5 3 + a A = $ B iar] ae] a) ah 8 g © a an & 2 2 2 + oO 5 Kr = ao = = i fr iS) > ) 266 University of California Publications. | GEOLOGY The San Pablo beds in middle California appear to be repre- sented by beds of equivalent age in other parts of the Coast Ranges. To the south of San Francisco Bay several formations have been described which resemble very closely both in their physical characteristics and in the fauna contained in them, the San Pablo beds in the bay region. In the Mount Diablo Range, Anderson has named and deseribed the Etchegoin beds which extend over a large area and possess an immense thickness. They too le unconformably upon all the underlying formations. Im- mediately below the Etchegoin beds are the Coalinga beds which he considers to be older than the San Pablo and younger than the Monterey. If so, the Coalinga beds represent a period of sedimentation between the close of Monterey time and the be- einning of the San Pablo. No such beds appear in middle Cali- fornia, but a time interval is indicated by the unconformity be- tween the Monterey and San Pablo in the San Pablo Bay region. The lower portion of the Etchegoin beds or rather the Etchegoin sands he considers as the equivalent of the San Pablo beds at San Pablo Bay. This portion is composed of unconsolidated sands or gravels in which a characteristic blue or gray color predominates. The sands have in general a coarse pebbly texture often forming beds of conglomerate and in many eases having the appearance of voleanic ash. The following are some of the more important characteristic San Pablo fossils which occur in the Etehegoin formation : Pseudocardium gabbi. Macoma nasuta. Neverita recluziana. Trophon ponderosum. Nassa californica. Tapes staleyi. Astrodapsis tumidus. Macoma secta. A comparison of the Etchegoin fauna shows many of the species to be similar to those of the San Pablo and it thus seems best to correlate them as being equivalent in age. In the Salinas Valley there is a formation known as the Santa Margarita composed of sandstones, shales, and conglomerate. Sandstones appear to predominate. This entire series was con- sidered by Dr. Fairbanks to represent the San Pablo. An abundant fauna has been listed from here, and among the more characteristic forms which occur also in the San Pablo are VoL. 5] Weaver—NSan Pablo Formation. 267 Astrodapsis tumidus, Ostrea titan, Pecten crassicardo, Pseudo- cardium gabbi, and Trochita filosa. The fauna seems to be suffi- ciently characteristic to warrant its being correlated with the San Pablo beds but whether all of it should represent the San Pablo or only a part, is not certain. In San Mateo County in the vicinity of Purisima Creek beds known as the Purisima formation are composed largely of con- elomerates, fine sandstones, and sandy shales and have a thick- ness of about eight hundred feet. A very large number of fossils have been collected. Many of these are common in the San Pablo, among which are Macoma nasuta, Modiola recta, Tapes staleyi, Yoldia cooperi, Chrysodomus tabulatus, Nassa californica, and Neverita recluziana. Arnold considers the Purisima as Pliocene and_ possibly a little younger than the San Pablo. A large number of species present in the Puri- sima occur in the Mereed. Arnold estimates that about 30 per cent. of the fauna is extinct. At the present time it is impos- sible to say whether the two formations are equivalent or not. The relations of the San Pablo to the Monterey Miocene are clearly brought out in the San Pablo Bay section from detailed areal mapping. The Monterey lies unconformably beneath the San Pablo and gives evidence of a period of deformation and erosion between the close of Monterey deposition and the begin- ning of the San Pablo. In the other sections in middle California no such relations between the San Pablo and Monterey can be made out. It is only upon a palaeontological basis that they can be distinguished. In the Salinas Valley and other localities in the southern part of the state the unconformable relations are exceptionally well marked. The upper Monterey Miocene faunal zone is very closely allied to the San Pablo, and where the two he in contact it becomes very difficult to draw the line of separation. There are several characteristic fossils from the upper Monterey zone, among which are Trochita costellata, Scutella breweriana and Mulinea densata. The latter is also very abundant in the San Pablo. Out of the total San Pablo fauna twenty-one species occur in the Monterey, or 28.7 per cent. The next formation situated geologically above the San Pablo in middle California is the Merced. At no locality are the two 268 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY known to lie in contact, but when the faunas of the two are com- pared that of the Merced is found to be younger. That is, there are less forms common to the Monterey and a larger per cent. are living to-day on the coast than is the case with the San Pablo. Out of the total number of species in the latter twenty are common to the Merced. So far in correlating the San Pablo it has been referred to the Pacifie Coast localities. Here many species are identical but when a comparison is made with the Tertiary faunas of the Atlantie states and Europe, correlation has necessarily to be based upon the maxima of genera. The areas selected for correlation were the Maryland and Virginia districts and Florida; and in Europe the district of Touraine, in France; the Vienna Basin and the Pliocene of England and Italy. In correlating with the faunas of the Maryland and the Virginia Miocene, no distinction was made between the upper and the lower divisions. The entire Miocene fauna was consid- ered. Nineteen genera were found in common but no species. No marine Pliocene forms were available for comparison, so correlation is made with the Caloosahatchie formation or the Pliocene of Florida. Twenty-nine genera were found to be common to the San Pablo and no species. Very little satisfac- tion is gained from the correlation with the European Plhocene. In the Vienna Basin only five genera were found common, in the Miocene from the district of Touraine, France, only three genera are common, and in the Pliocene of Italy only two. In the Plio- ceene of England twelve are common. The evidence obtained here is inconclusive. The following table shows the relation of the San Pablo to the Miocene and Phocene, and to the recent fauna on the Pacific Coast of North America : Number of San Pablo species -.............22..2222-.--+- 73 Mer esW1G 10 GC yal Sees nese eee cee 21 = 28.7% Nim thes Merced Beer cs eteeces. eese eereee corer eeree ere = Ao Living 41—= 56% According to the classification of Lyell used in dividing the Tertiary on the percentage of living species it would be impos- sible to assign the San Pablo to the Miocene. The large number Vou. 5] Weaver—NSan Pablo Formation. 269 of living forms makes it Pliocene. The fact that @ time interval is represented between the Monterey and San Pablo gives also additional weight to the argument. Considering the sum total of evidence it seems best to regard the San Pablo formation as being of lower Pliocene age. SUMMARY. The San Pablo formation as represented in middle California is composed of coarse, thick-bedded sandstones, shales, and con- elomerates, with a large admixture of voleanie tuff and ash. Ii varies in its physical characteristics at different localities and ‘anges in thickness up to over three thousand feet. Its charac- teristic color is a bluish-gray which upon weathering changes to a buff color. At San Pablo Bay it hes uneonformably upon the Monterey, but at the other localities in this part of the state no break between them ean be seen. The total number of marine species contained in the formation is seventy-three, and many of these are characteristic forms. Twenty-one, or 28.7 per cent. of them range down into the Monterey and 56 per cent. are still living in the waters of the Pacific Coast today. From the large per cent. of living species it has seemed best to consider the San Pablo formation as Phocene, and as representing the lower por- tion of that system. Issued January 21, 1909. | A PL BLICATIONS _ fo aca eee OF F jin eo SGOLOGY | 3 5, No. 17, pp. 271-274, Pls. 21-22 ) ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor NEW ECHINOIDS FROM THE TERTIARY ae _ OF CALIFORNIA | Re ( ‘ BY. 7~) >... “CHARLES E. WEAVER x ™~ ? ‘ , BERKELEY . THE UNIVERSITY PRESS December, 1908 ( # Lor AN \ A » ” Fy ¢ Le A N PReopo t The BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY of the Unive sity of irregular intervals in the form of separate papers or memoirs, cach embodying th search by some competent investigator in geological science. These are made up from 400 to 500 pages. The price, per volume is $3.50, including postage, The papers ¢ the volumes will be sent to subscribers in separate covers as soon as issued. The separate may be purchased at the following prices from the UNIVERSITY PRESS, to which remittance be addressed : — ; . The Hruptive Rocks of Point Bonita, by F. Leslie Ransome . On a Rock, from the Vicinity of Berkeley, containing a New Soda’ Amphibole, ‘by . The Geomorphogeny ‘of the Coast of Tor hem California,’ by Andrew C. Lawson : . 380¢ % . On Analecite Diabase from San Louis Obispo County, California, by Harold W. Fairbanks 25¢ VOLUME 1. The Geology of Carmelo Bay, by Andrew C. Lawson, with chemical analyses and coop eration in the field, by Juan dela C. Posada . 5 ¢ ‘ The Soda-Rhyolite North of Berkeley, by Charles Palache 7 ; ; 5 Pe Fy The Post-Pliocene Doe of the Coast of Southern California, by Anarene Ge Lawson . ° . The Lherzolite- -Serpentine ‘and "Associated Rocks of the Potrero, San Francisco, by Charles Palache Charles Palache The Geology of Angel Island, by F. Leslie Ransome, with a Note on the Radiolarian Chert from Angel Island ‘and from Buri-buri Ridge, San Mateo County, Calton by George Jennings Hinde . : 10. On Lawsonite, a New Rock-forming Mineral from the Tiburon Peninsula, Marin Comesing EG California, by F. Leslie Ransome . a Soda 1l0ct as 11. Critical Periods in the History of the Earth, by Joseph LeConte ° 20¢- 7 = 12. On Malignite, a Family of Basic, Plutonic, Orthoclase Rocks, Rich in " Alkalies and “A Lime, Intrusive in the Coutchiching Schists of Poohbah Lake, by Andrew C. Lawson . 20¢ 13. Sigmogomphius LeContei, a New Castoroid Rodent, from the Pliocene, near Berkeley, art by John C. Merriam : “1QcSAree 14. The Great Valley of California, a a Criticism of the “Theory: of ‘sostasy, by E F. Leslie a> Ransome. -. fi 45q@ VOLUME 2. ~ Ss the 1. The Geology of Point Sal, by Harold W. Fairbanks . c ois a OSC ee 2. On Some Pliocene Ostracoda from near Berkeley, ie Frederick Chapman 5 10 3. Note on Two Tertiary Faunas from the Rocks of the Southern Coast of Vancouver Island, by J. C. Merriam . Weve 4. The Distribution of the Neocene Sea-urchins of Middle ‘California, and Its Bearing on ; the Classification of the Neocene Formations, by John C. Merriam . : 5 >. LhOgie 5. The Geology of Point Reyes Peninsula, by F. M. Anderson. 25¢ ; 6. Some Aspects of Erosion in Relation to the Theory of the Peneplain, by Ww. 8. Tangier 5 Smith . 20¢ 3 7. A Topographic Study of the Islands of ‘Southern California, by W. S. "Tangier Smith 40e x 8. The Geology of the Central Portion of the Isthmus of Panama, by Oscar H. Hershey ‘| 30¢ 9. A Contribution to the Geology of the John Day Basin, by John C. Merriam . . . 35¢ 10. Mineralogical Notes, by Arthur 8. Hakle . : ° +) teas LOC 11. Contributions to the Mineralogy of California, by Walter C. Blasdale .- ToC 12. The Berkeley Hills. A Detail of Coast Range ppc ey by. Andrew C. Lawson ana tig Charles Palache .. . . 0 80e re VOLUME 3. fan 1. The Quaternary of Southern California, by Oscar H. Hershey . . 5 oe. er 2. Colemanite from Southern California, by Arthur 8S. Hakle . % 1d¢ 5" > 3. The Eparchaean Interval. A Criticism of the use of the term Algonkian, by Andrew Pa. C. Lawson . + OC ees 4. Triassic Ichthyopteryg ia from ‘California and Nevada, by John C. Merriam teas 50e 8 5. A Contribution to the Petrography of the John Day Basin, by Frank ©. Calkins Nee 6. The Igneous Rocks near Pajaro, by John A. Reid . 7. Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Co., California, by Waldemar T. Schaller. 8. Plumasite, an Oligoclase-Corundum Rock, near Spanish Peak, California, by Andrew C. Lawson. 3 “ 5 a Ue ae ee 10 eee ess - 3 3 . 9. Palacheite, by Arthur §. Eakle 0 ROT ie eae : 10. Two New ‘Species of Fossil Turtles from Oregon, by. O. P. Hay 0 In one cover. 11. A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by W. J. Sinclair | . New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Triassic of California, by John C. Merriam . . . Spodumene from San Diego County, California, by Waldemar T. Schaller . . The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great Valley of California, by John ©. . The Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by Andrew C. Lawson. = ae . A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene in California, by John C. Merriam. . The Orbicular Gabbro at Dehesa, San Diego County, California, by. Andrew C. Lawson . A New Cestraciont Spine from the Lower Triassic of Idaho, by Herbert M. Evans . I . A Fossil Egg from Arizona, by Wm. Conger Morgan and Marion Clover Tallmon . . . Euceratherium, a New Ungulate from the Queteraee Caves of California, by William © . A New Marine Reptile from the Triassic of Galt a) “by John C. Merriam . The River Terraces of the Orleans Basin, California, by Oscar H. Hershey Merriam. . 5 ia J. Sinclair and EH. L. Furlong UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 5, No. 17, pp. 271-274, Pls. 21-22 ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor NEW ECHINOIDS FROM THE TERTIARY OF CALIFORNIA. BY CHARLES KE. WEAVER. CONTENTS. PAGE EVAN Gre HM EAM NAY a ee PE Penne 271 Clypeaster bowersi, n. Sp. ........----.---------- a oe cea ene Se cccuyevegate Rovvecas+ecceeeso22e¥ers 271 SS GUNG IIL TD Ie TG ITT Tom oe S |) eae see eee ee eee Toatrantebuaieel ((G2)) Coe bstLowisalctstps Tay 4S) 05 ee ees eee ee eee ene 21/3) ASK oUahIZASNS aC ey eC AY ASMrEeH CG ear a5 0) eee eo SR ev ene 274 INTRODUCTION. The new echinoid forms here deseribed and figured have been examined in the course of a series of studies of the Ter- tiary of California carried on by the author for several years. The greater part of the included material was obtained and the preliminary studies made by Professor Merriam. For the ex- cellent material represented by these new species the author is much indebted to the late Dr. Stephen Bowers, to Professor James Perrin Smith, and to Mr. Walter Stalder. CLYPEASTER BOWERSI, n. sp. Pl. 21, fig. 1; and pl. 22, fig. 1. g. The test of this form is very large and thick. The largest specimens measured 119 mm. in diameter. The outline seen from above is circular to elliptical. The margins are swollen and the sumnut very shghtly elevated. On the posterior margin is a 242 University of California Publications. [| GEoLocy faint re-entrant angle opposite the anal opening. The petals are broad and nearly closed at the extremity. The median inter- poriferous zones are broad, while the outer rows of pores con- veree at the ends so as almost to enclose them. The tubereula- tion is uniform on both the upper and lower surfaces and the tubereules are of nearly the same size over the whole test. The actinal surface is strongly coneave and the actinostome deeply sunken. The ambulaeral furrows are very deep and ex- tend from the actinostome to the margin. Clypeaster bowersi differs considerably from the other mem- bers of this genus on the Pacifie coast. It is not far removed from C. breunige: Laube, which oceurs in the Eocene in the Lybian Desert of Africa. C. bowersi is nearly twice as large as C. breuniget and is ellipsoidal in outline with thick margins, while the latter is pentagonal and has thin margins. The upper surface of the former is only shehtly arched, while the apical system of the latter is conical and then gradually slopes to the margin. They differ also in the character of the petals and in the position of the anal pore. In C. bowersi the petals are broad and the poriferous zones He nearly parallel. The anus is situ- ated on the actinal surface at a distance from the margin abaut equal to its diameter. Clypeaster bowersi shows a close relationship to E'chinanthus rosaceus Gray. It differs in that it is much flatter, the superior surface of EF. rosaceus being more strongly convex. The actino- stome of the former is sunken in a cavity which narrows grad- ually and is of much greater extent than in EF. rosaceus. In E. rosaceus the ambulacral areas are more or less swollen and rise above the general level of the test, while in C. bowersi they are nearly at the same level as the interambulacral areas. The posterior ambulaeral petals are the longest and the odd ambu- lacral petal is the shortest in EF. vosaceus. In C. bowersi the odd ambulaeral petal is the longest and the remaining four are of equal size. Dimensions: Maximum width 100 mm.; maximum leneth 119 mm.; maximum thickness 37 mm. Occurrence: Colorado Desert. Associated with a fauna pre. sumed to be of Miocene age. Vou. 5| Weaver.—New Echinoids. 2718 SCUTELLA PERRINI, n. sp. Pl. 22, fig. 2. The outline of the test from above is circular to elliptical. The upper surface is very shehtly arched and the margin of the test is moderately thin. The apical system is excentrie and small. The ambulacral petals are rather broad, sometimes very slightly elevated, open at the ends, and extending to within a short dis- tanee of the margin. The poriferous zone is about two-thirds as broad as the enclosed ambulacral space. The anal pore is marginal, The lower surface of the test is shehtly concave. Faint undivided ambulaeral grooves pass from the mouth to the mar- ein. The tubercles are of the same size on the upper and lower surfaces. Scutella perrini differs from Scutella breweriana in that the petals are of uneven leneth and the apical system excentric, while in S. breweriana the apical system is central. The test of S. perrini also reaches greater size than is known in S. brew- erland. Dimensions: Maximum width 40 mm.; maximum leneth 45 mm.; maximum thickness 6 mm. Occurrence: In beds presumably of Miocene age near Coal- inga, California. Other specimens closely resembling this form have been found at San Gregorio, California, in the Purisima formation. LINTHIA(?) CALIFORNICA, n. sp. Pl. 21, fig. 2. The outline of the test from above is elliptical. The anterior eroove is deep. The apical system is small and situated slightly anterior to the center. The central portion of the lateral imter- ambulacral plates forms a series of irregular ridges extendine from the apical system to the margin. The posterior interam- bulacral area is elevated. The three anterior ambulacra are nearly equal in size and larger than the posterior areas as far as known. The poriferous zones of the ambulacra are narrow, but the pores are large. The specimen is a poorly preserved east 274 University of California Publications. [| GEOLOGY and further data are lacking. This species has been referred to Linthia vather than to Schizaster on account of the more central position of the apical system. Dimensions: Maximum width 14 mm.; maximum leneth 19 min.; maximum thickness 7 mm. Occurrence: In Contra Costa County, California, about one nile west of Bear Valley in the lowest member of the Monterey series. SCHIZASTER(?) STALDERI, n. sp. Pl. 21, fig. 3. Test distinetly cordate in form, with all of the petals deeply sunken. The depression of the anterior petal deeply notches the anterior margin. The petals of the bivium are very short. The mouth-opening is situated very far forward. The anal opening is not shown. As all of the known specimens are easts, the nature of the plates of the test is only imperfectly shown. Dimensions: Maximum leneth 30.5 mm.; maximum width 28 mim. Occurrence: This species is represented by a small series of specimens obtained by Mr. Walter Stalder in Humboldt County, California, in beds presumed to represent the Wild Cat series of Lawson. Issued December 28, 1908. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 21. All figures natural size. Fig. 1. Clypeaster bowersi, n. sp. Superior side. Fig. 2. Lynthia(?) californica, n. sp. Fig. 3. Schizaster(?) stalderi, nu. sp. BULL. DEPT. GEOL, UNIV. CAL. VOW ont enZl EXPLANATION OF PLATE 22. All figures natural size. hy Fig. 1. Clypeaster bowersi, n. sp. Inferior side. — Fig. 2. Scutella perrini, n. sp. BUS OF GEOL UINIVsGA IE Vi© erat 22 ULLETIN or THE DEPP ATMEN: OF GEOLOGY ote * ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor : Ss NOTES ON ECHINOIDS FROM THE. x TERTIARY OF CALIFORNIA oe a i ; “y F Le | - ee WACK So ee BERKELEY THE UNIVERSITY PRESS July, 19099 The BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY of the Univelslin® of fie is iss irregular intervals in the form of separate papers or memoirs, each embodying the results of search by some competent investigator in geological science, These are made up into volume : from 400 to 500 pages. The price per volume is $3.50, including postage. The papers composing the volumes will be sent to subscribers in separate covers as soon as issued. The separate numbers may — be purchased at the following prices from the UNivERsITY PREss, to which remittances should be_ 4, ei Frere ake 4 Sd x ee ae f we 24 ‘4 vee : > eae “Se 4 ~# es . addressed : no VOLUME 1. i PRICH 1. The Geology of Carmelo Bay, by Andrew C. Lawson, with chemical analyees and codp- ai eration in the field, by Juan dela C. Posada. or Tae ae 3 gees 2. The Soda-Rhyolite North of Berkeley, by Charles Palache : 5 ; : ‘ - aoe " 3. The Eruptive Rocks of Point Bonita, by F. Leslie Ransome - - 400 4 4. The Post-Pliocene Ro gee of the Coast of Southern California, by Andrew C. Lawson. . 40¢ _5. The Lherzolite- -Serpentine ‘and Associated Rocks of the Potrero, San Francisco, by _ Charles Palache j Inone ~~ 6. On a Rock, from the Vicinity of Berkeley, containing a New Soda. Amphibole, ‘by ) cover. Charles Palache. 30¢ 7. The Geology of Angel Island, by F. Leslie Ransome, with a Note on “the Radiolarian te Chert from Angel Island ‘and from Buri-buri Ridge, San Mateo County, Chae by George Jennings Hinde . 45¢ 8. The Geomorphogeny of the Coast of Northern. California, by Andrew C. Lawson . . 30¢ 9. On Analcite Diabase from San Louis Obispo County, California, by Harold W. Fairbanks 254 P 10. On Lawsonite, a New Rock-forming Mineral from the Tiburon Peninsula, Marin pia o California, by F. Leslie Ransome . O ; c : 10¢:.< 11. Critical Periods in the History of the Earth, by Joseph LeConte Y 20¢ ‘ 12. On Malignite, a Family of Basic, Plutonic, Orthoclase Rocks, Rich in Alkalies and a Lime, Intrusive in the Coutchiching Schists of Poohbah Lake, by Andrew C. Lawson ; 20c 13. Sigmogomphius LeContei, a New Castoroid eae from the Pliocene, near Berkeley, by John C. Merriam. LOU ee 14, The Great Valley of California, a a Criticism of the “Theory of ‘sostasy, by E F. Leslie ; Ransome. . 45¢ VOLUME 2. 1. The Geology of Point Sal, by Harold W. Fairbanks . a Sear 2. On Some Pliocene Ostracoda from near Berkeley, by Frederick Chapman 5 10¢ 3. Note on Two Tertiary Faunas from the Rocks of the Southern Coast of Vancouver ei. Island, by J. C. Merriam . 10¢ 4. The Distribution of the Neocene Sea- urehins of Middle "California, and Its Bearing on the Classification of the Neocene Formations, by John C. Merriam . : - 10c 5. The Geology of Point Reyes Peninsula, by FP. M. Anderson’ . 25¢ 6. Some Aspects of Erosion in Relation to the Theory of the Peneplain, by W. 8. Tangier 3 Smith . 20¢ 7. A Topographic Study of the Islands of ‘Southern California, by W. S. Tangier Smith 40¢ 8. The Geology of the Central Portion of the Isthmus of Panama, by Oscar H. oy BOC (ae 9. A Contribution to the Geology of the John Day Basin, by John C. Merriam. . 385e 10. Mineralogical Notes, by Arthur 8. Eakle . 3 2 eS” LO CRs 11. Contributions to the Mineralogy of-California, by Walter C. Blasdale : 15¢ 12. The Berkeley Hills. A Detail of Coast 5 eS eee oy, Andrew ©. Lawson and | $ Charles Palache y 4 3 . 800 aa VOLUME 3. Fr 1. The Quaternary of Southern California, by Oscar H. Hershey . ; 3 ? - 20ers 2. Colemanite from Southern California, by Arthur 8. Hakle . - doe 3. The Eparchaean Interval. A Criticism of the use of the term Algonkian, by Andrew C. Lawson . : 10¢ 4. Triassic Ichthyopterygia from California and Nevada, by John ©. Merriam. 50¢ 5. A Contribution to the Petrography of the John Day Basin, by Frank C. alee _. 7145e¢ ‘ 6. The Igneous Rocks near Pajaro, by John A. Reid . bn) 15ers 7. Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Co., California, by Waldemar T. ‘Schalitte! lca, 8. Plumasite, an Oligoclase-Corundum Rock, near Spanish Peak, California, ‘by Andrew C. “74 Lawson. BEN CORE Pe SED EME RE Bite ee pe elite” 9. Palacheite, by Arthur §. Eakle —. Bee SO 2. ee 10am od 10. Two New ‘Species of Fossil Turtles from Oregon, by O. P. Hay 5 In one cover. — 11. A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by W. J. Sinclair -10¢ — 12. New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Triassic of California, by John C. Merriam . .. 20@° 13. Spodumene from San Diego County, California, by Waldemar T. Schaller . TOC 0am 14. The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great Valley of California, by John ©. Merriam . : + Sees 15. The Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by Andrew C. Lawson. pees i 16. A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene in California, by John C. Merriam. 17. The Orbieular Gabbro at Dehesa, San Diego County, California, by Andrew C. Lawson | 18. A New Cestraciont Spine from the Lower Triassic of Idaho, by Herbert M. Evans . | . A Fossil Egg from Arizona, by Wm. Conger Morgan and Marion Clover Tallmon . . Euceratherium, a New Ungulate from the Quaternary Caves of California, by William | J. Sinclair and E. L. Furlong . A New Marine Reptile from the Triassic of California, “by. John ©. Merriam | cs . The River Terraces of the Orleans Basin, California, by Oscar H. Hershey . *¥ hae pS UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 5, No. 18, pp. 275-283, Pls. 23-24 ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor NOTES ON ECHINOIDS FROM THE TERTIARY OF CALIFORNIA BY R. W. Pack. CONTENTS. PAGE TATE CU CUO Tn geese sare secs se geeke asec SAR oRe eran ee Nan: oS dsa Peete ether eeeasssgee Sek vee sobs Se 275 Spatampus) (7) PACHECOCNSIS, We Sps eee seeece cece cece cee seeece ee eeeceee nee teeey ee 276 SKOUMEIEY aieewuPlopenaeesyt ANT AAKONGL ee ee 276 ISCUGCIMA (C2 )E OMNIS: Wee Sn san cesesecaneceeece sega crocs ce-e 2802822222 ceoynce cece sbgeeevence esses 277 SKCUIUENSLNERT, TIEN PENIS AE cE Eo cee ge 278 Scutaster andersoni, m. gen. amd SP. 2.2.2.2... cece cee ceceeceeeecececeececeeeeneeeeeeee 278 Astrodapsis LerMAaNGOensis, N. SP. -..----2.e2-c--ceecceeceeeasen cess cencee se -eceeceteceecceseeeesees 279 Astrodapsis antiselli Conrad, n. var. arnoldi 20. 279 Echinarachinus excentricus Eschscholtz —....... De Fea ce 281 Echinarachinus gibbsii Rémond ......02020000.000220 eee eee ee ee ee INTRODUCTION. The following notes were prepared in the course of an exam- ination of an extensive series of the Tertiary echinoids of Cali- fornia carried on by the writer during the past year. Much of the material was obtained by Professor John C. Merriam, and the study of it was commenced by him. For some excellent material the writer is indebted to Professor James Perrin Smith, to Dr. Ralph Arnold, and to Mr. Frank M. Anderson. It has been thought advisable to include descriptions of one or two of the known species for which the existing descriptions are meager, as well as to describe and figure the new forms. 276 University of California Publications. [ GEoLoGy SPATANGUS (?) PACHECOENSIS, n. sp. Pl. 23, figs. 4 and 5. Test usually small, average diameter 25 mm. Fragments have been found with a diameter of 48 mm. Outline sub-cireular, truneated and notched anteriorly. Test thick, upper surface strongly arched from the margin. Lower surface flat, forming a distinct angle with the upper surface at the margin. Apical system small, eccentric anteriorly. Lateral and posterior petals of almost equal leneth, reaching about three-fourths of the dis- tance to the margin; slender, and closed at the ends; poriferous zones very slightly sunken, forming two-thirds of the width of the petal. Anterior petal in a broad and fairly deep groove, and apparently reaching the margin; pores few and set wide apart in contrast to the lateral and posterior petals, where the pores are numerous and conjugate. Interambulacral plates broadly V-shaped; very slightly raised in the center to form two low interambulacral ridges. Ambulacral plates not widening rapidly beyond the ends of the petals. Dimensions: Longitudinal diameter 23 mim. Occurrence: This species has been found at but one locality northwest of Pacheco, Contra Costa County, in the Tejon. All specimens yet found are poorly preserved, being casts or impres- sions, and are badly crushed. In the lowest portion of the beds containing this species, numerous specimens of Schizaster lecontei were found. The range of this latter species is, therefore, not limited to the Martinez as was at first thought, but runs well up into the Tejon. SCUTELLA FAIRBANKSI Arnold. Pl. 28, fig. 1. Scutella fairbanksi (Merriam, M. 8.), Arnold, U. 8. G. 8. Bull. 309, pl. 29, fig. 9. Test sub-cirecular in outline, much depressed; edges markedly thin. Upper surface regularly arched from the margin, apex central. Apical system small, and central; petals extend one- half to two-thirds the distance to the margin. Lateral and pos- terior petals symmetrical, slender, almost closed at the ends, both inner and outer rows of pores converging gradually for the last VoL. 5] Pack.—Tertiary Echinoids of California. Pat half of their length. Poriferous zones broad, together forming over half the width of the petal. Anterior petal broad, wide open at the end, inner rows of pores diverging gradually to the end of the petal; poriferous zones about the same width as in the other petals, but enclosed area much broader. Aimbulacral plates enlarging and area widening rapidly from the ends of the lateral and posterior petals, less rapidly from the anterior one. Two or three pairs of pores in rapidly diverging rows are traceable from the ends of the petals. Actinal surface flat, mouth opening central and slightly sunken. Ambulaeral furrows deep, traceable to the margin. Near the margin these furrows show a slight tendency to branch, but in the specimens examined they were too poorly preserved to trace. Anal pore supramarginal, separated from the edge by a dis- tance equal to its own diameter. Tubercles somewhat larger on the actinal surface, especially near the mouth. Dimensions: Longitudinal diameter 65 mm.; height 8 mm. Occurrence: In the Vaqueros formation in Torry and Sespe canons, Ventura County. This species is closely allied to Scutella gabbi, from which it differs in attaining a greater size, in having a shehtly undulating, marginal outline, in having deeper and better marked furrows on the actinal surface, and in having the anal pore entirely on the upper surface. From Scutella interlineata it differs in having a central apical system. SCUTELLA (?) NORRISI, n. sp. Pl. 23, fig. 3. Test sub-circular in general outline, with deep, broad, marei- nal notches in the edges of the ambulacral areas. The two pos- terior notches are much deeper than are the anterior ones, and truncate the posterior interambulacral space on either side of the median line, shaping the posterior end of the test into a promi- nent process. The test when viewed from above has a leaf-like appearance. Test much depressed, edges markedly thin, abac- tinal surface very shehtly arched, apex central; actinal surface flat or gently coneave. Mouth central, shehtly sunken; ambu- lacral furrows poorly shown in the specimens examined, but evi- ho +l ee) University of California Publications. [ GEoLoGy dently branch but little, if at all. Main ambulacral grooves continue from the mouth to the margin, entering the marginal notches. Anal pore small, inframarginal. Ambulaecral star cen- tral. Petals extend about three-fourths the distance to the mar- gin and not entirely closed at the ends. Dimensions: Longitudinal diameter 55 mm. Occurrence: This species has been found in the Vaqueros formation, five miles northwest of the Stone Canon coal mine, Monterey County; and at San Juan River, near La Panza, San Luis Obispo County. SCUTASTER, new genus. Test circular, depressed, ambulacral star small. Lunules in the prolongation of the petals of the trivium; and either lacking in the bivium and posterior interambulacral space, or not placed in the same relative positions as on the anterior portion of the test. SCUTASTER ANDERSONI, n. gen. and sp. Pl. 23, fig. 2. Test sub-eircular in outline, edges markedly thin. Upper surface regularly arched from the margin; apex anterior to the center. Apical system small and apparently central. Ambu- lacral star small; petals extending shehtly less than half way to the margin of the test, closed at the ends. Lateral petals broader than the posterior ones, but of almost the same length. Porif- erous zones broad, and continuing full width almost to the ends of the petals. In the posterior petals the interporiferous area forms about one-third the width of the petal. Poriferous zones of the lateral petals equal in width to those of the posterior petals, but enclosed area broader. In the extension of the three anterior petals are broad lunules, over half as long as the petals; shallow erooves extend from the lunules to the margin. Anterior lunule slightly farther from the apical system than are the lateral ones. From the ends of the posterior petals the plates enlarge, and the area broadens rapidly. No lunules were seen here, nor in the posterior interambulacral space. They may be represented by marginal notches, as the posterior edge of the specimen is lacking. Dimensions: Transverse diameter 44 mm.; height 8 mm. Vou. 5] Pack.—Tertiary Echinoids of California. 279 Occurrence: The single known specimen of this species was found in Miocene east of Muir, Contra Costa County. This spee- imen was obtained by Mr. D. C. Birtch of the University of California on one of the field excursions in March, 1909, and was placed by him in the University collections in palaeontology. ASTRODAPSIS FERNANDOENSIS, n. sp. Pl. 24, figs. 3 and 4. Test small; sub-oval in outline, anterior end rounded, poste- rior end slightly pointed; much depressed, upper surface very slightly convex, apex central; edges rounded. Apical system central; petals extend to margin, wide open at the end, raised near the apical system but almost flush with the surface of the test near the margin. Poriferous zones very narrow, together forming about one-fourth the width of the petal. The two pos- terior petals are gently convex toward the median line through the posterior interambulaeral space. A broad, shallow depression occupies the center of the interambulacral areas; the two sec- ondary depressions so prominent in Astrodapsis antiselli are almost entirely lacking. Actinal surface gently concave, furrows poorly marked, but apparently branched as in Astrodapsis anti- selli. Anal pore sub-marginal, large, and oval in outline. The posterior end of the test is produced beyond the pore to a small point, particularly noticeable in the smaller specimens. Tubercles very large, and set in well defined pits; apparently the same on upper and lower surfaces. Dimensions: Longitudinal diameter 51 mm.; transverse di- ameter 39 mm.; maximum height 8 mm. Occurrence: Fernando formation (Lower Plocene?), Else- mere Canon, Los Angeles County. ASTRODAPSIS ANTISELLI, Conrad; n. var. ARNOLDI. Pl. 24, figs. 1 and 2. 1856. Astrodapsis antiselli Conrad Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 8, pp. 312-316. 1856. Astrodapsis antiselli Conrad Pac. R. R. Repts., vol. 7, p. 196, pl. 10, figs. 1 and 2. 1908. oO He 9 bo 13. Sigmogomphius LeContei, a New Castoroid pier from the roan near Berkeleyg pg i by John C. Merriam . 10c 14. The Great Valley of California, a a Criticism of the “Theory: of ‘Tsostasy, by E F. Leslie. ‘a Ransome. . : te VOLUME 2. a . The Geology of Point Sal, by Harold W. Fairbanks . oi genes aa 2 ee Oe ee Oe Bee ODEO tO bet fe “1D OF Dee © © 00 bo bo Doe . The Eruptive Rocks of Point Bonita, by F. Leslie Ransome . . The Rost-Pliocene eae of the Coast of Southern California, by Andrew C. . The Lherzolite- Serpentine ‘and Associated Rocks of the Potrero, San Francisco, by | . On a Rock, from the Vicinity of Berkeley, containing a New Soda Amphibole, by . The Geology of Angel Island, by F. Leslie Ransome, ‘with a Note on the Radiolarian rt . The Geomorphogeny of the Coast of Northern California, by Andrew C. Lawson bitte . On Analcite Diabase from San Louis Obispo County, California, by Harold W. Fairbanks - On Lawsonite, a New Rock-forming Mineral from the Tiburon Peninsula, Marin County, © . Critical Periods in the History of the Earth, by Joseph | LeConte . On Malignite, a Family of Basic, Plutonic, ‘Orthoclase Rocks, Rich in " Alkalies and "On Some Pliocene Ostracoda from near Berkeley, he Frederick Chapman . ‘10¢ . The Geology of Point Reyes Peninsula, by F. M. Anderson’. Se . A Topographic Study of the Islands of ‘Southern California, by W. S. Tangier Smith 40¢ Mineralogical Notes, by Arthur 8. Eakle . Snips a Gas ae 10e Contributions to the Mineralogy of California, by Walter C. Blasdale sone ke 15e . The Berkeley Hills. A Detail of Coast oes Peoloey, oy Andrew C. Lawson and) ae . Plumasite, an Oligoclase-Corundum Rock, near Spanish 1 Peak, faye ta et by Ae C. . Palacheite, by Arthur. S. Eakle . eee hon . Two New ‘Species of Fossil Turtles from Oregon, by. O. P. Hay 5 In Deal . A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by W. J. Sinclair ie : New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Triassic of California, by John C. Merriam . . Spodumene from San Diego County, California, by Waldemar T. Schaller . The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great Valley of California, by John C. . The Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by Andrew C. Lawson . A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene in California, by John GC. Merriam . The Orbicular Gabbro at Dehesa, San Diego County, California, by Andrew C. La . A New Cestraciont Spine from the Lower Triassic of Idaho, by Herbert M. Hvan . A Fossil Egg from Arizona, by Wm. Conger Morgan and Marion Clover Tallmon . Euceratherium, a New Ungulate from the Quaternary Caves of ee by; W . A New Marine Reptile from the Triassic of California, by John C. "Merriam ‘ . The River. Terraces of the Orleans Basin, California, by Oscar H. Hershey “The pa Lawson Charles Palache |~ . Charles *Palache Chert from Angel Island ‘and from Buri-buri Ridge, San Mateo County, California, by George Jennings Hinde . of aan California, by F. Leslie Ransome . 2 ee Lime, Intrusive in the Coutchiching Schists of Poohbah Lake, by Andrew C. Lawson . Note on Two Tertiary Faunas from the Rocks of the Southern Coast ‘of Vancouver : Island, by J. C. Merriam . - LOC The Distribution of the Neocene Sea-urchins of Middle "California, and Its Bearing On: sf 8 S eB §8 g4 § = Sa 22 2a 5 = mc Mie TS OS a 3 oa Sa a Tarso-metatarsus ad ae : : & & Q Wrcavenow Cohrqere: NUL (C1L)) cee a eee see 167 mm. 147 — _. 131 Distalend wo spur ibasee(2)) seers 48 52 56 53-46 Teteynttoy on (C2)) (hoy (IL) ee en ogee eee eer 28% 35% .... ech 30% Transverse diameter of head.......................- 22mm. 2: Transverse diameter through foot............... 22 22 _— Outer trochlea above middle one —............. 5 6 6 6 Inner trochlea above middle one —................ 8.5 9 8.5 Least sagittal diameter above the spur .....10.5 12 13 Least transverse diameter above the spur.. 8 8 9.5 Serutiny of this table will show some of the grosser differ- ences between the type of P. californicus and P. muticus. The ratio of the total length to that of P. muticus is as .82:1, while the ratio of smallest diameters above the spur is 1.14:1 for the sagittal plane and 1:1 for the opposite diameter. We ean thus gain some idea of the robustness of the type. The spur occupies a position relatively high up on the shank. The distance from the extremity of the middle trochlea to the base of the spur core 2 Milne-Edwards, A., ‘‘ Oiseaux fossiles de la France,’’ Paris, 1867-77. VoL. 5] Miller.—Pavo Californicus. 287 is thirty-five per cent. of the total length in the type of P. cali- fornicus as against twenty-eight per cent. in P. muticus and thirty per cent. in P. cristatus. The two fragments (165/1 and no. 11299) show absolute dimensions which correspond very close- ly to those of the type specimen in this regard, and suggest a similar ratio if the total length were obtainable. The angle formed by the intersection of the long diameter of the shank and the axis of the spur is a constant quantity in four specimens of P. californicus at hand. This angle on the proximal side of the spur is less than a right angle and decidedly more acute than in P. muticus. The spur core in P. californicus is markedly less robust than in P. muticus. The actual leneth in the type is only shehtly less than in that species, yet it is only about three-fourths as broad. In the fragmentary specimens the tip of the spur is wanting, but the angle included between the upper and lower margins indicates similarity to the type. In fact, the four speci- mens bearing the spur show a surprising degree of uniformity throughout in the development and position of this somewhat superficial structure. The distal end of the shank shows a distinctive character in the place relation of the three trochleae.- The degree of eleva- tion of the lateral toes above the plane of the middle toe is rela- tively greater in P. californicus than in P. muticus. The eleva- tion in proportion to the total length of the shank is forty per cent. against twenty-nine per cent. for the outer toe, and fifty- four per cent. against forty-three per cent. for the inner. The distal fragment (no. 11299) shows absolute measurements uni- form with the type. The plantar ridge extending from the hypotarsal prominence to the base of the spur core is a character readily distinguishing Pavo from Gallus and Phasianus. In the type of P. californicus this ridge is perforated at its proximal end by a large opening through which the adductor tendon to the outer toe doubtless passed. In Milne-Edwards’ figure of P. muticus, this opening has a length of 20mm. The character of this ridge suggests the probability of its being exceedingly variable, and that the extent of ossification is dependent on age. The three specimens 288 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY at hand show this variability, and if the extent of ossification be indicative of age, the type specimen must represent an indi- vidual of complete maturity. This opening in the type of P. californicus measures only 8mm. At a distance of 8mm. from the lower margin of the opening there appears a minute per- foration of the ridge, which probably marks the point to which the opening extended in the earher adult hfe of the individual. In the two fragments showing the distal end of the shank, the dimensions of this opening are 18mm. and 10mm. _ Proximal fragment no. 11297, though sufficiently long, shows no trace of the spur core, and may reasonably be considered as from a female individual. The dimensions obtained show size equal to that of the type. Unfortunately, the free edge of the plantar ridge is broken away, but sufficient remains to indicate a development quite equal to that of the male, and an opening 18 mm. in length. We may conclude that the sexual differences in the tarsus of P., californicus are limited to the presence or absence of the spur core. It is also probable that the type is from an adult male and represents the species by a very constant group of characters. Unfortunately, the only available material of P. cristatus was a live bird. Very eareful measurements of the metatarsal segment in an adult male showed the dimensions in the table above. These are sufficiently different from those of P. califor- nicus to demonstrate the distinctness of the two species. Students of ornithology have in general laid minor stress on palaeontological evidence in the determination of centers of distribution. This fact is due in large measure to the searcity of fossil material representing existing groups. The encounter- ing of the California peacock so far out of the previously known range of the genus Pavo becomes, then, a matter of interest in this connection. The present range of the subfamily in which the peacock is placed is exceedingly limited compared with its former distribution. Phasianine forms are now limited to the Indian Region; but fossil forms are recorded from the Miocene, Phocene, and Quaternary of Europe, and from the Siwalik beds of India. The occurrence in Europe seems to be in decreasing numbers. Our record is exceedingly imperfect, but with the VoL. 5 J Miller.—Pavo Californicus. 289 addition of an American form it seems sufficient to indicate that the present range is the focus of a contraction of the distribution area. Whether or not the original center of distribution is within the limits of the existing range is not at present to be determined. It is impossible, also, to say what influences have so reduced the range of the group when its close relatives, the quails, are of such general distribution. The habits of the two existing Pavos in their native haunts are those of jungle-dwelling fowl. The unusual development and coloring of the plumage render the good hiding places of a timbered country an effective factor in preserving the species. We know nothing of the superficial characters of the fossil species except by inference from the tendency of existing Phasianines to unusual development of the feathers, both as to form and color. The question naturally arises whether P. californicus, and such relatives as may have existed with him in the Los Angeles region, suffered extine- tion because of inability to cope with the more or less treeless condition that prevailed, or came to prevail, in that region. Certainly cursorial power unimpeded by purely ornamental structures would be needed to meet present conditions in that locality. The Road Runner (Geococcyx californicus), a ground dweller of such tail development as to earn the popular name of ‘‘California Peacock’’, shows development of the rictrices only, and unquestionably these are of use in guiding the swift movements of the bird in its efforts to escape its enemies, or in pursuit of its active prey. Fleetness of foot and absence of ornate coloring also characterize the coyote, the chief mammalian enemy that such a bird would have had in this open country. Possibly we may look upon physiographic conditions as the prime factors that have cost our fauna this interesting group of birds. Issued August 14, 1909. Novre.—Since the above description went to press, several additional per- fect specimens of the tarso-metatarsus of P. californicus have been obtained at the type locality. These specimens agree exactly in specific characters with the type specimen. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 25. Pavo californicus, n. sp. All figures approximately natural size. Fig. 1—Tarso-metatarsus, anterior face. Fig. 2.—Tarso-metatarsus, inner face. Fig. 3.—Tarso-metatarsus, distal trochleae. Fig. 4.—Tarso-metatarsus, proximal articular surface. 29 BULL. DEPT. GEOL. UNIV. CAL, VOE@o mre ‘se Ss aid \- fen PUBLICA DEPARTMENT OF cea | GEOLOGY | 04, Pl. 26 — ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor Re fw of ae ; # _ THE SKULL AND DENTITION _ AN EXTINCT CAT ee : CLOSELY ALLIED 'T0 : FELIS .ATROX LEIDY ; 4 é - Ss. E a ‘ ; ne ’ By : Bie Pi - JOHN C. MERRIAM et f _ BERKELEY THE UNIVERSITY PRESS y August, 1909 Tess, ai” 4s & : é or Re Soe ae Se ee Nes! pa 4 ’ ease eee eee 2. Colemanite from Southern California, by Arthur S. Hakle . 15¢ 3. The Eparchaean Interval. A Criticism of the use of the term Algonkian, by Andrew C. Lawson e : Fear (ITI 4. Triassic Ichthyopterygia from California and Nevada, by John C. Merriam eens 50c _ 5. A Contribution to the Petrography of the John Day Basin, by Frank C. Calkins . 45¢ 6. The Igneous Rocks near Pajaro, by John A. Reid. . . dbe 7. Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Co., California, by Waldemar T. Schaller 15¢ 8. Plumasite, an Oligoclase-Corundum Rock, near Spanish Peak, California, by Andrew C. Lawson . wa sel 2 oe TER re SI > cg ae ea 9. Palacheite, by Arthur 8. Eakle . ali ie eterna: 10c © 10.,. Two New ‘Species of Fossil Turtles’ from Orne by O. P. Hay 3 i oa cover. 11.'A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by W. J. Sinclair 10e 12. New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Triassic of California, by John C. Merriam . . 20¢ 13. Spodumene from San Diego County, California, by Waldemar I. Schaller 14. The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great Valley of California, by John C. Merriam . pe eer 8 15. The Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by Andrew C. Lawson a aauoke 16. A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene in California, by John C. Merriam 17. The Orbicular Gabbro at Dehesa, San Diego County, California, by Andrew C. Lawson : 18. A New Cestraciont Spine from-the Lower Triassic of Idaho, by Herbert M. Evans .- 10 19. A Fossil Egg from Arizona, by Wm. Conger Morgan and Marion Clover Tallmon . . 20. Euceratherium, a New Ungulate from the Quaternary Caves of Cee by Williams J. Sinclair and EH. L. Furlong . . 21. A New Marine Reptile from the Triassic of California, “by John C. “Merriam 22. The River Terraces of the Orleans Basin, California, by Oscar H. Hershey . . UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 5, No. 21, pp. 305-317 ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor TERATORNIS A NEW AVIAN GENUS FROM RANCHO LA BREA BY LOYE HOLMES MILLER. CONTENTS. PAGE BEEYAiUVT30 LICL Ci.) Wn uae Smee aa, es Sere ge we ee Pesce eee ee ASE 305 DANO MOS Ui CCH ANAC UCTS geese Serene esea ce eee cece eee ete 2 eet ece eee ee eee dee terre tee 307 PSU D US, Se See aa yA Sie SRE) NES ne ee ea cee 307 TEXEXO HONE WE BENSON ee ene 312 PASTE ITLL CG eeee ue eee e tere rc Ore NO «Nes ee SOE Seer Fes get enor eee eee 315 INTRODUCTION. Among many interesting forms of vertebrates taken from the Quaternary asphalt of the Rancho La Brea beds in Southern California, there have appeared several specimens of a very large bird which shows such marked divergence from Recent forms as to necessitate the establishment of a new genus. Thoueh the form appears raptorial, its final assignment to any of the existing families is held in reserve at present, as some degree of uncertainty regarding its body skeleton makes conservatism ap- pear the preferable chance of error. Four cranial fragments of the species have been taken in one small exeavation. One found by Dr. William Bebb of Los Angeles was kindly loaned to the author; a second, discovered by Mr. Eugene Fischer, was presented to the University of California. The other two, in- cluding the most complete specimen, were taken during the Uni- versity of California excavations. 306 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY Associated with the remains of the new form in the Rancho La Brea beds, there occur a number of characteristic mammalian forms of these deposits; for example, Canis indianensis; Canis, n. sp.; Smilodon (2) californicus; Bison antiquus; Elephas, sp.; Paramylodon nebrascensis ; Equus pacificus. According to Merriam! this ‘‘fauna as a whole cannot be considered as other than Quaternary, although the particular division of that system represented is not as yet determined.”’ A large number of specimens representing many avian spe- cies have been taken from the Rancho La Brea beds. The entire collection of the University of California was placed at the au- thor’s disposal and every possible courtesy shown him by Pro- fessor John C. Merriam. 6b > c. The needles melt readily before the blowpipe, with a strong sodium flame, to a black magnetic globule. Calcite and Aragonite. Crystallized calcium carbonate has not been observed in the benitoite-natrolite veins, but is not uncommon in the adjoining rocks, especially in the altered basic rocks on the south side. It occurs as stringers and bunches. While calcite is the more common form, specimens of aragonite were obtained in radiate groups of columns 1 to 4 mm. thick. They are translucent and have a slightly brownish tint and while not showing terminal planes, the prismatic and pinacoidal cleavages are well developed. They carry on their surfaces small, white, more opaque calcite rhombohedra. Manganese dioxide. Thin stringers and coatings of manganese dioxides are com- mon in the country on the north side just below the cut. It generally shows the character of psilomelane and is frequently in fine globular and botryoidal aggregates. While it may sometimes be found in the same hand-specimen that carries the benitoite veins, it does not actually occur in these veins in which the manganese is limited to the neptunite. 364 University of California Publications. [GEOLOGY COUNTRY IN WHICH THE VEINS ARE FORMED. As already stated, the chief rock of the surrounding country is serpentine. This is of a type common in the Coast ranges and in general derived from the alteration of a peridotite. Small areas of a pyroxenic facies occur. Nowhere so far as known do the veins under discussion occur in actual contact with the ser- pentine, although it surrounds the deposit and is frequently not many yards distant from them. The rocks immediately associated with the veins are all more or less altered, and this alteration is greatest close up to the zone of veination. In the less altered parts both igneous and _ sedi- mentary types are recognized. The more common type has in the field the usual appearance of the Franciscan greenstones. Under the microscope it is seen to have originally possessed a diabasie structure. In some specimens the augite is still largely intact. The feldspars however are recrystallized into a fine granular mass. Yet they often show very clearly by the outline of the granular areas the lath-shaped forms of the original feld- spars and the relationship to the augites that characterize the diabase structure. Some titanite is present. In a somewhat altered specimen the augite is more or less altered into chlorite, while in the feldspathic layers small greenish or bluish needles are commencing to form in some eases actinolite, occasionally elaucophane, or some other geologically related amphibole. The new feldspar is at least in large part albite. On the south hillslope below the east end of the deposit is a spheroidal gabbro. The grains and prisms of monoclinic pyro- xene are in part altered to chlorite. The labradorite is more or less decomposed and otherwise altered and the rock is impreg- nated with ealeite. It does not come in contact with the veins at any point. Other rocks are found having the characteristics commonly displayed by the more altered Franciscan sandstones or grey- wackes. Under the microscope the lght colored constituents which make up the bulk of the rock are seen to be entirely re- crystallized into very fine granular aggregates. The original structure is preserved by the dark films of ferruginous or car- VoL. 5] Louderback.—Benitoite. 365 bonaceous matter that followed the lamination. The new feld- spar as determined in several places is also albite. Throughout the rock small needles are beginning to develop, the more common one observed being actinolite. Some very small colorless ones also occur. A peculiar rock occurs towards the western part of the zone. It is dark colored, aphanitic, dense and fine banded, as if from the effects of original lamination. Manganese dioxide stringers are common. Under the microscope it is seen to be a fine micro- crystalline aggregate, consisting in part of dark patches made up largely of a brown mineral in short minute prisms with appar- ently straight extinction, negative elongation, high refractive index and moderately strong double refraction. In the prepara- tions at hand it was not determinable. In parts veinlets and areas are numerous, carrying albite, chlorite, glaucophane, ete. In the hope that its origin might be indicated by the chemical composition, Dr. Blasdale undertook the analysis with the follow- ing results. S10, 54.51 Al,O, 6.55 Fe,0,* 19.34 MgO 3.47 CaO 5.90 Na.O 5.95 KO : 0.23 H,0 at 110° 0.74 HO ign 1.82 TiO, 0.44 P.O, 0.30 MnO 0.52 99.77 Specific gravity 3.104. * Not able to effect complete decomposition of mineral for ferrous iron. At least 12 per cent. is ferric, It is not entirely clear what type of rock this represents. The alumina is remarkably low and the iron high as associated with the other constituents. It has considerable similarity to the analysis of amphibole given on a previous page, and appears to point to considerable metasomatic alteration which conceals the original nature of the rock. 366 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY The writer inclines to the belief that this rock was originally a facies of the Franciscan radiolarian chert. He has seen dis- tinetly altered cherts that have a somewhat similar texture and mineral appearance under the microscope. The Franciscan cherts grade over insensibly into siliceous iron ores and in a number of localities have associated with them deposits of man- eanese dioxide. This would explain the high iron and low alumina content and the association with manganese stringers. Mueh or all of the soda and other oxides in part may have been introduced during the metamorphism, as in the ease of certain crocidolite schists of the Coast Ranges which the writer has found to have been derived from ferruginous cherts by a similar process.78 Of the rocks described as associated with the veins the green- stone (altered diabase) is the most abundant and the one most commonly in contact with the veins in moderately altered con- dition—especially towards the east end. On approaching the central part of the zone of veination, however, the alteration in- creases very greatly, the original pyroxenic constituents disappear and the chief constituents are the new-formed amphiboles. The old structures are entirely lost. In part we may refer to the material as soda-amphibole schist. A still further alteration is caused by the leaching out of the feldspathic constituents, leaving the rock in a more or less porous condition, as occurs on the left side of the cut shown in plate 32. This rather porous rock near the veins may be thoroughly impregnated with natrolite for a fraction of an inch or several inches from the vein; also it is in this rock that the spaces occur covered with free-growing amphibole needles on which the natro- lite groups are perched as already described. SEQUENCE OF EVENTS. The field relations and lithologic characteristics indicate that the rocks in which the benitoite-bearing veins occur are a detached mass of the Franciscan series, showing both igneous and sedi- mentary facies, that was included in the serpentine at the time of its intrusion. 18 Louderback and Sharwood: Bull. Geol. Soc. Am., 18 (1906), abstract p. 659. Vou. 5] Louderback.—Benitoite. 367 The rocks of the inclusion have all suffered more or less altera- tion affecting throughout the feldspathic constituents and char- acterized by the production of newly formed albite and, as the alteration proceeds, by the production of soda-bearing amphiboles from the ferro-magnesian constituents. Both the igneous and sedimentary types of the inclusion share in the alteration, which is remarkable in that the central portions are more strongly affected than the periphery. This can be explained by considering that emanations from below passed upward through the central por- tions of the rock-mass, and diffused out into the peripheral por- tions. Open channels may have existed in this central avenue, for it must have been an easier pathway than either the peripheral portions or the rock beyond. But if so the conditions at that time were not favorable to deposition along such channels. Further- more, the extent and character of the alterations cannot be ac- counted for by such diffusion as often takes place in the formation of veins. One would expect the pressure to have been rather high and the temperature of the rocks undergoing alteration at least a few hundred degrees above the normal to favor the wide diffusion and production of albite and the amphiboles. At least towards the end of this period of metamorphism we have the leaching of feldspathic material along portions of the central tract that produces the porous amphibole rock and the drusy spaces lined with amphibole needles in which the sodium- aluminum silicates are later deposited. This may be the same solution that, diffusing farther into the rocks, causes the re- crystallization. : The first deposition along the zone of veination is probably that of albite, which is separated out in erystals over and about the amphibole druses and is accompanied at least in one place by aegyrine. Only a comparatively slight change is necessary to change a solution from a condition where it will slowly take up albite to one in which it will slowly deposit it in small quantity. 3efore the natrolite deposition takes place important changes must have been brought about. The action is one of active deposition and is limited to the vein except where the wall-rock is porous. It is then impregnated for a short depth with natrolite and sealed, and the deposition in the vein continues with no 368 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY further interchange or passage of material from or to the rocks. The setting up of active deposition, the stopping of metamorpho- genie diffusion into the wall-rock, and the substitution of natrolite for albite as the precipitated molecule, all point to a marked lowering of temperature both of ascending solutions and of the country rock. The benitoite and neptunite do not appear anywhere to follow the natrolite into the wall-rock. In a few places the neptunite appears to be partially surrounded at its base with amphibole- natrolite matrix but it is practically limited to the confines of the vein proper. Both benitoite and neptunite are attached directly to the wall so that they often commence to deposit before the wall received any coating of natrolite. They also occur in the central portion of the vein entirely surrounded by natrolite, showing that at these points the latter commenced depositing first. They also occur in the natrolite druses and project freely from the surface, showing that they were among the last materials to separate. We conclude therefore that benitoite, neptunite, and natrolite were deposited contemporaneously throughout the period of vein filling. The order of crystallizing power—the crystalloblastic order— arranged in decreasing magnitude is neptunite, benitoite, natro- lite. Natrolite is found in abundance surrounding neptunite and benitoite, molding itself to suit their form and showing the smooth surfaces of their imprint when separated. A few cases were observed where benitoite crystals are pierced by neptunite prisms or have partially grown around them. The next events reeognized are those of descending solutions, decomposition, etching, limonite coatings, ete., as already referred to elsewhere. DISTRIBUTION OF MINERALS IN VEINS. The workings are so shallow at the mine that there are no data at hand to indicate the distribution of the various minerals with depth. But it is of some interest to note that the distribution is not uniform along the surface. The benitoite is most abundant along the east central portion of the zone of veination. Passing eastward the titano-silicates decrease in abundance until the Vou. 5 | Louderback.—Benitoite. 369 stringers, as judged in the outcrops, appear to contain nothing but natrolite and then play out and disappear. Going westward the proportion of neptunite to benitoite in- ~creases until the latter practically disappears before the stringers die out in that direction. THE RELATION TO THE SERPENTINE. It would be interesting to determine whether the serpentine intrusion has had any direct effect on the production of the phenomena described. General considerations seem to the writer to indicate that it had. The most suggestive characters of the deposit in this connee- tion are perhaps the similarity in nature of the general meta- morphism of the enclosing rock-lens to the more active alteration in immediate proximity to the vein on the one hand; and on the other hand the correspondence of the albitic alteration, the albite stringers of the country, the albite of the thin zone, and the natrolite in the henitoite veins which are all related chemically and by field relations. In other words, the general rock changes which seem to demand a general elevated temperature for their consummation, appear genetically related forerunners of the local action along the veins. Such a general elevation of tempera- ture was undoubtedly supplied by the peridotite intrusion, and that occasion is most naturally taken as the period of meta- morphism. As regards the more extreme metasomatosis and later miner- alization, it would seem that the rocks of the included mass were more favorable to the production and maintenance of channels than the surrounding peridotite, and acted as a vent pipe for the escape of solutions from the more highly heated lower portions of the peridotite mass to the overlying rocks, or possibly to the surface. In considering the possibility of an origin of the deposit pre- vious to the peridotite intrusion, the close relationship of the distribution of the veins and the present form of the included mass is suggestive. The veins run along in the direction of elongation of the lens and become smaller, less mineral-bearing and play out just before reaching the serpentine in either direction. 370 University of California Publications. [GEOLOGY GENERAL DISCUSSION. The Franciscan series extends with various interruptions for about six hundred miles along the Coast Ranges of California and Oregon and in it and its associated eruptives are found a very great number of occurrences of vein deposits that he among similar surroundings, and a comparison of these with the deposit now under consideration yields some general analogies along with the striking differences. Very often in traversing the serpentine areas, so frequently associated with the Franciscan, we come across included masses of partly recrystallized basic rocks or irregular areas or lenses of glaucophane, hornblende, or other basic schists. These are often cut by veins of quartz, but of particular interest in the present connection are the abundant veins of albite. Natrolite, so far as known to the writer, has not been found under these conditions except at the benitoite locality, but the analogous albite veins are very common. Titanium is often found in the recrystallized rock, occasion- ally in the veins, and occurs most commonly as titanite, some- times as rutile. While minerals containing potassium (usually muscovite), magnesium and iron (such as chlorite or more rarely tale) are also found in veins cutting such rocks, an association represent- ing so many metallic elements in essential quantities as occur in the benitoite veins is exceptional: sodium, potassium, magnesium, iron, manganese, copper, aluminum, barium. With this variety it seems peculiar that calcium is practically absent within the veins proper. It is found generally in the veins in the schists as lawsonite or the amphiboles. The occurrence of barium as an essential constituent is with- out precedent. The only barium mineral that the writer has found associated with such formations is barite in veins in the serpentine of Mt. Diablo. While suggestive of the presence and possible concentration of barium in such rocks, it is not an analogous occurrence. Apart from the chemical differences, a comparison of the chief gangue materials, albite and natrolite, would indicate that Vo. 5| Louderback.—Benitoite. 371 the benitoite-bearing veins are exceptional in the lower tempera- ture and perhaps more moderate pressure under which they were formed. The crystallization of complex and highly acid titano- silicates at the comparatively low temperature suitable for the production of natrolite demand the presence and activity of erystallizing agents (agents mineralisateurs) whose nature is not indicated by an analysis of the vein materials. RECENT PAPERS. A. F. Rogers: Note on the Crystal Form of Benitoite. Science us., 28 (1908), p. 616. He gets an average of 40° 10’ for the pole angle of the unit pyramid. He discusses the possible symmetry and inclines to the ditrigonal bi-pyramidal class. W. E. Ford: Neptunite Crystals from San Benito County, California. Am. Jour. Sci. (4) 27 (1909), pp. 235-240, 8 figs. Deseribes the erystal- lography and optical properties of neptunite. Finds optic axial plane in plane of symmetry; c A c= 24°; b=6; a yellow, 6 red, ¢ red. B=1.7; 2V = 48° 40’; optically +. Dispersion of optic axes vu > p. The common habit described by Ford is practically the same as that described by the writer; the less usual types are somewhat different. He notes the form g as new, and the drawings for this paper were changed to adopt this symbol. r was not reported. Recewed May 19, 1909. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES. To the proof of the above paper the writer is permitted to add the following notes on contributions to the study of benitoite and neptunite during the past summer. The symmetry of benitoite. The writer notes that no evidence has been published unfavorable to the view of the strictly trigonal’? symmetry of benitoite presented by the writer in the 19 Not rhombohedral, as the writer is reported to have said, in the Referat of his paper, Zeit. fiir Kryst. u. Min., 46 (1909) pp. 386-387. In the original paper (loc. cit. p. 150) he says ‘‘It erystallizes in the hexa- gonal system, trigonal division. The observed forms are the basal plane, the plus and minus trigonal pyramid and the corresponding trigonal prisms. . . . The development of faces at one end of the principal axis always corresponds so well with those at the other, that it gives the impression that the horizontal plane of symmetry is present.’’ Trigonal bipyramids and corresponding trigonal prisms can only oceur in the ditrigonal bipyramidal and in the trigonal bipyramidal symmetry classes in which the rhombohedra are not possible, and the Referent therefore misrepresented the writer’s view of the symmetry relations when he wrote: p. 3886 line 4 from bottom, rhomboédrisch for trigonal Rhomboéder for trigonale Pyramiden line 3 SS ae Rhomboéder for trigonale Pyramide. 372 University of California Publications. | GEOLOGY preliminary paper, and in particular its reference to the di- trigonal bipyramidal group announced by him at the December, 1907, meeting of the Geological Society of America, chiefly on the basis of the etch figures. Recently C. Palache and C. Hlawatsch have independently arrived at the same conclusion, the former’ basing his conclusion on the hexagonal development of the second order forms, (1120) and (2241) and the latter?! on the same ground and from a consideration of the etch figures. Hlawatsech also discovers*? certain natural irregularities on the faces of the negative (Louderback) pyramid which might indi- cate a pseudo-trigonal symmetry (possibly orthorhombic hemi- morphie trillings), but finally decides in favor of the trigonal. Crystal constants of benitoite. The average angle (0001) /\ (1011) is given by Rogers as 40° 10’; Palache 40° 12’; Hlawatsch 40° 14’, the value arrived at by the writer on his earher material ; Louderback 40° 18’; Baumhauer?* 40° 19’ 3714”. These yield c :a—=0.7310 (for 40° 10’) ; 0.7319 (P.) ; 0.7327 (H.) ; 0.7344 (L.) ; 0.7351 (B.). Palache apparently adopts the reference axes (G,) and gives po.==.4879 corresponding to p.==.4896 (L.) ; Hlawatsch selects (G,) and gives p,—=.8461 corresponding to p,==.8480 (L.). In his table of Goldschmidt elements (G,) Hlawatsch gives c=0.7327 when, following Goldschmidt’s practice, it should be c==1.26907* lg c=0.10349, corresponding to the writer’s c=1.2720. Crystal forms of benitoite. The following table gives the correspondences of planes reported on benitoite by the various writers : 20 Palache, C. Note on Crystal Form of Benitoite. Am. Jour. Sci. (4), 27 (1909), p. 398; also German translation with slight and unessential additions, Zeit. fiir Kryst. wu. Min., 46 (1909), p. 379. 21 Hlawatsech, C. Die Krystallform des Benitoit. Centralblatt fiir Min., Geol. u. Pal., 1909, pp. 293-802 and p. 410. Also Zeit. fiir Kryst. w. Min., 46 (1909), p. 602. 22'Loc, cit., pp. 300-301. 23 Baumhauer, H. Ueber die Winkelverhaltnisse des Benitoit. Cen- tralblatt fiir Min., Geol. wu. Pal., 1909, pp. 592-594. Results of measurements on some very small erystals giving simple, good reflections.. 24 The value given by Hlawatsch is, for (G,), c, but it is Goldschmidt’s (10) practice to use uniformly in his Winkeltabellen e¢ and report it simply z (1) as ¢. c=cV3. The value 1.2708 for apatite given in his Winkeltabellen is (1) (10) therefore not a ‘‘Druckfehler,’’ as stated by Hlawatsch (loc. cit., p. 299) and should appear as printed. Vo. 5 | Louderback.—Benitoite. 373 Louderback. Palache. Hlawatsch. Rogers. c(0001) ¢(0001) ¢(0001) (0001) a(1120) a(1120) GC 0) eee m(1010) u(0110) m(0110) (0110) u (0110) m(1010) M (1070) (1010) p(1071) m(O111) p(0111) (0171) (0171) p(1071) P(1071) (1071) r(1012) e(0112) r(0112) (0112) d(2241) a (2241) CCPEED) eee Hlawatseh gives also D(2243) as dull faces on one erystal, and also s(1121) and a(3.19.16.12). These are reported as ‘‘unsichere Fliichen,’’ and of the two latter he says, p. 296, ‘‘es konnen leicht Abformungen von den begleitenden Neptunit Kristallen gewesen sein.’’ This is easily possible as neptunite has the stronger crystallizing force and benitoite is often found molded against or around it. The writer’s form of doubtful index r=(10.1.9.10) is not reported by the others. The fundamental form of benitoite. The three authors cited above agree in selecting » (Louderback) as the positive unit pyramid and their positive forms correspond to the writer’s negative forms and vice versa. While they do not discuss the point, they were apparently led to the selection by the fact that this form is usually developed at this locality in broader faces than the complementary pyramid. The designation of positive unit form ought to be applied whenever possible to the physically most fundamental pyramid. It is well known that the relative size of faces is a very variable matter and commonly determined by the character of the solution from which the crystal separates. Calcite is an excellent example. The cleavage rhombohedron is very appropriately taken as the positive unit form but other rhombohedra both positive and negative are often developed in larger faces and the fundamental rhombohedron is frequently not present among the growth planes at all. Furthermore negative rhombohedra may dominate the positive even to their complete exclusion. The pecuhar symmetry of the trigonal pyramids is such that a cleavage if present would be of no value in dis- crimination, for m* is parallel to 5p || m®, etcetera.” 25 Numbers superscript refer to sextants counted eloekwise; a bar below signifies a lower dodecant, the upper one being unmarked, as used by Goldschmidt. 374 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY The following consideration decided the writer in the choice of the positive unit form and seems to him to indicate its more fundamental character than the complementary pyramid of the same parameters. In growth the positive pyramid produces more perfect planes and more brilliant faces, the negative pyramid showing most commonly uneven, curved, influenced and other- wise less perfect forms even when it is areally about equal to the positive form. In the attack of corrosive agents, the positive pyramid is much more resistant than the negative. In concen- trated hydrofluoric acid the negative faces immediately become dull and are rapidly corroded, the positive planes remain bright and show the production of small well-formed etch figures. The positive faces must eventually be attacked over their whole sur- face but this was not observed during the progress of the experi- ment which lasted at least two hundred times and more as long as it took to entirely destroy the original surface of the negative pyramids. That this same relative resistance of the positive planes exists under very varying conditions is shown by the facts that it was observed (1) in the natural weathering process, (2) in hydrofluoric acid, both hot and cold, concentrated and dilute, and (3) in fused caustic potash. Goldschmidt and Wright?® in their work on that form-rich mineral, calcite, found that the more fundamental planes give the best etch figures, and suggest it as a possible general method for their determination. In benitoite there is a very marked super- lority in this respect of the form selected as positive by the writer over the corresponding negative form. Altogether, then, the different lines of evidence are consistent and definite and indicate the writer’s positive unit form as the more fundamental. Refractive index of benitoite. Wlawatsch has also determined the refractive index of benitoite by the prism method (loc. cit., p. 301) with results almost identical with the writer’s. Hlawatsceh. Louderback. o 1.756 1.757 € 1.802 1.804 i Neues Jahrb. fiir Mineral., ete. (1903), Beilage-Band 17, p. 365. VoL. 5] Louderback.—Benitoite. 375 Neptunite.7 W. M. Bradley has recently published the fol- lowing analyses of the San Benito neptunite?* with values very close to those given by Blasdale. BRADLEY BLASDALE it II Mean Mol. Ratios Mean Mol. Ratios SiO, 52.91 52.83 52.87 875 53.44 .820 TiO, LITT 17.89 17.82 .222 nly pats} red FeO 11.54 11.83 11.69 ) 11.23 } MnO 0.82 0.88 Osler 1.78 | ; ot aaa ; 230 CaO 1.59 EOE 1.56 | 0.25 i MgO 1.41 1.48 1.44 J 1.82 K.O ell: 5.06 5.08 \ 9208 Di59) 204 Na.O 9.83 9.28 9.56 f 9.14 } ~ 100.98 100.78 100.88 100.23 Albite. A recent abstract in the Zeitschrift fiir Krystallogra- phie*? shows that Dreyer and Goldschmidt have studied some remarkably form-rich albites from Greenland, in which are found among others certain of the rare forms and the supposedly new form on the San Benito albite: w(221)—w(221) (S.B.); a(120) =7(120) (8.B., folowing Klockmann) ; 7(131)—©(131) (S.B.). It may be noted that the angles for the San Benito albite reported by the writer agree more closely with the values calculated by Dreyer and Goldschmidt from their newly determined elements, than they do with the angles calculated from the Brezina elements given above (p. 362). Measured Calculated San Benito Albite (Elements of Dreyer & Goldschmidt) p p p p P(001) 81° 56’ 26° 50’ 81° 59 26° 51’ 1(110) 60 27 90 00 60 38 90 00 PiCalaK oy} 119 54 90 00 120 04 90 00 n(120) 138 47 90 00 138 59 90 00 f(180) 30 16 90 00 30 «24 90 00 2(130) 149 47 90 00 149 50 90 00 a (101) 80 50 Sy © ays! 80 44 26 00 c(171) 108 28 57 35 108 34 57 26 o(111) 135 26 34 07 m35, 3 34 16 6(112) 17700 a 2 177 «14 11 39 @(131) 1638 19 59 13 163 17 509 8 »7 A German translation of Ford’s paper on neptunite cited above oceurs in Zeit. fiir Kryst. w. Min., 46 (1909), pp. 321-325. 28 Am. Jour. Sei. (4), 28 (1909), pp. 15-16. Also German translation of the same, Zeit. fiir Kryst. u. Min., 46 (1909), pp. 516-517. 29 ither Albit von Gronland: Meddelelser am Gronland, 84 (1907), 1-60. Ref. Zeit. fiir Kryst. u. Min., 46 (1909), p. 605, 376 University of California Publications. | GEOLOGY Joaquinite. Associated with the minerals of the benitoite- bearing veins is occasionally found a honey yellow or light brown substance in small generally individual erystals or crystal grains rarely over one millimeter in diameter which is believed to be a new mineral. On account of its rarity, minute size and the general imperfectness of its crystals, its investigation has been attended with considerable difficulty. A preliminary statement of its properties is here presented. Some recently acquired material containing this mineral is being worked over for its separation with a view to a more complete study and for.purposes of a quantitative chemical analysis which has not heretofore been pos- sible and the writer expects to present a more complete deserip- tion of the mineral in the near future. The crystals are generally equant, occasionally slightly tabular, and always show two parallel almost square smooth faces, the other larger faces being strongly striated. The evidence so far obtained indicates that the mineral is orthorhombic and the two broad smooth faces are taken as the basal plane, and the eight lateral inclined planes, the only pyramidal planes so far observed, are taken as the unit pyramid. We have the combination c (001) and p(111) and on one erystal a(100). The axial ratios based on the position angles for p of ¢==76% 37’, p=47° 25’ are a:b :c= 2.8440 :1 :0.9190. KLEMENTS. a=0.9190 | 1g a=9.96332 | 1g ao=9.50939 | 1g po=0.49061 | ao=0.3231 | po=3.0946 [1 c=2.8440 | 1g c=0.45393 | 1g bo=9.54607 | lg qo=0.45393 | b-=0.3516 | qo=2.8440 Two crystals and part of a third were studied goniometrieally, but only one of the crystals was satisfactory. Measurement is interfered with in two ways. The basal faces are commonly some- what curved (concave), and the pyramid faces are strongly striated horizontally. As a result measurements could not be trusted on two of the crystals within one or two degrees. On one of the crystals the basal faces are quite plane and can be set very satisfactorily within a few minutes, and the majority of the pyramid faces show plane strips broad enough to get definite reflections. For this erystal I am indebted to Mr. R. M. Wilke of Palo Alto. Vou. 5| Louderback.—Bemitoite. aim p measured from c as pole face p1 76° 35’ p* striated blurred reflection p2 train 72° 56’-76° 20’ p2 103° 22’ supplem, 76° 38’ p3 76° 24’ ps striated, blurred band of light pt 76° 30° p+ 103° 22’ supplem, 76° 38’ c as pole face p! 108° 15’ supplem. 76° 45’ p2 103° 81’ to 40’ supplem. 76° 20-29’ p® 103° 10’ supplem. 76° 50’ p* 108° 12’ supplem. 76° 48’ average p—76° 37’ extremes 76° 20’-76° 50’ 2 measured 94° 52’, 94° 43’, 95° O1, 94° 47’. Average 94° 51’ or g==47° 25’, The pinacoid a was found on this erystal as a minute rhombus truncating the front and back solid angle of the four p faces, the signal was very faint and could not be set within 8 or 10 minutes. p Pp Measured 89° 50’ 89° 42’ Jaleulated 90° 00’ 90° 00! Cleavage is not distinct but appears to exist parallel to the basal plane and even less distinct perpendicular to it (possibly parallel to the two pinacoids). Whenever cleavage cracks appear under the microscope, the extinction is always straight with respect to them. The optical orientation 1s a—=a, b==b, c=c. c is the acute bi- sectrix and in convergent heht in sections perpendicular to the acute bisectrix (basal section), the optic axes emerge just at the edge of the field. The refractive index is high (>1.73) and the double refrac- tion strong. The mineral is transparent and has a honey yellow to brownish yellow color in fair sized fragments, very pale and transparent in thin section. In thicker pieces pleochroism is visible, ¢ ocreous or reddish yellow, 6 light yellow, a similar to 6 but slightly paler. Absorption ¢>6>a. Hardness greater than glass (5.5); density determined on the largest erystal, between 3.85 and 3.9. Heated in closed tube it becomes paler colored, 378 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY loses luster in part and yields a little water but does not fuse. Fuses readily in lower part of bunsen flame (2.5) with intumes- cence to a brown glass, practically colorless in thin bubbles. It resists hot hydrochloric and nitric acids and may therefore be separated from the natrolite matrix by these agents. It is easily attacked by hydrofluoric acid which leaves a white film of decomposition products on its surface. Qualitative chemical tests have shown the presence in reason- able quantity of silica, titanium and calcium. Iron is also present and probably determines the color. When first observed in small particles without definite erystal form the mineral was thought by the writer to be titanite. It answers to all the tests usually applied to titanite in small irregular particles in thin sections. In particular may be men- tioned its color, high refractive index, strong double refraction, biaxial positive character, its pleochroic colors and absorption scheme, the tests for silica, titanium, and calcium. Its fusibility is exceptionally low and its density somewhat higher than the usual range of titanite. The crystal form is most distinctive. It has a characteristic orthorhombic habit unlike any of the titanites hitherto described. So very different in their general appear- ance however are the various habits of titanite that already in its history it has been given a number of different names. — It seemed possible then that this might be a new and_ pseudo- orthorhombic habit of this protean mineral. After considering various possible orientations, the closest approximation was found, in considering the apparent basal plane to be (102) and the symmetry plane to bisect the obtuse angles of the pyramid. This would give the proper optical orientation, as in titanite ¢ is almost perpendicular to « and les in the symmetry plane. In this arrangement the two back faces (p*, p*) and the front faces (p', p? as described above) must belong to different forms and would be expected to show some systematic difference in their angular relation to « and in the angles where they meet in the plane of symmetry. If orthorhombic each set of angles should have the same values. An examination of the detailed figures given above will show that the differences are only a few minutes and that the sight variations are not systematic or symmetrical Vo. 5] Louderback.—Benittoite. 379 in either set. The measurements therefore indicate orthorhombic symmetry. The pyramid faces which in a mineral of so simple a habit as is here shown would be expected to have rather simple indices, give approximations to only very complicated titanite forms. The nearest simple possible titanite forms are (221) and (344) with x/\ (221)==70° 37’, x/\(8384)=76° 37’ the measured value being 76° 37’. The coincidence of the last figures is shown to have no meaning, as ¢‘-¢* referred to x as pole is 79° 15’ in titanite, 85° 9’ measured. A closer approximation would be (354) and (17138). As regards the form called a above, the nearest approximation, with simple index, is titanite (101) where r/\(101) is 86° 56’, measured 89° 42’ orthorhombic should be 90° 0O".. A closer titanite approximation would be (170 16). The attempt to make this crystal combination a habit of titanite is not successful and leads to very improbable results, while all of its properties so far determined consistently fit into the orthorhombic scheme. It may be noted here that under the microscope its most marked divergence from titanite is its in- ferior cleavage and straight extinction wherever cleavage cracks are observable. This mineral may‘contain some other elements not shown in the preliminary microchemical tests, but it may also be a di- morphous form of titanite, or an orthorhombic end member of an isomorphous series. The name is taken from the ridge (primarily anticlinal com- ponent) of the Diablo range on which the mineral occurs. The ridge received its name from the prominent Joaquin rocks—a landmark of the region.*’ It also borders the great San Joaquin valley. Joaquinite is found enclosed in the natrolite, both at the edge of the veinlets and touching the wall rock, and also in the central portion of the vein. It is also found enclosed in the neptunite and seems especially to occur in those parts of the deposit rich in neptunite. Both the natrolite and neptunite are molded about it xenomorphieally. 30 See further Arnold and Anderson, Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey, No. 357 (1908), 13. 380 ° University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY Oclahedrite. Palache in the paper cited above reports octa- hedrite as occurring in the benitoite-natrolite veins and gives the following description. ‘‘It appears in groups of pale-brown crystals, combinations of unit pyramid and base; the crystals are small and present facetted and curved faces so that they could not be measured but chemical tests showed the presence of titanic oxide alone.’’ The writer has not observed octahedrite in any of the specimens he has studied and suggests that the mineral reported by Palache is the same as that described in the preceding section. The brief description fits perfectly except for the negative chemical evidence. Tssued December 24, 1909. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 37. BENITOITE. 1. Very common habit: e(0001), p(10T1), w(0T11), m(1010), w(0T10). 2. Common habit with minute or no basal plane. The diminution of the basal plane is practically always accompanied by diminution of the positive pyramid. 3. A rather common habit, where p(1011) intersects ¢(0001) producing a hexagonal outline on the base, very rarely approaching an even develop- ment of positive and negative planes and giving a pseudo-hexagonal habit. 4. This figure without w is a type of a fairly common habit in which the Am edges are truncated by r(1012). The form 2, of doubtful index, here taken as (10.1.9.10), occurs on but a few erystals and was observed complete only about one terminal of a lateral symmetry axis, though here represented complete for the three axes. 5. Diagrammatic representation of etch figures. The planes of the upper half of a crystal are supposed rotated about their upper horizontal edges until they all lie in the plane of c(0001). Where differently shaped figures appear on the same form they represent the more common types and variations, or the effects produced by distinct development of internal planes. The broken lines represent the traces of the lateral planes of symmetry. VOR oar ie 37 BULL. DEPT, GEOL. UNIV. CAL. mont 7T EXPLANATION OF PLATE 388. BENITOITE. Planes shown: c(0001), a@(1120), m(1010), ~(0110), p(10T1), 7(0171), d(2241). 1. Habit characterized by great development of the negative prism u and found on a number of erystals. 2. Habit characterized by great development of the positive prism im. It is in general not uncommon for m to be broader parallel to the vertical axis than wp. 3. Habit characterized by second order forms d and a found with but slight variation in 10 erystals in a lot of 500 examined. The oscillatory striations between ¢ and p are often found instead of r(1012) and appeared in front upper sectant of crystal from which the drawing was made. 4. Detail of part of a erystal showing a coarse development of the oscillatory growth zone between ¢ and p. Of two crystals on which this coarse development was found, one had the second order hexagonal prism a (as figured) without d, and the other d without a. ALBITE. 5, 5a. Albite in simple albite twin from druse. P(001), M(010), (110), 7(1T0), (130), f(130), 2(130), #(T01), e(1T1), o(T11), (772), @ (311), w(221). BULL, DEPT. GEOL. UNIV. CAL. VOlee 5; Pile 38 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 39. NEPTUNITE. Forms shown: c(001), a@(100), m(110), s(111), 0(411), i(412), g== (211), (321), p(311). 1. Common type. The form g is frequently slightly curved and is of variable width, and p is often the largest of the terminal forms. The back planes almost always cut much lower on the prisms than the front planes. 2, A not very common type with broad development of the unit pyra- mids, s and o. It shows a common appearance of g with curved edges and narrowing from center toward periphery. It is also very common for the basal plane ec to have this outline, elongated obliquely to the symmetry plane, as is also shown in figures 3 and 4. 3. From a doubly terminated crystal with peculiar geometrically asymmetric development. It shows the two most common ways in which r appears, depending on the development of g. 4. Only one erystal of this type of development found. The front pyramid s euts down lower on the prism than the back pyramid p; i and g are absent, and 7 and p occur as narrow strips bordering o. —— SUPE DEPin GEOE, UINIVGAL VOEF 5) Rams? BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTM ENT OF : Se is _ GEOLOGY ‘ | Bie. ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor f po THE SKULL AND DENTITION e mee OF A PRIMITIVE ICHTHYOSAURIAN AG FROM THE é ie MIDDLE WL gens ? BY st JOHN C. MERRIAM © mee SE. } : 5 > Me ¥ z % ie res BERKELEY ¥ THE UNIVERSITY PRESS : afte January, 1910 ; : : Pe, Paes ey rte ; eget Fis . \ “Qacontan "ita = YG Smee rea 18 10, * tion dd Whe « t eel aie = eA pees The BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY of the Un it ’al irregular intervals in the form of separate papers or memoirs, " ir search by some competent investigator in geological science. These are made from 400 to 500 pages. The price per volume is $3.50, including postage. The volumes will be sent to subscribers in separate covers as soon as issued. The be purchased at the following prices from the UNIVERSITY PRESS, to which remitta ¢ addressed : = CONS OT wpe . The Geology of Carmelo Bay, by Andrew C. Lawson, with chemical” analyses and r . The Eruptive Rocks of Point Bonita, by F. Leslie Ransome SO eM ayes h 8) . On Analcite Diabase from San Louis Obispo County, California, by Harold W. Fairbanks © . On Lawsonite, a New Rock-forming Mineral from the Tiburon Peninsula, Matin County, i _ Critical Periods in the History of the Earth, by Joseph LeConte - . On Malignite, a Family of Basic, Plutonic, ‘Orthoclase Rocks, Rich in a and . Sigmogomphius LeContei, a New Castoroid Rodent, from the Pliocene, near Berkeley, . The Great Valley of California, a Criticism of the “Theory of ‘Tsostacy, by P. Leslie . The Geology of Point Sal, by Harold W. Fairbanks . | On Some Pliocene Ostracoda from near Berkeley, by Frederick Chapman . A Topographic Study of the Islands of Southern California, by W. S. Tangier Smith i . The’ Geology of the Central Portion of the Isthmus of Panama, by Oscar H. Hershey . A Contribution to the Geology of the John Day Basin, by John C. Merriam . . . Mineralogical Notes, by Arthur 8S. Hakle eee 5 . Contributions to the Mineralogy of California, by Walter C. Blasdale . . . The Berkeley Hills. A Detail of Coast Ran ne Gealeeys a Andrew C. Lawson and e DRODOMN RA BP wre . The Quaternary of Southern California, by Oscar H. Hershey . Colemanite from Southern California, by Arthur 8. Hakle . The Eparchaean Interval. A Criticism of the use of the term Algonkian, by Andrew . Triassic Ichthyopterygia from California and Nevada, by John C. Merriam. . A Contribution to the Petrography of the John Day Basin, by Frank C. Calkins . The Igneous Rocks near Pajaro, by John A. Reid . . Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Co., California, by Waldemar T. Schaller’ . Plumasite, an Oligoclase-Corundum Rock, near oes Peak, are 2 we Andrew Cc. . Palacheite, by Arthur §. Eakle . oy Se ees : . Two New Species of Fossil Turtles Goaua Oregon, by. O. P. Hay : In put 07 . A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by W. J. Sinclair po . New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Triassic of California, by John C. Merriam : . Spodumene from San Diego County, California, by Waldemar T. Schaller . . . The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great Valley of California, by John . The Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by Andrew C. Lawson oe. eae . A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene in California, by John C. Merriam . . The Orbicular Gabbro at Dehesa, San Diego County, California, by Andrew C. Laws . A New Cestraciont Spine from the Lower Triassic of Idaho, by Herbert M. Evans — . A Fossil Egg from Arizona, by Wm. Conger Morgan and Marion Clover Tallmon — . Euceratherium, a New Ungulate from the Quaternary Caves of ee by ne . A New Marine Reptile from the Triassic of California, “by John C. "Merriam . The River Terraces of the Orleans Basin, California, by Oscar H. Hershey sy VOLUME 1. eration in the field, by Juan dela C. Posada . or Fate The Soda-Rhyolite North of Berkeley, by Charles Palache Pe teary Se, The Post-Pliocene See api of the Coast of Southern California, by Anarow Lawson. . The Lherzolite- Serpentine ‘and Associated Rocks of the Potrero, San Priinciseo, by” Charles Palache 5 On a Rock, from the Vicinity of Berkeley, containing a New Soda Amphibole, by Charles Palache 6 The Geology of Angel Island, by F. Leslie Ransome, with a Note on the Radiolarian Chert from Angel Island ’and from Buri- buri Ridge, San Mateo County, California, by George Jennings Hinde .. ae The Geomorphogeny of the Coast of Northern California, by Andrew C. Lawson, ered California, by F. Leslie Ransome . . <<" see Lime, Intrusive in the Coutchiching Schists of Poohbah Lake, by Andrew C. Lawson | by John C. Merriam Ransome . ah: = VOLUME 2. Note on Two Tertiary Faunas from the Rocks of the Southern Coast of eae Island, by J. C. Merriam . The Distribution of the Neocene Sea-urchins of Middle “Calif,rnia, and Tis See on the Classification of the Neocene Formations, by John C. Merriam . ot, ae The Geology of Point Reyes Peninsula, by F. ‘M. Anderson. Some Aspects of Hrosion in Relation to the Theory of the Peneplain, by W. 8. Tangier Ke Smith Charles Palache i 5 5 6 a VOLUME 3. C. Lawson . 5 oe. a Lawson Merriam ; Saws J. Sinclair and E. L. Furlong UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 5, No. 24, pp. 381-390, Pl. 40 ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor THE SKULL AND DENTITION OF A PRIMITIVE ICHTHYOSAURIAN FROM THE MIDDLE TRIASSIC By JOHN C. MERRIAM. CONTENTS. PAGE AVATAGT; © CLIUT Git Warrant a Po cas ocean aeeeescetgsoees ts IDOL ID ue yesnavofswiates (lake w eset enetey cee cece ga ee ee a ee eee es 29) HIB) TA Tatts OM poses eet ce eck rae csc R ase nears Se cetca of nn occe os O asteesasuenass cbetciae lace 383 SSUERDO DY cc ae ARR es By a ee re 385 NETL 1 CS Meets mae nce seen meinen eC OI Tay OR Oe Bo yc aS oe 388 INTRODUCTION. The material described in the following paper comprises two specimens which were obtained in the Middle Triassic limestones of West Humboldt Range, Nevada. One of these (no. 9924), showing a portion of the dentition with parts of the lower jaw, was figured and described for inclusion in a recent paper on Triassic Ichthyosauria,’ but was finally withdrawn, as its syste- matic position did not seem clearly determined. A second spee- imen (no, 9853), which has since been exposed for study, shows the middle portion of a skull, with a dentition similar to that of no. 9924. 1 Merriam, J. C., Triassic Ichthyosauria, Mem. Univ. Calif., vol. 1, no. 1. 382 University of California Publications. | GEOLOGY The two specimens available, together with a large number of other Triassic ichthyosaurian forms, were discovered in 1895 by the expedition to West Humboldt Range. The work of this party was made possible through the generosity of Miss Annie M. Alexander, who was herself the discoverer of the type specimen. Although the relationships of the form represented by these specimens are not entirely clear, it has seemed best to publish such information as is available, in the hope that this material may assist in the interpretation of some of the fragmentary saurian remains obtained elsewhere in Middle Triassic forma- tions. The known material representing some of the older marine Triassic saurians has thus far been very scanty, and the specimens are widely scattered geographically. Only through the publication of illustrations and detailed descriptions of these widely scattered fragments, as they become available, will it be possible to arrive at an understanding of the relationships of the forms which they represent. DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS. PHALARODON FRAASI,? n. gen. and sp. Plate 40. Type specimen, no. 9853, Univ. Calif. Col. Vert. Palae., from the Middle Triassic of south fork of American Canon, West Humboldt Range, Nevada. Cotype, no. 9924, Univ. Calif. Col. Vert. Palae., from the Middle Triassic of Fisher Canon, West Humboldt Range, Nevada. Skull of ichthyosaurian type. Orbits moderately large, superior nares situated a short distance anterior to the orbits. Frontals exposed superiorly almost as far forward as_ the posterior end of the superior narial openings. Nasals appar- ently not extending far behind the anterior borders of the orbits, and extending forward only a short distance in advance of the superior narial openings. Angular element of mandible not exposed anterior to the middle of the orbit. 2 pddapa, a boss used to adorn head-gear of horses; déovs, a tooth. The species is named in honor of Professor Eberhard Fraas, whose con- tributions to our knowledge of the Ichthyosauria of Europe have been greatly appreciated by the writer in his comparative studies of this group. VoL. 5] Merriam.—A_ Primitive Ichthyosaurian. 383 Dentition differentiated ; posterior teeth laterally-compressed, low-erowned; most anterior teeth known relatively small, high- conical, nearly circular in cross-section. Teeth inserted in pits which may be situated at the bottom of a shallow groove. Roots showine coarse longitudinal folds, with little or no cement covering. DENTITION. The first specimen to be obtained (no, 9924) consisted of portions of two lower jaws; and a part of the skull, probably representing the maxillary region, containing two nearly parallel rows of teeth quite similar to those of the lower jaws (pl. 40, fig. 2). Very little of the skeletal structure could be determined as the bones were very fragmentary. The elements of the dentition were well preserved. Fig. 1.—Phalarodon fraasi. Interior dentition. No. 9924, natural size. The teeth situated on the mandibular elements of specimen 9924 (fig. 1) are of a thick, low-erowned type. They are sep- arated from each other by bony partitions, and appear to be in completely enclosed pits. There is no evidence of the pres- ence of cement surrounding them. Only the thinnest possible cement layer could have been present, as the enclosing bony tissue of the dentary surrounds the roots very closely. The roots are much compressed laterally, and the walls show strong vertical folds. The teeth vary greatly in size and form accord- ing to their position in the jaw. The crowns of the most posterior teeth are very low and are considerably compressed laterally. The summits of the crowns are quite abruptly rounded. The most anterior mandibular tooth is hardly more than one-quarter the size of the next to the last one in the series. Its crown is almost round in cross-section, and is more slender 384 University of California Publications. | GEOLOGY and more acute than those of the posterior teeth. Several of the middle teeth represented in figure one have been truncated by wear, but the crowns seem to present transition forms rang- ing between the quite different types at the two ends of the series. In nearly all of the teeth there is a distinctly constricted neck region at the base of the crown. In the superior dentition, one row of teeth contains only a single complete crown, the most posterior one (pl. 40, fig. 2). The crown of this tooth is gently domed, and is compressed lat- erally. The bases of several crowns anterior to the complete tooth in this row show a rapid decrease in the size of the teeth anteriorly, with a change in the form of the crowns from a laterally flattened cross-section in the posterior ones to a nearly circular section in the most anterior one. In the other superior row, the few imperfectly represented tooth crowns are of the smaller form with nearly circular cross-section, corresponding to the anterior crowns of the superior series described above. The dentition of specimen 9853 represents four posterior teeth in the upper, and four in the lower jaws (fig. 2). The most posterior tooth present on the maxillary is situated only ¢ short distanee in front of the anterior border of the orbit. The four teeth on the mandible are of nearly the same size. The crowns are low, laterally-compressed domes, on which the anteroposterior diameter considerably exceeds the height of the crown from the base of the enamel to the summit. The sum- mits of the crowns may show distinct radial furrows. The heavy, laterally-compressed roots show a marked infolded or furrowed structure of the lateral walls. The four teeth are rather closely set in the jaw, but seem to be in pits. The teeth of the upper jaw are less closely set than those on the dentary, and other teeth may originally have been present in some of the interspaces. The most posterior tooth resembles the two opposing teeth of the lower series. The second tooth from the back of the series is considerably shorter anteroposte- riorly than the last, but retains approximately the same trans- verse diameter. The anterior pair of teeth are still shorter anteroposteriorly. In the most anterior tooth the cross-section shows only a slight lateral compression. The crowns of the VoL. 5] Merriam.—A_ Primitive Ichthyosaurian. 385 anterior teeth have approximately the same height as the pos- terior one, but have the form of simple cones, rather than of laterally compressed domes. In the teeth of both jaws the crowns are swollen just beyond the base, but this feature is par- Fig. 2.—Phalarodon fraasi. Skull and dentition. No. 9853, natural size. D, dentary; Sa, surangular; M, maxillary; L, lachrymal; Pf, pre- frontal; 7, frontal; N, nasal; n.0., narial opening’; p.g., groove for reception of posterior end of premaxillary. ticularly noticeable in the anterior teeth of the upper jaw, in which the bases of the crowns are much larger than the roots. The enamel of several of the larger teeth shows a tendency to develop radial wrinkles. On the anterior pair of teeth in the upper jaw the enamel is practically smooth. As nearly as can be determined, the anterior upper tooth is set in a shallow pit at the bottom of a shallow, longitudinal groove. SKULL. The general form of that portion of the skull preserved in specimen 9853 is in many respects closely similar to that in the Ichthyosauria. Anterior to the middle region of the orbits the head narrows gradually to the most anterior point on this speci- men (fig. 3). Judeine from the form of the skull as shown here, the rostrum was rather slender and pointed, though it may have been shorter than in the typical ichthyosaurs. The skull 386 University of California Publications. [| GEOLOGY resembles the ichthyosaurian type in the moderately large orbits and in the position of the superior nares. The portion of the lower jaw present (fig. 2) shows almost the same vertical diameter for its entire length, and tends to be somewhat narrower vertically below the orbit than in most Fig. 3.—Phalarodon fraasi. Superior aspect of skull. No. 98538, nat- ural size. F, frontal; Pf, prefrontal; L, lachrymal; N, nasal; M, maxillary. of the typical ichthyosaurs. Portions of the dentary, suran- gular, splenial, and probably the angular elements are repre- sented. A portion of the dentary is broken away on each side of the skull, but the posterior end seems originally to have ex- tended back about to the middle of the orbit. The alveolar margin of the dentary is wide, the teeth being set a consider- able distance in from the outer margin. The surangular extends forward to the anterior end of this specimen, and reaches a point anterior to the superior nares. The heavy splenials ex- Vou. 5] Merriam.—A Primitive Ichthyosaurian. 387 tend the whole length of the skull fragment and reach down to the lower border of the ramus. They are very thin behind the middle of the orbits, but gradually thicken until their diameter immediately anterior to the orbits is several times that opposite the middle of the orbits. The angular seems to be represented by a small splint bone situated between the surangular and the splenial just behind the middle of the ‘orbit. The frontal region is unfortunately only imperfectly pre- served, considerable portions of all of the elements represented having disappeared before the specimen was discovered. The frontals extend back to a point a little behind the middle of the orbits, where the specimen is broken off posteriorly. The an- terior ends of the frontals extend forward almost to the posterior ends of the superior narial openings. Along the superior side of the skull a prominent median ridge is developed at the point of union of the frontals. ~ The prefrontals are large and extend well in toward the median line of the skull. The centers of radiation of the strue- ture lines of the prefrontals are situated a little behind the anterior borders of the orbits. The anterior ends of the pre- frontals extend forward to the posterior ends of the narial openings. The lachrymals are large and form the greater part of the anterior borders of the orbits. The lower end of each lachrymal extends back as a slender splint along the maxillary. The lmits of the upper posterior border are not distinetly shown, but seem nearly to reach the superior margin of the orbit. The anterior end of the lachrymal extends very near to the posterior end of the superior narial opening. Almost exactly opposite the middle height of the anterior border of the orbit the lateral portion of the lachrymal is extended outward as a prominent, triangular knob. The superior narial opening is evidently represented on one side of the specimen by a very distinct depression occupying almost exactly the same position in the facial region as the narial opening of the ichthyosaurs. The nasal elements border the narial openings above, and extend forward to the anterior end of this specimen, where the terminations are exceedingly 388 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY slender, indicating that the anterior end was only a few milh- meters in front of this point. The nasal bones extend behind the narial openings for a short distance, but appear not to reach back as far as in other ichthyosaurs. The form of the nasals and frontals seems in this specimen to be quite different from that in the typical ichthyosaurians. The structure does not, however, correspond to that in the Tha- lattosauria, as the premaxillaries do not seem to form the prin- cipal portion of the bar between the superior narial openings. It is, indeed, not probable that the posterior ends of the pre- maxillaries reached backward between the narial openings. The macilaries are formed much as in the ichthyosaurs. The premaxillaries appear to be unrepresented. A rather sharply marked groove extending forward across the lateral border of the nasal from the anterior end of the superior narial opening on one side of the skull was probably occupied by the posterior end of a premaxillary having much the same form as in some of the ichthyosaurs. AFFINITIES. The skull of Phalarodon resembles that in the Ichthyvosauria in its general form. It differs from the typical ichthyosaurs in the form of the frontals and nasals, and in the characters of the dentition. The exposed area of the frontals is much larger than in the typical ichthyosaurs, while the nasals seem to be much smaller than in any form thus far described. Not only have the nasals apparently not extended backward over a large part of the frontal region as in Ichthyosaurus and Cymbospon- dylus, but their extension anterior to the narial openings is also much shorter. There seems to be good reason for considering that the premaxillaries were separated posteriorly by the nasals as in the ichthyosaurs and proganosaurs. The lower jaw differs from that of most ichthyosaurs in the shortness of the lateral exposure of the angular element, but in this respect resembles the American Upper Triassic genus Merriamia. In the Italian Mirosaurus the angular also shows a relatively small lateral exposure. VoL. 5] Merriam.—A Primitive Ichthyosaurian. 389 The dentition most closely resembles that of Mirosaurus (?) atavus (Quenstedt) as deseribed by Fraas.* The specimens available for examination by Fraas showed unfortunately a very few teeth, but careful observations have indicated that, as in the American Phalarodon, the dentition was differentiated; while the roots were coarsely folded, were set in partly or entirely separated alveoli, and possessed ttle or no cement covering. The amount of differentiation in the European JM/.(?) atavus is unfortunately not clearly shown. It is, however, noted that the most posterior teeth have low, domed, laterally-compressed erowns, while the crowns of the teeth immediately anterior are more slender and less flattened laterally. The dental characters of M.(?) atavus are so close to those of Phalarodon as to suggest very strongly the generic identity of the two. On the other hand the dentition of both forms appears to differ considerably from that of the Itahan Mi.co- saurus as deseribed by Repossi.t As has been previously sug- gested by the writer® the vertebrae of the M.(?) atavus forms seem to differ in some particulars from those of the typical Mixosaurus. It appears reasonable to give the JM.(?) atavus forms a tentative position in the genus Phalarodon until further evidence can be obtained regarding the strueture of both the American and the European material. In general skull characters Phalarodon seems to represent a member of the Ichthyosauridae more primitive than any form heretofore described. The relatively large exposed area of the frontals, and the relatively small nasals, approach more nearly the form and the relative size of these elements as seen in the early Reptilia generally, than we find them in later ichthyosaurs, or even in the Middle Triassic Cymbospondylus. The maxil- laries seem also to be comparatively large. It is hardly possible to state definitely whether or not the dentition is primitive, as primitiveness in the sense of closer correspondence to the den- 3 Fraas, E., Ichthyosaurier der Stiddeutschen Trias-und-Jura-Ablagerun- gen, 1891, S. 38, and Taf. 3, fig. 2 and 3. 4 Repossi, H., Mixosauro degli strati Triasici di Besano in Lombardia. Atti della Soe. Ital. di Se. Nat., vol. 41, tav. 8. 5 Merriam, J. C., Am. Jour. Se., vol. 19, p. 30, Jan., 1905. 390 University of California Publications. | GEOLOGY tition of the ancestor might possibly be expressed in any one of several tooth forms. The general occurrence of a thecodont tooth insertion in early ichthyosaurs suggests that Phalarodon is probably not less primitive than the other forms. ee % ; < ee ‘ Sat he « & +“ by irregular intervals in the form of separate papers or memoirs, each em search by some competent investigator in geological science, These are m from 400 to 500 pages. The price per volume is $3. 50, including postage. The pap volumes will be sent to subscribers in separate covers as soon as issued. The sepa be add ye for) or H Go Do BAI D oe wrr rf Ss . The Soda-Rhyolite North of Berkeley, by Charles Palache “ ona aga - The Eruptive Rocks of Point Bonita, by F. Leslie Ransome . ~ . The Post-Pliocene Pee er of the Coast of Southern California, by Andrew & A . The Lherzolite- Serpentine ‘and "Associated Rocks of the Potrero, San Praneiseo, byes - On a Rock, from the Vicinity of Berkeley, containing a New Soda Amphibole, ‘by | . The Geology of Angel Tsland, by F. Leslie Ransome, with a Note on the Radiolarian . The Geomorphogeny of the Coast of } Northern California; by Andrew C. Lawson 5 . On Analcits. Diabase from San Louis Obispo County, California, by Harold W. Fairbanks . On Lawsonite, a New Rock-forming Mineral from the Tiburon Peninsula, J Contig , . Critical Periods in the Hlistory of the Earth by Joseph LeConte : - On Malignite, a Family of Basic, Plutonic, Orthoclase Rocks, Rich in * Alkkalies and a; . Sigmogomphius LeContei, a New Castoroid Rodent, from the Pliocene, near Berkeley, — . The Great Valley of California, a Criticism of the “Theory” of Tsostasy, by F F. Leslie Ransome . VOLUME 2. : . The Geology of Point Sal, by Harold W. Fairbanks. +). Op age ae SRS tena ho eS . A Topographic Study of the icles of Southern California, by’ W. 8. Tangier Smith . The Geology of the Central Portion of the Isthmus of Panama, by Oscar H. Hoe . A Contribution to the Geology of the John Day Basin, by John G, Merriam a . Mineralogical Notes, by Arthur S. Eakle . 0 $ % . Contributions to the Mineralogy of California, by Walter C. Blasdale . The Berkeley Hills. A Detail of Coast Range gent ye Andrew C, Lawson and . The Quaternary of Southern California, by Oscar H. Hershey . 5 Ree 2 4 oe . The Eparehaean Interval. A Criticism of the use of the term Algonkian, by Andrew . A Contribution to the Petrography of the John Day Basin, by Frank C. Calkins a . The Igneous Rocks near Pajaro, by John A. Reid ; . Two New Species of Fossil Turtles from Oregon, By O. P. Hay oe : “Yin Sa WE . New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Triassie of California, by John ©. Merriam ry: . The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great Valley of California, Py. John G. re . The Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by Andrew C. Lawson a p . A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene in California, by John ©. Menriale ie . The Orbicular Gabbro at Dehesa, San Diego County, California, by Andrew C. Laws . A New Cestraciont Spine from the Lower Triassic of Idaho, by Herbert M. Evans . A Fossil Egg from Arizona, by Wm. Conger Morgan and Marion Clover Tallmon . Euceratherium, a New Ungulate from the Quaternary Caves of California, by Wi . A New Marine Reptile from the Triassic of California, “by John or Sorsueere ae . The River Terraces of the Orleans Basin, California, by Oscar ‘. e ey ae. The BULLETIN OF THE “DEPARTMENT or GEOLOGY of the “Universi purchased at the following prices from the UNIVERSITY i a to which remittar ‘ ressed ; ~ VOLUME 1. bitte ts The Geology of Carmelo Bay, by Andrew ©. Lawson, with chemical nui bc “e08) eration in the field, by Juan de la C. Posada. ; . ‘ r Lawson : s Charles Palache Charles *Palache 3 Chert from Angel Island ‘and from Buri-buri Ridge, San Mateo County, Coit, “4 by George Jennings Hinde California, by F. Leslie Ransome —. “1 Bobo: Be. Lime, Intrusive in the Coutchiching Schists of Poohbah Lake, by Andrew C. Lawson .— by John C. Merriam .( On Some Pliocene Ostracoda from near Berkeley, by Frederick Chapman Note on Two Tertiary Faunas from the Rocks of the Southern Coast of Vancouver “ Island, by J. C. Merriam The Distribution of the Neocene Sea- Sule of Middle ‘California, and Its Bearing on the Classification of the Neocene Formations, by John C: Merriam 5 5 “ é The Geology of Point Reyes Peninsula, by F. M. Anderson ¢ Some Aspects of Erosion in feghovii to the Theory of the Peneplain, by. 'W. 8. Tangier * Snbh@. 5 20. Charles Palache n : = 5 3 5 VOLUME 3. Sen Colemanite from Southern California, by Arthur S. Eakle C. Lawson Triassic Iehthyopterygia from California and Nevada, by John C. Merriam. . Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Co., California, by Waldemar T, Schaller Plumasite, an Oligoclase-Corundum Rock, near Spanish Peak, California, by Andrew C Lawson : 5 j Bias : ; RAE RS 5 nr ca : Palacheite, by Arthur §. Eakle A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by W. J. Sinclair Spodumene from San Diego County, California, by Waldemar T. Schaller Merriam J. Sinclair and EH. L. Furlong UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 5, No. 26, pp. 397-403 ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor AN APLODONT RODENT FROM THE TERTIARY OF NEVADA. BY EUSTACE L. FURLONG. CONTENTS. PAGE APT C.C Cit) O Tiger OE ie ier Ree es hee ety coe ee eee eee renee OOK Diagnostic characters 398 FSM ON EN Nap USI TG A eo 400 MansetenenQone KS et AT ICAL a wean oe ee a gO em Gn een tae ee 401 Waal VCS See 0 eet Soca cto Seeeed hace seep ee ... 402 Generic position and affinities 403 INTRODUCTION. In June, 1906, Professor John C. Merriam of the University of California visited the region of Virgin Valley in northwestern Nevada, and obtained a small collection of mammalian remains representing the fauna of an extensive Tertiary formation ex- posed in that locality. This fauna was considered by Professor Merriam! to represent the Miocene. The upper division was presumed to correspond to a stage of the Miocene not older than the Mascall beds of the John Day region. The fauna of the lower horizon was considered as Miocene, though the particular stage was not determined. 1 Science, N.8., vol. 26, p. 380. 1906. 398 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY During the past summer a continuation of the work begun in 1906 was carried on by a party from the University of Cali- fornia, organized and supported financially by Miss Annie M. Alexander. The field party spent the greater portion of the summer in Virgin Valley and the adjoining regions, and obtained a considerable collection of material representing the fauna of these beds. Among the mammalian specimens obtained, one of the most interesting series represents the peculiar group of aplodont rodents, which has previously been known fossil only by the specimens obtained in the Quaternary fauna of Potter Creek Cave and Hawver Cave. This group, represented by the living Aplodontia, has occupied an isolated position among the Rodentia and comparatively little has been known of its affinities. Valuable suggestions as to its relationships have been made by various authors, particularly in recent papers by Sinclair,? and by Matthew and Gidley.* As is shown in the following article, forms very closely alhed to the modern genus Aplodontia occur in the Virgin Valley region in association with a fauna contain- ing such forms as Mylagulus, Dipoides, Hypohippus, Merychip- pus, Palacomeryx, and Chalicotheriwm, with various other types which represent a late Tertiary fauna. DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS. APLODONTIA ALEXANDRAE, n. sp. Type specimen, no. 11325, Univ. Calif. Col. Vert. Palae. Maxillaries with slightly worn teeth. Cotypes, no. 11898, Univ. Calif. Col. Vert. Palae. Maxillaries with nearly complete den- tition; no. 11899, left P*, unworn tooth; no. 11897, right ramus of mandible with complete dentition with exception of incisor ; no. 11909, right ramus of mandible with complete dentition. Locality, late Tertiary beds, Virgin Valley and Thousand Creek, Northwestern Nevada. Larger than Meniscomys hippodus Cope, Middle John Day, Oregon. Smaller than the Recent Aplodontia rufa Merriam 2Am. Jour. Se., vol. 15, p. 148. 1903. 3 Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 20, p. 206. 1904. Vou.5] = Furlong—An Aplodont Rodent from Nevada. 399 NW Figs 1 to 5e.—Aplodontia alexandrae, from late Tertiary beds of Virgin Valley and Thousand Creek, Northwestern Nevada. Figs. 1 and 2.—Left ramus of mandible. No. 11897, 1%. Fig. 1 lateral view. Fig. 2 oeclusal view; s, posterior median style. Fig. 3.—Right ramus of mandible lateral view. No. 11909, « 1%, Fig. 4.—Superior dental series. No. 11825, & 11%. Figs. 5a to 5¢c.—P*. No. 11899, X 6. Fig. 5a, lateral or external view; s, metastyle; Fig. 5b, occlusal view; pr., protocone; pl., protoconule; pa., paracone; mc., metacone; ml., metaconule; ms., mesostyle. 5c, cross-section of superior end; ms., mesostyle; ps., parastyle. Fig. 6—Superior dental series. No, 11898, & 2. 400 University of California Publications. [| GEOLOGY C.H. Superior dental formula ', °, *, *. P*® a small, well- developed cylindrical tooth as in Aplodontia rufa. P* with strongly developed parastyle, mesostyle and metastyle, the latter more distinct than in the Recent Aplodontia. The three upper molars with well-developed styles. Median style absent in the lower molars and in P,. The enamel of the inner wall in the inferior teeth extends back in an unbroken surface to a prominent style on the posterior side of the inner wall. The unworn P* of A. alerandrae differs from that of A. rufa in the presence of a longitudinal median ridge separating the median part of the tooth transversely into two lakes. In A. rufa the median lake extends from the ectoloph to the inner wall of the tooth. SUPERIOR DENTITION. The upper teeth are well represented in no. 11325 (fig. 4) ; no. 11898 (fig. 6); and in no. 11899 (figs. 5a, 5b, 5c), an unworn premolar four. These specimens show different stages of wear. In no. 11325, P*, a worn tooth, shows the protocone, metacone, and paracone to occupy approximately the same position as in a specimen of A plodontia, figured by Matthew and Gidley.t The molar teeth closely resemble those of Aplodontia. In no. 11898 (fig. 6) the tooth series lacks left M* and right P*. The teeth are more worn than in no. 11325 with a pattern much as in Aplodontia rufa. The small P* is excellently pre- served in the left maxillary. P* of the right is broken at the alveolus, showing the root of the tooth in place. The frontals are completely broken away with the superior ends of the tooth series exposed. The roots are fully open and show the typically hypsodont character. The mesostyle extends to the tip of the root as seen in Recent specimens of Aplodontia and in the Quaternary forms from Potter Creek Cave. In no. 11899 (figs. 5a, 5b, 5c), an unworn fourth premolar, there are four deep lakes, an anterior, a median, a posterior, and 4 Op. cit. Vou.5} Furlong—An Aplodont Rodent from Nevada. 401 an inner. The metaconule and protoconule unite to form a high longitudinal ridge, the anterior end of which joins with the proto- cone to form the boundary walls of the inner lake. The ectoloph is produced externally in a prominent mesostyle. The metacone and paracone give rise to transverse ridges that join the meta- conule and paraconule respectively on the median ridge. The paracone ridge separates the anterior lake from the median lake and the metacone ridge separates the posterior lake from the median one. . A left fourth premolar of no. 11325 (fig. 4) shows advanced wear. The large lakes in no. 11899 are represented in no. 11325 by small lakes, two placed anteriorly and one posteriorly on the erown. The fourth premolar in no. 11898 (fig. 6) shows further wear, the cuspules are completely worn away and the worn crown closely resembles that in the Recent A plodontia. INFERIOR DENTITION. Inferior dental formula ,, ,, ;, 3. In Aplodontia rufa (no. 3748, Univ. Calif. Mus. Vert. Zool.) the inner side of the teeth a little anterior to the middle portion is produced into a promi- nent style that is constant throughout the depth of the teeth. This character is also present in Aplodontia from Potter Creek Cave. In a mandible of Meniscomys hippodus (no. 606, Univ. Calif. Col. Vert. Palae.) and other specimens in the University collec- tion the teeth have prominent median styles. The teeth of Meniscomys also show a decided tendency to hypsodonty. The style is confined to the upper portion of the teeth, not extending below the alveolar border. In Aplodontia alecandrae nos. 11897 (figs. 1 and 2), 11909 (fig. 3), and others, the inner walls of the teeth are produced posteriorly in a gently concave unbroken surface to a prominent style on the posterior region of the inner margin of the teeth. 402 University of California Publications. | GEOLOGY MEASUREMENTS. A. rufa A. alexandrae No. 3748* No. 11325 No. 11898 No. 11899 Length from anterior side P* to posterior margin M* 2.202... 18.5mm. 18.5 12.5 Pt, anteroposterior diameter -........ 5. 4.5 3.0 3.5 P*, greatest transverse diameter... 5. 4, 4, 4 M’, anteroposterior diameter .......... 4, 2.5 2.5 M', greatest transverse diameter... 4.5 3. 4, M* anteroposterior diameter .......... de 2.5 2.5 M’*, greatest transverse diameter... 4.5 sh, 3. M*, anteroposterior diameter ~........ 4.5 On oe M’, greatest transverse diameter... 4. 2.5 Length from anterior palatine fora- Me Net O) MBE waz este tenon feeeees eet ee aa sees 1] 7.5 Length from anterior palatine fora- men to posterior margin M*...... 29. 19. Greatest width between anterior ex- ternal borders of alveoli of P*.... 16.5 12. 12. Width of palate on plane of alveoli between P* and anterior palatine SRCO}Tee2 00,2) 0 eee Reon eee eer nearer D. ils Width of palate between inner bor- ers0t tee Ve ee ee eee 6. 4.5 Width of palate between inner bor- LOTS ).0 ds Mik" as el ee eee 6. 4.5 A. rufa A. alexandrae No. 3748* No. 11897 No 11909 Total length of inferior cheek tooth series... Ie semen, 4IBl, 12. P,, anteroposterior diameter 5. 3.5 4. P,, transverse diameter ....... 4, 2.5 2.5 M,, anteroposterior diameter 4. PAD) 2.5 MeV ERaAnS Vers Cm mC UCT rec ste as senses ceetesee 3.5 3. 3. M,, anteroposterior diameter .......-.--.....-...:--------- 4, Pe 2.5 M,, transverse diameter ........22.....2-...:-22:0eeeecees 3.5 3. 2.5 M,, anteroposterior diameter ...............-2---2:.-:---- 4.5 oe 2.5 M,, transverse diameter ay 2. 2. HlievohG oun mam daiblerait Dees eee ee 14. 9.5 9. Length of mandible from condyle to posterior MAT OUNe Om ANCISOM el vicOli eres seecesssseees/ seers seers 45, 31. * Number from Univ. Calif. Mus. Vert. Zool. MAXILLARIES. In a Meniscomys specimen (no. 1100) the maxillaries meet in a nearly horizontal plane on the palatal surface. The maxillaries in A. alerandrae (no. 11898) are keeled medi- ally, anterior to P* and back of the anterior palatine foramina Vou.5] Furlong.—An Aplodont Rodent from Nevada. 403 and in the median line only. From a slight depression anterior to the dental series, they extend laterally on a nearly horizontal plane to the infraorbital foramina. The Recent species differ in this respect in that the maxillaries slope upward more sharply from the median line. GENERIC POSITIONS AND AFFINITIES. A. alerandrae represents an advanced stage of development. ” between Meniscomys and Aplodontia. It shows a distinet likeness to both genera, and is probably near the direct line of descent leading toward Aplodontia. The genus Mylagaulodon Sinclair shows affinity to A. alerandrae through Meniscomys. It is probably an aberrant form of the Aplodontidae as was recently suggested by Matthew and Gidley.® 5 Op. cit. Issued March 31, 1910. 1 a as ret, Buitecae (OF THE DEPARTMENT OF ee : aS GEOLOGY et - * ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor ___EVESTHES JORDANI A PRIMITIVE FLOUNDER _ ee epee Br aR FROM THE ~ MIOCENE OF CALIFORNIA ‘ Ses a BY: ; JAMES ZACCHAEUS, GILBERT e ; oF Re BERKELEY Be ia Soe aE et ee eR THE UNIVERSITY PRESS . foe Sao Institys: és Pee te { vuN Tw x Ney a3 SAE 7 Yo irregular intervals in the form of separate papers or memoirs, each ¢ be search by some competent investigator in geological | science. These ar from 400 to 500 pages. The price per volume is $3.50, including postage. The pay volumes will be sent to subscribers in separate covers as soon as issued, The sep: The BULLETIN or THE DEPARTMENT or GroLogy of the Uni ty be purchased at the following prices from the UNiversity Pruss, to which remitt: addressed : @ VOLUME 1. : 1. The Geology of Carmelo Bay, by Andrew C. Lawson, with chemical analyses aria ¢ eration in the field, by Juan dela C. Posada . - : a 2. The Soda-Rhyolite North of Berkeley, by Charles Palache é 3. The Eruptive Rocks of Point Bonita, by F. Leslie Ransome . 4. The Post-Pliocene Diastrophism of the Coast of Southern California, be Andrew: Lawson 5. The Lherzolite- Serpentine ‘and "Associated Rocks of the Potrero, San Francisco, by Charles Palache ; 6. On a Rock, from the Vicinity of Berkeley, containing a New Soda Amphibole, ‘by ( Charles Palache S 7. The Geology of Angel Island, by F. Leslie Ransome, ‘with a Note on the Radiolarian Chert from Angel Island ‘and from Buri- buri Ridge, San Mateo County, "California by George Jennings Hinde . 8. The Geomorphogeny of the Coast of Northern California, by Andrew C. Lawson ; 9. On Analcite Diabase from San Louis Obispo County, California, by Harold W. Fairbanks — 10. On Lawsonite, a New Rock-forming Mineral from the Tiburon Peninsula, Marin Count; California, by F. Leslie Ransome 5 ‘ < 11. Critical Periods in the History of the Earth, by Joseph LeConte . On Malignite, a Family of Basic, Plutonic, Orthoclase Rocks, Rich in ‘A Uae an¢ . Sigmogomphius LeContei, a New Castoroid Rodent, from the Pliocene, near Berkeley, . The Great Valley of California, a a Criticism of the “Theory of Isostasy, by E PF. Leslie . The Geology of Point Sal, by Harold W. Fairbanks . . On Some Pliocene Ostracoda from near Berkeley, by Frederick Chapman . Note on Two Tertiary Faunas from the Rocks of the Southern Coast of Vancouver _ The Distribution of the Neocene Sea-urchins of Middle ‘California, and Its Bearing on . The Geology of Point Reyes Peninsula, by F. M. Anderson . A Topographic Study of the Islands of ‘Sou thern California, by Ww. 8. Tangier Smith . The Geology of the Central Portion of the Isthmus of Panama, by Oscar H. Hershey ~~ . A-Contribution to the Geology of the John Day Basin, by John C. Merriam : . Mineralogical Notes, by Arthur 8S. Hakle . Contributions to the Mineralogy of California, by Walter C. Blasdale ¢: . The Berkeley Hills. A Detail of Coast Se ie De: Andrew C. Lawson and fn Coy AN - WH Lime, Intrusive in the Coutchiching Schists of Poohbah Lake, by Andrew C. Lawson ._ by John C. Merriam Ransome . VOLUME 2. Island, by J. C. Merriam the Classification of the Neocene Formations, by John C. Merriam eee Ar Some Aspects of Erosion in Relation to the Theory of the Peuieplain, by W. 8. Tangier Smith Charles Palache j 2 5 ; VOLUME 3. 1. The Quaternary of Southern California, by Oscar H. Hershey 2. Colemanite from Southern California, by Arthur 8. Hakle 3. The Eparchaean Interval. A Criticism of the use of the term Algonkian, be Andrew C. Lawson : 4. Triassic Ichthyopterygia from ‘California and Nevada, by John C. Merriam 5. A Contribution to the Petrography of the John Day Basin, by Frank C. Calkins 6. The Igneous Rocks near Pajaro, by John A. Reid . 7. Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Co., California, by Waldemar Ae ‘Sclialler F 8. Plumasite, an Oligoclase-Corundum Rock, near Spanish Peak, California, Bo Cie C, Lawson, . 4 e 2 a z : 5 . : 9. Palacheite, by Arthur 8. Eakle . 5 10. Two New Species of Fossil Turtles from Oregon, by. O. P. Hay : iN one 11. A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by W. J. Sinclair :* : 12, New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Triassic of California, by John C. Merriam ~ “2 13. Spodumene from San Diego County, California, by Waldemar T. Schaller = 14, The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great Valley of .California, by John ou Merriam . « SAS 15. The Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by Andrew C. Lawson. Cac, . A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene in California, by John C. Merriam . . The Orbicular Gabbroiat Dehesa, San Diego County, California, by Andrew C. Laws . A New Cestraciont| Spine from the Lower Triassic of Idaho, by Herbert M. Evans rr. . A Fossil Egg from Arizona, by Wm. Conger Morgan and Marion Clover Tallmon . >. . Huceratherium, a New Ungulate from the Quaternary Caves of ee by Wi . A New Marine Reptile from the Triassic of California, ‘by John (On eae . The River Terraces of the Orleans Cen California, by Oscar H. Honeye J. Sinclair and H. L. Furlong UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 5, No. 27, pp. 405-411, pls. 41-42 ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor EVESTHES JORDANI A PRIMITIVE FLOUNDER FROM THE MIOCENE OF CALIFORNIA BY JAMES ZACCHAEUS GILBERT. INTRODUCTION. The specimen of fossil flounder here described as new was obtained from the diatomaceous beds near Lompoc now being commercially worked by the Magna Silica Company, of Los Angeles, California; and it was through the courtesy of George B. Hanniman of that company that this specimen was obtained. In these beds have been found several specimens of fishes. but the most perfect is this one. This specimen is an imprint of apparently a mature fish almost complete and very well defined. Preliminary notes with a plate were published in January, 1909.7 but no name has hitherto been assigned. This species differs from all other flounders in the greater development of the body-cavity, and from most of them in the very large size of the mouth. The generic name Hvesthes is given because this flounder was a large-mouthed one and doubt- less a voracious eater; and the specific name is proposed in honor of Dr. David Starr Jordan, to whom I am much indebted for his unstinted encouragement and valuable aid in the preparation 1 Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sei., vol. 8, p. 24, pl. 2. 406 University of California Publications. —— [GBolLocy of this paper. The principal fossil flounders have béen obtained. from the Eocene and Miocene beds of Europe and nearly all of them have been referred to. the genus Rhombus, of which Bothus is an older name. Bothus minimus is the oldest Known species, having been described by Agassiz from the Eocene of Monte Bolea. The other nominal species, mostly Miocene and known from fragments only, are closely related to this. The faet that these fragments belong to the general type ‘of the turbot .and brill (Psettinae) has led to the supposition that this was the primitive type of the flat-fishes. The halibut tribe Hippoglos- sinae are less specialized, but as Fordan and Evermann observe, “The primitive simpheity of the halibuts may be due to degen- eration.’ To this date no Hippoglossinae have been found fossil, nor have any of the small-mouth forms (Platessinae) which! are supposed to be derived from the Hippoglossinae, except in very recent rocks. It is beheved that the specimen described here may be found to be of great significance in this matter, as it is apparently a primitive representative of the halibut tribe, being more gener- alized than Bothus minimus, as well as vastly larger in size than that diminutive species. The identification of the flounders will doubtless rest largely upon skeletal differences such as: the degree of approach to symmetry; the insertion of the ventral fin; the simplicity, number, and streneth of the vertebrae; the relative size of the head and body-eavity ; the position of the eyes; the streneth of the bones; the number and relation of the spines to the inter- spinous bones; the character of the fins and the number of their rays; the presence and character of the teeth and the length and direction of jaws, ete. In considering these points’ several problems suggest themselves, among which are (@) whether the earlier flounders had a large or small mouth; (b) whether they had large teeth or small; (c) whether they were ‘‘right’’ or ‘left-handed’? forms; (d) whether they resembled the. halibuts more than they did the brill or the turbot; (e€) what was their habitat; (/) and what kind of a form should be looked for as the common ancestor of both soles and flounders, for two species of sole are also found in the Miocene of Europe. Vou. 5] Gilbert.—Evesthes jordani. 407 EVESTHES JORDANI, n. gen. and sp. Y From the Miocene of Lompoc, Santa Barbara County, Cali- fornia. This specimen is characterized as follows: head large with strong bones, and occupying more than one-third of the total length of the body exclusive of the caudal fin; eyes on the right side; mouth large, with strong sharp conical teeth; a great body- cavity extending backward to more than the one-half of the entire length of the fish and occupying two-thirds of the total depth; strongly dorsalward position of the spinal column; vertebrae few, 33, with poorly developed ventrolateral processes and spines; general weakness of the body skeleton; uniform arrangement of two interspinous bones to one ray; weakness of the bones forming the posterior boundary of the body-cavity ; solid and unsymmetrical hypural bone; and the small angle of 44 degrees made between the direction of the premaxillaries and that of the spinal column. The pectoral fin lies with the middle of its base 40 mm. below the middle of the spinal column and 47 mm. above and 10 mm. behind the ventral fin. The posterior border of the operculum reaches its base and eleven rays are discernible. The fin is weak and the rays are only 22 mm. long. The ventral fin is imperfect, but reveals three strong rays 10 mm. in length. Four branchiostegals occur, but are incomplete. The dorsal fin begins apparently above the middle of the left orbit and extends to the 29th vertebra, that is, to within 4 vertebrae of the hypural. About 64 rays are present, and they are comparatively slender, weak and strongly recurved. A few rays are wanting, but those present indicate a uniformity of one ray to each interspinous bone, with two of the latter uniting with each neural spine. The anal fin is incomplete anteriorly, but the part present indicates that it was a half higher than the dorsal and much stouter. The rays were about 42 in all, 30 of which were attached through their interspinous bones in twos to the haemal spines. The longest rays and interspinous bones are attached to the first three caudal vertebrae as is the case with the dorsal fin, and the length of the interspinous bones is equal to that of the corresponding haemal spines. The arrangement of the two interspinous bones to each haemal and neural spine is very uniform through- out, which is not the case in some of the living halibuts and flounders. For instance, in Psettichthys melanostictus the neural spines of the 14th, 18th, and 23rd vertebrae attach each three interspinous bones instead of two as in the fossil; also in Platichthys stellatus the neural spines of Ist, 4th, 9th, llth, 15th, 18th, 21st, and 24th vertebrae each receives only one 408 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY bone. In Paralichthys californicus the neural spine of the 16th vertebra and the haemal of the 15th attaches each only one, otherwise regularly two. That this point is of value must be shown by further observation than I have been able to make. The caudal fin is broadly spread (margin 75 mm.) and the fin-rays are in length about two-thirds the spread. The hypural is solid, not vertebra- like, without a neck-like portion, and receives support from the spines of the last vertebra only. The rays, seventeen in number, are very strong at the base, weaken rapidly backward, are branched distally, and the first lateral pair are 15 mm. long, outwardly curved and stout. The next one on either side, 24 mm. long, is weaker and not branched. The hypural is unsym- metrical, the dorsal margin being only two-thirds the length of the ventral. The vertebrae, 33 in number, retain their strength well from the sixth backward. The first five are very much smaller than the succeeding ones and curve strongly ventralward as they approach the skull. All are very much weaker than those of the robust Platichthys stellatus but very strik- ingly resemble the smaller deep-sea flounders of our coast, as well as the large ‘‘bastard halibut,’’ Paralichthys californicus. The ventrolateral pro- cesses are very weak, being less in length than the width of the corre- sponding vertebrae. The 3rd to the 12th bear very slender weak ribs, the longest being 36 mm. The spines of the caudal vertebrae decrease grad- ually in length to the 28th, whence backward they slightly increase. The bones of the head are very strong, the premaxillaries, maxillaries, and mandibles standing out prominently and well defined. Both eyes occur upon the right side, as in the halibut; the left orbit lies farther back than the right, and its upper margin reaches to within 2 mm. of the dorsal margin of the skull. The interorbital space is one-half the width of the right orbit and an irregularly V-shaped suture occurs between the orbits. The maxillaries are long and slender, but strengthen quite strongly back- ward, and are arched 5 mm., the more strongly so anteriorly. Their general direction makes an angle of 44 degrees with that of the spinal column. The dorsal process anteriorly stands at an angle of 90 degrees with the axis of the premaxillaries here. Three large conical-shaped teeth, slanting slightly backward, occur in the premaxillaries in front, the third being the strongest and longest. Back of these for the entire biting surface occur sharply conical, closely set teeth (6 to the em.) in a single row and decreasing backward. The mandibles strengthen rapidly backward where the depth is one-fifth the length. They probably bore even, sharp, broadly conical, and slightly slanting teeth. Five can be made out quite definitely and a space for two occurs between the first three and the last two. The dental surface is slightly arched, the ventral surface of the maxillaries is not shown, but the lateral view shows them long and strong, parallel with the premaxillaries. The very long jaws, the sharp, large teeth, and the open mouth present a very ferocious aspect. In the direction of the maxil- laries, the size of the mouth, and in the character and strength of the teeth this form differs radically from the living allies of the genus Bothus. Some of the Hippoglossinae as the ‘‘bastard halibuts’’ approach these characters. No trace of scales is present. _——— ws VoL. 5] Gilbert.—Evesthes jordani. 409 From the above facts of description and the following meas- urements it seems fairly assured that this fish, on account of its strongly compressed body, broadly diamond-shaped outline, un- symmetrical head, twisted skull, both eyes on the same side, and strong teeth, is a flounder, and belongs to the Pleuronectidae. It is apparently ancestral to the present sub-families of Hippo- glossinae, finding its nearest allies among living genera in Para- lichthys, Velifracta (Tephritis) and other tropical forms of the Hippoglossinae, the group dd of Jordan & Evermann (Fishes N. M. America 111, p. 2606), which contains the allies of Para- lichthys and Pseudorhombus. These allies of Paralichthys are all normally sinistral, but in several of the Pacific species, Para- lichthys californicus, with the allied genera, Vystreurys, Hippo- glossina, Velifracta, Verasper, and Psettodes, the eyes are as often on the right side as on the left. In the true Hippoglos- sinae, the eyes are always on the right side. In the Psettinae they are always on the left. If this specimen had the eyes on the right side, as I believe is the ease, it cannot be allied to Bothus, nor ean it belong to the Psettinae. On the other hand, its small number of vertebrae separates it widely from the Hippoglossinae proper. We are therefore forced to range it with the occasionally dextral allies of Paralichthys, and to these, in general, its skeleton shows ereatest resemblance. The small number of fin-rays seen in Hvesthes (D. 64, A. 42) is approached by the California species Hippoglossina stomata (D. 68, A. 53) and by the bastard halibut of California (D. 70, A. 55). In Velifracta sinensis the number is still further re- duced (D. 46, A. 35). In Psettodes eruwmei we have D. 50, A. 40. The nearest living ally of Hvesthes is probably Hippoglossina, with which it seems to agree in the insertion of its dorsal, and Paralichthys. The small number of vertebrae in Hvesthes shows that the species was an inhabitant of warm seas, and doubtless a shore fish. The number of vertebrae (33) corre- sponds nearly to that found in Bothus minimus (31) and to the number (31) in Plewronectes (Psetta) maximus. In the true hahbut (Hippoglossus) there are 50, and in the brill (Bothas rhombus) there are 36. The minute Bothus minimus probably 410 University of California Publications. [GEOLOGY does not belong to the genus Bothus as now defined, but its relations with that genus must be close. Hvesthes seems more primitive than Bothus. In Paralichthys californicus there are but 35 vertebrae, and this number is probably general in Hippo- glossina, Nystreurys, Pseudorhombus, and other allies. The Atlantic species of Paralichthys have in general more vertebrae (37 to 40), and more fin-rays. None of these genera has so large a body-cavity as Evesthes, Paralichthys approaching most nearly. Psettodes, an Asiatic genus, also indifferently dextral and sinistral, also approaches Evesthes, but in this genus the dorsal fin begins at the nape. Evesthes jordani stands unique in its very large head and strong jaws; strong teeth; direct mouth; large body-cavity; in the small number of the vertebrae, the first five of which are greatly reduced and ventrally curved (a feature of the codfish), the strength of the sueceeding ones carried well backward; and in the relatively small number of fin-rays. While the discovery of this species may not preclude the possibility that the sinistral, large-mouthed flounders of the turbot tribe are the most primitive, yet it seems to me that the dextral forms with a large head, large body-cavity, and a very large mouth, will be found most primitive of all. Hvesthes is certainly a more primitive type than Bothus or Paralichthys. The group of turbots should rather be called Pleuronectinae than Psettinae. Dr. Jordan calls my attention, in his valuable editorial reading of this article, to the fact that in the first re- striction of the genus Plewronectes, that of Fleming (1828), the name was restricted to the turbot (Plewronectes maximus). The name Pleuronectes therefore, under the rules of the International Zoological Congress, should replace Psetta; and Pleuronectinae would supersede Psettinae. MEASUREMENTS. Length, anterior end of premaxillary to base of hypural .............. 268 mm. Length, anterior end of premaxillary to first caudal vertebra (CUS), See cas eee rae Sos cee Bea gece te ea nee EE 148 length, total, ineludine c 2. The Soda-Rhyolite North of Berkeley, by Charles Palache . A 3.. The Eruptive Rocks of Point Bonita, by F. Leslie Ransome . ‘a 4, The Post-Pliocene ad gece of the Coast of Southern California, by ‘Aeaatoe Cc - Lawson . 5. The Lherzolite- -Serpenting ‘and Associated Rocks of the Potrero, San Pranciseo, by Charles Palache 5 6. On a Rock, from the Vicinity of Berkeley, containing a New Soda Amphibole, ‘by Charles ’Palache 5 R 7. The Geology of Angel Island, by F. Leslie Ransome, with a Note on the Radiolarian Chert from Angel Island ‘and from Buri-buri Ridge, San Mateo County, California, by George Jennings Hinde 8. The Geomorphogeny of the Coast of Northern. California, by Andrew C. Lawson California, by I. Leslie Ransome Lime, Intrusive in the Coutchiching Schists of Poohbah Lake, by Andrew C. Lawson .— = . Sigmogomphius LeContei, a New Castoroid Rodent, from the Floor near Berkeley, ~—_ by John C. Merriam Ransome . VOLUME 2. The Geology of Point Sal, by Harold W. Fairbanks Island, by J. C. Merriam . The Distribution of the Neocene Sea- urchins of. Middle "California; and Its Bearing on the Classification of the Neocene Formations, by John C. Merriam The Geology of Point Reyes Peninsula, by F. M. Anderson Some Aspects of Erosion in Relation to the Theory of the Peneplain, by 'W. 8. Tangier Smith ; . A Topographic Study of the Islands of ‘Southern California, by Ww. 8. Tangier Smith a . The Geology of the Central Portion of the Isthmus of Panama, by Oscar H. Hershey . A Contribution to the Geology of the John Day Basin, by John C..Merriam . Z . Mineralogical Notes, by Arthur S. Hakle . 2 A A Jf . Contributions to the Mineralogy of California, by Walter ©. Blasdale : . The Berkeley Hills. A Detail of Coast ee See ys By: puller C. Lawson and Charles Palache 3 E : VOLUME 3. Colemanite from Southern California, by Arthur 8. Hakle C. Lawson Lawson ‘ 3 4 e ' 5 5 6 z= 9. Palacheite, by Arthur. Ss. Eakle 3 3 % sae 10. Two New Species of Fossil Turtles from Oregon, by oO. P. Hay is In one co 11. A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by W. J. Sinclair 3 . Spodumene from San Diego County, California, by Waldemar TT. Schaller . . The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae ofthe Great Valley of California, ey John c. . The Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by Andrew C. Lawson. : . A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene in California, by John C. Merriam . . The Orbicular Gabbro at Dehesa, San Diego County, California, by Andrew C. Lawson . A New Cestraciont Spine from the Lower Triassic of Idaho, by Herbert M. Evans . A Fossil Egg from Arizona, by Wm. Conger Morgan and Marion Clover Tallmon . . Huceratherium, a New Ungulate from the Quaternary Caves of gorge by Will . A New Marine Reptile from the Triassic of California, “by John C. Merriam . The River Terraces of the Orleans Basin, California, by Oscar H. me New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Triassic of California, by John C. Merriam Merriam = O J. Sinclair and E. L. Furlong . A UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 5, No. 28, pp. 413-420 ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor THE PROBABLE TERTIARY LAND CONNECTION BETWEEN ASIA AND NORTH AMERICA.* BY ADOLPH KNOPF. INTRODUCTION. A land connection between northeastern Asia and north- western America during a portion of Tertiary time has been postulated by paleontologists to explain certain faunistic prob- lems. It has been accepted as probable and so charted on Willis’ paleontologie map of Miocene North America.’ The present paper, which is partly based on personal famil- larity with northwestern Alaska, undertakes to discuss the geologic evidence of such a land connection. The portion of Alaska lying nearest to Asia has been desig- nated the Seward Peninsula since the gold excitement of 1898, and a great increase in the geographic and geologic knowledge of that region has resulted from the investigations conducted by the United States Geological Survey subsequent to that date.’ As those studies have concerned themselves mainly with the auriferous alluvia, many observations bearing upon broader geo- logic problems are scattered through the numerous economic and progress reports, where they are not readily available to those unfamiliar with the literature. * Published by permission of the Director of the U. 8S. Geological Survey. 1 Journ. Geol., 1909, p. 503. 2 Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 328, 1908, contains a compendium of the geography and geology of Seward Peninsula. 414 University of California Publications. [GEOLOGY GEOGRAPHY.3 The continents of Asia and North America lie in closest proximity to each other in latitude 65° north. Bering Strait, the body of water separating them, is fifty miles wide in its narrowest portion. Cape Prince of Wales in longitude 168° west forms the extreme western projection of North America; opposing it on the Asiatie side is the bold promontory of East Cape, the extreme eastern projection of Chukchi Peninsula. Lying approximately midway between these two headlands are the Diomede Islands, the larger of which, known as the Big Diomede, belongs to Russia, and the smaller, the Little Diomede, belongs to the United States. The islet called Fairway Rock hes a few miles to the southeast of the Diomedes. Seward Peninsula is bounded on the north by Kotzebue Sound and the Aretic Ocean and on the south by Bering Sea and Norton Sound. It embraces an area of approximately 20,000 square miles, which is included mainly between meridians 161° and 168° west longitude and parallels 64° and 6614° north latitude. As shown on the Coast and Geodetic Survey Chart, the 100- fathom line of Bering Sea starts at Unimak Island, the Aleutian Island lying at the southwest extremity of the Alaska Peninsula, and trends northwest to Cape Navarin on the Siberian Coast. North of this line Bering Sea is characterized by extreme shal- lowness, barely averaging 200 feet in depth, whereas to the south it abruptly attains a depth of 12,000 feet. The extreme shal- lowness persists through Bering Strait and prevails over a large portion of the Polar Sea lying to the north. It is to be noted of the Aleutians, which are held to mark off Bering Sea from the Pacifie Ocean, that the westernmost islands rise directly from oceanic depths. In some speculations they are regarded as having afforded a bridge between Asia and America at some time in the past. 3'The geographic relations including soundings of Bering Sea are best shown on Chart T, U. 8. Coast and Geodetic Survey. Vou. 5] Knopf.—Land Connection between Asia and America. 415 GEOLOGY. The oldest rocks of Seward Peninsula comprise various schists, limestones, and gneisses, forming the bedrock of the auriferous areas. They are regarded as probably of early Paleo- zoic age. In the northwestern part of the peninsula there is a large area of fossiliferous limestone, called the Port Clarence limestone, which on the basis of recent paleontologic study is known to range in age from Upper Cambrian to Upper Silurian.* Near Cape Prince of Wales a belt of limestone and marble five miles wide trends northwest across the western extremity of the peninsula. Evidence secured by Collier’ shows it to be of Mississippian age. A stock of coarse porphyritiec granite is intrusive into the limestone and is therefore of post-Mississippian age. It is in all probability pre-Cretaceous, like analogous occurrences in the eastern part of Seward Peninsula. This granitic mass forms the youngest bedrock of that portion of the American continent lying in closest proximity to Asia. The Diomede Islands mid- way between the continents are composed of similar granite. There are, however, scattered throughout the peninsula, small patches of unaltered sediments composed of conglomerates, sand- stones, and shales, locally carrying seams of coal, of which the largest known is 88 feet thick. These rocks rest uneconformably on the metamorphic terranes, and in the absence of fossil evi- dence are believed from their lithologic resemblance to other coal-bearing formations of Alaska to be of Cretaceous or Eocene (Kenai) age. On St. Lawrence Island, which hes about 150 miles south of Bering Strait and is the largest island in Bering Sea, Collier has discovered some coal-bearing sediments carrying plant remains.‘ A few conifers and dicotyledons were found, among which Knowlton has identified Sequoia langsdorfii, indi- eating Kenai age. This bit of evidence, incomplete and unsatis- factory as it is, is the most important yet discovered that bears 4 Kindle, BE. M., unpublished manuseript. 5 Collier, A. J., Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 328, 1908, p. 81. 6 Oral communication by P. 8. Smith. * Unpublished information. 416 University of California Publications. [GEOLOGY on the question of a land connection between the continents during the early part of the Tertiary. Rocks of Kenai age are known in widely separated parts of Alaska, and are of fluvial, lacustral, and possibly, in part, of estuarine origin. The Kenai flora indicates that temperate or subtropical conditions prevailed over Alaska in Upper Eocene time. Extensive deposits of alluvial material oceur throughout Seward Peninsula. They consist of sands, gravels and silts, and local accumulations of glacial debris. They have not yet been studied from a chronological standpoint. Logs of a species of spruce, the northern limit of which is now in the latitude of Sitka, and mammalan remains have been found in them, and indicate climatie conditions greatly different from those of the present.® Seattered observations only are available concerning the adjacent Siberian coast. These concur in describing it as a bold mountainous region composed essentially of granitie rocks. According to Suess,? Bogdanowitsch has investigated the geology of Chukchi Peninsula in some detail. He finds that the rocks are mainly of eruptive and metamorphic character, from which it may be concluded that they furnish little light on the problem under discussion. From the foregoing brief resumé it is obvious that the record of the geologic history of the region as revealed by the sedi- mentary rocks is characterized by immense lacunae, and is prac- tically a blank for the whole of the Tertiary period. Such further evidence as may be obtained must be afforded by the study of the physiographic evolution of the region. Accumulating evidence shows that the physiographic history is complex in detail. It is unfortunately true that the peninsula has not been studied as a whole by any one observer, and conse- quently a comprehensive account has not yet been formulated. Certain broader facts, however, have been established, and from them may be drawn conclusions important to the present dis- cussion. 8 The available information concerning the . Pleistocene vertebrate fauna of Alaska has recently been assembled and discussed by C. W: Gilmore in Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 51, 1908. 9 Antlitz der Erde, vol. III, 2d part, 1909, p. 405. Vou. 5] Knopf.—Land Connection between Asia and America. 417 After the deposition of the coal-bearing sediments a long period of stability supervened, during which much of the penin- sula was reduced to a peneplain. According to Brooks,’ the age of this peneplain has not been determined, but it is probably the same as that of the Yukon plateau, which is known to have been developed in post-Kenai pre-Plocene time. This old surface of erosion is now represented throughout the peninsula by flat- topped ridges and domes ranging in altitude from 800 to 2,400 feet. The level summits of the interstream areas blending into an even sky-line form a striking feature of the topography. In the western part of the peninsula, on the northern flank of Brooks Mountain at an altitude of 1,800 feet, the writer found remnants of well-rounded gravels, which can hardly be inter- preted otherwise than as relics of an ancient drainage system. In the region of the Kotzebue Sound the flat-topped ranges are especially well developed and are rendered highly impressive by terraces, in places up to twelve in number and ranging in height from 10 to 100 feet scored upon their flanks."? A finely preserved terrace of marine origin known as the York bench extends northwestward from Port Clarence to the apex of the continent. South of the York Mountains it bevels the upturned edges of the Port Clarence limestone, and attains a width ranging from a few hundred yards to four miles. ‘‘The surface of this bench,’’ says Collier,'” ‘‘is an almost perfect plain swept bare of gravel or other detrital material, but is covered in many places with yellow clay derived from the solution of the limestone.’’ Between the York Mountains and Cape Mountain the bench merges with a prominent topographic feature known as the York Plateau, which constitutes a well-marked upland surface.1? At Cape Prince of Wales, the terrace which is there carved upon the granite of Cape Mountain has an elevation of 300 feet ; fifteen miles eastward, at Kanauguk River, it attains a height of 700 feet; fourteen miles farther eastward at Lost River it 10 Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 328, 1908, p. 112. 11 Moffit, F. H., Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 247, 1905, p. 44. 12 Prof, Paper U. 8. Geol. Survey No. 2, 1902, p. 37. 13 These features are well shown on the topographic maps accompanying Bull. U. 8. Geol. Survey No. 328, 1908. 418 University of California Publications. [GEOLOGY stands at 600 feet; and in the vicinity of Port Clarence it sinks to 200 feet.1t The uplift of the terrace was, therefore, accom- panied by a considerable amount of warping, with the maximum deformation along the axis of the York Mountains. The streams flowing into Bering Sea have entrenched themselves in sharp canyons across the bench, and this topographic evidence affords the only clue to the age of the terrace. Locally some minor benches but a few feet above the sea-level can be noted, and testify that the general movement of uplift is still in progress. Inspection of the topographic map is sufficient to show that the coastal plain bordering the Arctic Ocean between Cape Prince of Wales and Cape Espenberg is a region of depression. The York Plateau, which is broken off on its southern margin by sea cliffs overlooking Bering Sea, slopes gently northward to the Arctic Ocean and is buried under the Pleistocene alluvium. At Shishmaref Inlet, a large, shallow embayment from the Polar Sea, the lower courses of the streams are affected by tidal ebb and flow, and prove the recent submergence of the region. The complex oscillations of the strand-lne in the vicinity of Nome during the late Tertiary and Quaternary time have been revealed in unusual fullness of detail by the exploitation of the ancient auriferous beaches.’ Five such beaches buried under the tundra of the coastal plain at depths ranging from five to one hundred feet have been discovered, the youngest of which is 78 feet above sea-level, and the oldest 34 feet below sea-level. Fossils are plentiful in the beach deposits, which consist of loose sands and gravels. Those from the beach stand- ing at 78 feet above sea-level have been determined by W. H. Dall to be of Plocene age and to indicate that warmer water conditions prevailed than obtain now in adjacent portions of Bering Sea.'® According to the same authority, the fossils from the beach 34 feet below sea-level are of Upper Miocene or Plio- cene age.” The geologic history as deciphered from the beaches 14 Data based partly upon Collier’s and partly upon the writer’s observations. 15 Smith, P. S., Bull. U. 8. Geol. Survey No. 379, pp. 277-279. 16 Am. Journ. Sei., 1907, vol. 23, p. 457. 17 Unpublished information. Cf. Journ. Geol., 1909, p. 498, Vou. 5] Knopf.—Land Connection between Asiaand America. 419 shows that the region in the vicinity of Cape Nome was de- pressed at least 112 feet below sea-level during the Pliocene and has only partly recovered from that submergence during Quat- ernary time. CONCLUSIONS. The stratigraphy of adjacent portions of Asia and America, so far as now known, throws little light on the question of whether a land connection between those continents ever existed during Cenozoic time. In fact, all the evidence from which conclusions of some positiveness can be drawn record only epochs of more widely spread submergence and increased separation of the continents. It has been determined beyond question that the uplift of submerged portions of the continental border was accompanied by marked deformation. During the upraising of the marine-wrought York bench a differential warping of 400 feet in a distance of fifteen miles was produced. Dawson,"* writing in 1894, believed that the available evidence pointed to a general submergence during the later Miocene, uplift of the present land areas at the close of the Miocene, and ° subaerial conditions, with possibly brief intervals of depression, during post-Miocene time. The evidence of the Miocene sub- mergence, however, was based on the occurrence of the Nulato sandstone on the lower Yukon, which had been referred to the marine Miocene by Dall, but which subsequent work has shown to be of Upper Cretaceous age.'® The observations of the last decade show that it is unsafe to make wide-reaching generalizations embracing the whole region of Bering Sea and its environs. The diastrophic movements have been too complex, the oscillations of the strand line too frequent and localized, and the information concerning them too scanty. Reeognizing those elements of uncertainty, we may sketch the Cenozoic history of the region as interpreted from the evidence now available. 18 Dawson, G. M., Geological notes on some of the coasts and islands of Bering Sea and vicinity. Bull. Geol. Soe. Amer., Vol. 5, 1894, pp. 148 et seq. 19 Brooks, A. H:, Geography and Geology of Alaska: Prof. Paper U. S. Geol. Survey No. 45, 1906, p. 236. 420 University of California Publications. [GEOLOGY The Eocene and Miocene were apparently periods of com- parative stability and were marked by the reduction of the region of Seward Peninsula to a peneplain. The submarine plateau of Bering Sea, which is considered by Dawson®® as belonging physiographically to the continental plateau region, may have been evolved during those periods, and Asia and America con- nected by a land mass. At the beginning of the Pliocene, Seward Peninsula possessed approximately its present shore line. In terms of the physio-. graphic record the facts indicate that the peninsula possessed approximately its present outline at the time of the marine planation of the York bench. The York bench is undoubtedly older than the loose sands and gravels of the Nome beach de- posits, and if we accept the age of the latter as determined paleontologically, is, therefore, of pre-Upper Miocene age. It is difficult to reconcile this great age with the splendid state of preservation of the marine terrace. During the remainder of Cenozoic time the dominant move- ment affecting Seward Peninsula has been that of uplift. The crustal instability of the region, the known large differential warping that has accompanied elevatory movements, and the shallow depth of Bering Sea render it, however, highly probable that at various times brief periods of land communication have existed between the continents. The general conclusion is therefore borne upon us that if the problems of the intercontinental migration of faunas demand periods of terrestrial communication between the two mainlands during Cenozoic time, the physical evidence, so far as now known, favors the probability of intervals of continuity of the adjoining land masses of Asia and North America. 20 Op. cit., p. 146. Issued May 21, 1910. ERSITY ; OF CALIFORNIA Wheel BU LLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY ANDREW ©, LAWSON, Editor x “RODENT FAUNA Se eae oe eae OF THE ay a vas : AT. \ Bars Aa bia BY : * ; . Bune on De AUIS KELLOGG; | ’ i. ; n bs : 5 it ) a d . vey / t Ry iS Ne ote BERBER pote cS A THE UNIVERSITY PRESS aa eae - July, 1910 . The BULLETIN or THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY of the University of Calif irregular intervals in the form of separate papers or memoirs, each embodying the res search by some competent investigator in geological science. These are made up-into from 400 to 500 pages. The price per volume is $3.50, including postage. The papers compo volumes will be sent to subscribers in separate covers as soon as issued. ‘The separate nur be purchased at the following prices eee the UNIVERSITY PRESS, to Which tomate addressed : VOLUME 1. . The Geology of Carmelo Bay, by Andrew C. Lawson, with chemical anes and exp: eration in the field, by Juan dela C. Posada . : 3 The Soda-Rhyolite North of Berkeley, by Charles Palache’ The Eruptive Rocks of Point Bonita, by F. Leslie Ransome . . The Post-Pliocene eee of the Coast of Southern California, by Andrew C. Lawson The Lherzolite- ‘Serpentine ‘and Associated Rocks of the Potrero, San Francisco, by Charles Palache 5 . On a Rock, from the Vicinity of Berkeley, containing a New Soda Amphibole, by Charles ’Palache 6 : 7. The Geology of Angel Island, by F. Leslie Ransome, with a Note on the Radiolarige Lee Chert from Angel Island ‘and from Buri-buri Ridge, San Mateo County, California, — by George Jennings Hinde . ae oe 8. The Geomorphogeny of the Coast of Northern California, by Andrew C. Lawson z : 9. On Analeite Diabase from San Louis Obispo County, California, by Harold W. Fairbanks 10. On Lawsonite, a New Rock-forming Mineral from the Tiburon Peninsula, Marin County, California, by F. Leslie Ransome . $C tea ar 11. Critical Periods in the History of the Earth, by Joseph LeConte 12. On Malignite, a Family of Basic, Plutonic, Orthoclase Rocks, Rich in " Alkalies and Lime, Intrusive in the Coutchiching Schists of Poohbah Lake, by Andrew C. Lawson 13. Sigmogomphius LeContei, a New Castoroid Rodent, from the Pliocene, near Berke eis by John C. Merriam 14. The Great Valley of California, a a Criticism of the “Theory of ‘sostasy, by F F. Leslie Ransome . 4 : / Dm MN Rep pf VOLUME 2. 1. The Geology of Point Sal, by Harold W. Fairbanks . Pisce ori ike 2, On Some Pliocene Ostracoda from near Berkeley, by Frederick Chapman , 3. Note on Two Tertiary Faunas from-the Rocks of the Southern Coast) of Vancouver Island, by J. C. Merriam : 4. The Distribution of the Neocene Sea-urchins of Middle ‘California, and Its ‘Bearing on the Classification of the Neocene Formations, by John C. Merriam . . «. . 5. The Geology of Point Reyes Peninsula, by F. M. Anderson 6. Some Aspects of Erosion in Relation to the Theory of the Peneplain, by W. 8. Tangier Smith . 7. A Topographic Study of the Islands of ‘Southern California, by W.S. Tangier Smith 8. The Geology of the Central Portion of the Isthmus of Panama, by-Osecar H. neg 9. A Contribution to the Geology of the John Day Basin, by John C. Merriam . 5 10. Mineralogical Notes, by Arthur S. Eakle . 2 ek 11. Contributions to the Mineralogy of California, by Walter C. Blasdale Mec.) ocr 7 12. The Berkeley Hills. A Detail of Coast Pa Ggoloey, by Andrew C. Lawson and ; Charles Palache . 5 : 6 4 VOLUME 3. 1. The Quaternary of Botton California, by Oscar H. Hershey 2. Colemanite from Southern California, by Arthur S. Hakle . 3. The Eparchaean Interval. A Criticism of the use of the term Algonkian, by. Andrew C. Lawson 6 4. Triassic Ichthyopterygia from California and Nevada, by John ©. Merriam : 5. A Contribution to the Petrography of the John Day Basin, by Frank C. Calkins 6. The Igneous Rocks near Pajaro, by John. A. Reid . 7. Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Co., California, by Waldemar T. Schaller. 8. Plumasite, an Oligoclase- -Corundum Rock, near Spanish Peak, rs wee bye Andrew C. Lawson . : 3 4 é : 5 4 . 9. Palacheite, by Arthur 8. Bakle ©. 10. Two New Species of Fossil Turtles from Oregon, by O. P. Hay i 11. A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by W. J. Sinclair 12. New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Triassic of California, by John C. Merriam . .— 13. Spodumene from San Diego County, California, by Waldemar T. Schaller . % 14. The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great Valley of California, by Tom a. Merriam . Peder <<) 15. The Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by Andrew ©. ‘Lawson b é 16. A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene in California, by John C. Merriam 3 17. The Orbicular Gabbro at Dehesa, San Diego County, California, by Andrew C. Lawson — 18. A New Cestraciont Spine from the Lower Triassic of Idaho, by Herbert M. Evans . 19. A Fossil Egg from Arizona, by Wm. Conger Morgan and Marion Clover Tallmon . . 20. Huceratherium, a New Ungulate from the Quaternary Caves of peor by WwW liam J. Sinclair and HE. L. Furlong —. 21. A New Marine Reptile from the Triassic of California, “by John C. "Merriam 22. The River Terraces of the Orleans Basin, California, by Oscar H. Hershey MS UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 5, No. 29, pp. 421-437 ANDREW C. LAWSON, Editor RODENT FAUNA OF THE LATE TERTIARY BEDS AT VIRGIN VALLEY AND THOUSAND CREEK, NEVADA BY LOUISE KELLOGG, CONTENTS. PAGE J EFBMEDO SUELO Pe oo 421 PAT CHOMMYSHME VAC eNISIS, We S]0s c2ecc-nc.descecessseeeeecescece-eceecenesectee+casaeeeccencaeereeneeous ena 22 PANT COTO S MIU OTs eS Pe, cesceeteccsdsccceeccsastesesvcnstees sn-cececceb-sosece cosy ecseeees sep eustobces 425 Gite lls se Spenser eee Sa eC aE 427 Aplodontia alexandrae Furlong .... 429 WNityrabe wate vuilinns), “a aWOy aay k oa) (OX 0) ofc ee eee eg Ae ee pare esa 429 Mivlaroranalltsispristimus VD) OUSTASS: 2.sesa--cce tec ceceneccoececeecee acces aceceeeee-ceceseeeeee ee eee 429 iHucastor lecomten (AVern yam) 22222 occ ce acre ccectee cece cece serene enc cee eee eee eneeeneee ened 430 NDAD OGL SIRS 10 es aoe cece 2c eseas ap Sense cseeenaé dee ocho tncnsnntteden$ecsctiecague cee -taslndeodies at vaeiaccettee 431 1 BwanecoyoRigy el aUwASy Ta aWvaaHUTS SS Lae (Sy 0) ese eee eee ee 432 HPCE RO aby ASKOTUES! eet AKO |W ESE 015 (5) 0 ep Oe rere eae Rear oper py rere Sere ee 432 JEXES ROD ea ASTOADESY C7) oe 1S) Oa ea sec er eon ee ees 433 Diprionomys parvus, n. gen. and sp. ...... Soade7ssensteuee eenscectcese ses cezceuceecsedseacece 433 IDpstjaperiapsaKop cetyyAs) taaiet/eqtanblsls ae \aetsy py meee ee eee ee eee ene er 434 Diprionomys nevadensis, n. sp. -......-..-..- ested sprit once ipenicteerateestae-ciae notin 434 VEY ONUESY SCENE USS 0] eA i 436 INTRODUCTION, The rodent forms described below represent a portion of the mammahan fauna collected during the summer of 1909 by a palaeontological expedition organized and financed by Miss Annie M. Alexander to carry on work in the later Tertiary beds of 429 University of California Publications. [| GEOLOGY Virgin Valley and Thousand Creek, Humboldt County, Nevada. The collections made by the expedition have been presented to the University of California by Miss Alexander. The writer is greatly indebted to Professor John C. Merriam for the privilege of working over the material, and for his courtesy and assistance in the work. With the exception of isolated specimens, the rodent remains were found only in a few localities. In these places the bones were seattered abundantly over small areas, and the collectors by dint of hard labor on their hands and knees, sifted over every inch of the ground in order that the smallest bones and teeth should not be overlooked. As rodents are generally restricted in their geographic range, and are relatively good indicators of climate and other physical conditions, they are an important factor in the work of building up a picture of the conditions which obtained in any region in past time; and it is hoped that the following lst of forms will help materially in determining the nature of the environment in which mammalian life existed in the Virgin Valley and Thousand Creek region during the late Tertiary. ARCTOMYS NEVADENSIS, n. sp. Figs. la, 1b and 2. Type specimen no, 12506, Univ. Calif. Col. Vert. Palae., an- terior portion of a left ramus of the lower jaw with P, and M, intact, and the incisor broken off where it emerges from the Jaw. From locality no. 1105, near Thousand Creek, Humboldt County, Nevada. Specific Characters.—Incisors small in proportion to the other teeth. P, and M, relatively large, more nearly square in cross- section, and set more obliquely in the jaw than in other species. A small ridge on the anterior face of P, instead of a tubercle. The symphysis ends posteriorly in front of the mental foramen instead of extending back of it as in other species. General Description ——P, and M, may be said to consist of two distinct portions, an anterior formed by a large protoconid and metaconid with parastyld between, and a posterior consist- VoL. 5] Kellogg.—Rodent Fauna. 423 Figs. la and 1b.—Arctomys nevadensis. Portion of the left mandible with P,, M,, and the base of the incisor. No. 12506, natural size. 4) 1) Fig. la, superior view; fig. 1b, lateral view. Fig. 2.—drctomys nevadensis. Portion of right mandible with incisor. No. 12544, natural size. Fig. 3.—Arctomys minor. Portion of larger incisor. No. 12538, natural size. Fig. 4.—Portion of maxillary with left P®’ and P*. No. 12538, x 2. Fig. 5.—Arctomys minor. Right M? and M*. No. 12588, X 2. Fig. 6.—Arctomys minor. Right P,, M, and M,. No. 12538, x 2. Fig. 7.—dArctomys minor. Portion of left mandible with M, and M,. No. 12538, X 2. 424 University of Californa Publications. [ GEOLOGY ing of a strongly curved ridge formed by the entoconid, hypo- conulid, and hypoconid. In both teeth the metaconid is much higher than the protoconid, and in P, it is decidedly recurved. There is a fossette between the protoconid and metaconid. The entoconid and hypoconulid form a quarter-circle, running from the metaconid around to the triangular hypoconid, and enclosing a deep pit containing small tubercles. There is also a ridge between the base of the hypoconid and the protoconid. All the cones are set obliquely to the median line of the jaw, but those of M, are more oblique than those of P,. The incisor is con- siderably flattened transversely and is small in proportion to the other two teeth. A specimen, no. 12544, comprising the right P,, half of left P,, and a portion of the right ramus of a lower jaw with incisor, from locality no. 1105, on Thousand Creek, is evidently to be referred to A. nevadensis. P, of this specimen is similar in pattern to that of A. nevadensis, but larger. The anterior por- tion is much broader, while the heel is comparatively small and rather pointed. The incisor is small in proportion to the pre- molar, although somewhat larger than that of A. nevadensis. MEASUREMENTS. No. 12506 No. 12544 A.primigenia P,, median anteroposterior diameter.............. 5.8mm. 7.4mm. 6.5mm. M,, median anteroposterior diametev.............. 6.3 4.6 P,, transverse anterior diameter —.................. 5.1 6.0 4.3 M,, transverse anterior diameter ................---- 6.4 5.8 M,, transverse posterior diameter -............. ... 6.9 5.6 P,, transverse posterior diameter .................- 5.9 5.6 P,, anteroposterior diameter of heel ........ ue Bee 2.4 M,, anteroposterior diameter of heel -.......... 4.4 3.2 Lower incisor, anteroposterior diameter........ 6.4 6.9 6.7 Lower incisor, transverse diameter . .. 4.1 4.6 Wenpthy of sdiastemay .2 ec. cece eee reser ee I). 13.3 Base of P, to mental foramen ...............--... aE? 10.7 Width of ramus over mental foramen .......... 15.2 11.6 Comparison with other Species of Arctomys.—From the ar- rangement of the tubercles of the teeth it is evident that this specimen must be referred to the genus Arctomys rather than any other genus of the Sciuridae. The cheek teeth have three Vor. 5] Kellogg.—Rodent Fauna. 425 anterior tubercles and a heel consisting of a curved ridge, while Plesiarctomys, Sciurus, Sciuroides, Pseudosciurus, and Sper- mophilus all have four tubercles which tend to pair anteriorly and posteriorly into transverse ridges and form a square tooth. This form is nearest to Arctomys primigenia, an extinct species from the Pleistocene of Paris, the chief difference between the two being that A. primigenia has a distinct, separate tubercle on the anterior face of P,, while in A. nevadensis there is a ridge starting from the base of the metaconid' and showing only the slightest indication of a separation where it joins the protoconid. Other points of difference are in the larger size of P, and M,, in A. nevadensis, their more nearly square form and more oblique setting; the smallness of the incisor in proportion to the other teeth; and in the symphysis ending posteriorly in front of the mental foramen instead of back of it as in A. primigenia. From the living species, A. monar, A. flaviventer, A. dacota, and from the extinet species, A. vetus, A. nevadensis differs in its greater size; more particular differences being that A. monar has the anterior tubercles of the teeth much lower, and A. flaviventer has a low metaconid, the teeth are more nearly square and the tubercles not so oblique. As compared with Palacarctomys montanus, this species shows small incisors and large P, and M,, and the jaw itself is larger and heavier. ARCTOMYS MINOR, n. sp. Figs. 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7. Type, no. 12538, Univ. Calif. Col. Vert. Palae. Left P* and P+ with part of the maxilla; right M* and M* with portion of the lower jaw; right P,, M,, and M,; and the anterior portions of the upper and lower incisors. From locality no, 1083 at Thousand Creek, Humboldt County, Nevada. Specific Characters—P, has a slender metaconid not much higher than the protoconid and the two are connected by a ridge, whereas in other species both tubercles are high and not con- nected by a ridge. Protoconid and hypoconid far apart with ain this paper, the nomenclature used in descriptions of lower premolar teeth is the same as that commonly followed in designation of the tubercles of lower molars. 426 University of California Publications. [GEOLOGY ridge between, instead of close together. Ridge on anterior face small. Entoconid ridge rounded rather than square. The in- cisors and P, are large in proportion to other teeth. General Description.—P* is a round, single-rooted tooth, com- paratively smaller than P* and consisting of one high cone on the outer, posterior side, around which cirele two small ridges. P* consists of one low anterior and two posterior ridges, set trans- versely to the median line of the jaw, and with a rounded tubercle on the imner side between the two ridges, from the base of which a smaller ridge runs to the posterior edge of the third transverse ridge; M* has three transverse ridges, the middle one shg¢htly higher than the other two and running up into a tubercle on the outer edge of the tooth and an inner tubercle which seems to be a continuation, toward the back of the tooth, of the central ridge. M®* consists of two transverse ridges, the second running up into a tubercle with an inner tubercle extending from it, and a low, rounded heel with several flattened ridges. P, has a protoconid and metaconid, the latter somewhat higher and con- nected with the protoconid by a ridge, and directly between them anteriorly and set low on the tooth, a curved ridge, almost the equivalent of a tubercle, behind which is a small pit. The hypo- conid is connected with the protoconid by a ridge and the ridge of the entoeconid curves around to the base of the metaconid, the whole heel being shghtly lower than the protoconid. M,, M,, and M., have a high metaconid with a small accessory ridge merging into that of the entoconid, and a low protoconid and hypoconid with a fossette between. A comparison of A. minor with specimen no. 38079 of the California Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, which is a left ramus of the lower jaw with incisor and P,, found at the head of Big Creek, Humboldt County, Nevada, and referred tentatively to A. flaviventer, shows the following specific differences. In no. 3079 the protoconid and metaconid are much higher, the latter is more swollen, and there is no ridge between them, the two edges meeting at a sharp angle; the protoconid and hypoconid are closer together; the anterior ridge is longer and more bulg- ing; and the entoconid ridge is square, rather than rounded. —I Vou. 5] Kellogg.—Rodent Fauna. 42 MEASUREMENTS. No. 12538 No. 3079" iP amberoposterior diameter s222-2.cccc<--c--cee-sececeezoe-cezeetese-stcrs- 4.2mm. 4.8mm. P,, transverse diameter of anterior portion ................-....- 3: Ber P,, transverse diameter of anterior ridge ............---....------- 1.1 2.2 Ineisor, tramsverse diameter -.....--2..-222.-2-2...--2-ceeceseeeseeeeeeeesee OE 3.0 Ineisor, anteroposterior diameter .....................::-.-s020-0----- 4.1 4.2 A comparison with A. monar shows that A. minor has a more decided ridge on the anterior face of P,, the metaconid is higher and the protoconid and hypoconid farther apart, the heel of the tooth is not so low, and none of the lower teeth slope downward on the inner side. The incisors and P, are large in proportion to the other teeth. M? and M®* are set straight in the jaw and not sloped downward and outward. A. minor differs from Palacarctomys macrorhinus in having smaller incisors and a larger M*, with two ridges instead of one. M? has three ridges instead of two. The incisors lack the longi- tudinal furrows given as a generic character of Palaearctomys. MEASUREMENTS. A.minor P.macrorhinus Anteroposterior diameter of larger incisor —............... 4.2mm. Anteroposterior diameter of smaller incisor —_....... 4.1 7.0 mm. Transverse diameter of larger incisor —........-...-....... 23 5.0 Transverse diameter of smaller incisor ..................-.....- ZY . M’, anteroposterior diameter 4.3 4.2 M’, anteroposterior diameter 3.4 3.9 Me Vamteropostervon Ciameter 2-2 ccc-22ce--2n-e-neeee ee nse anne 4.2 Staff IMiresbramSiversen (Uame tery, ses.ceces--cees21cse22sec-casccesesecs seteset 3.3 3.4 IM?) transverse Giameter <222.-2.cc22.ac cece cee nee reece w- 4] 4.0 M*, transverse diameter -......-............. ns ese. 4.1 3.5 CITELLUS, sp. Fig. 8. No. 12570, Univ. Calif. Col. Vert. Palae., a worn M, from locality no. 1103 at Thousand Creek, Humboldt County, Nevada. This tooth does not exhibit any specific characters distinguish- ing it from Callospermophilus trepidus, a new species obtained 2Cahf. Mus. Vert. Zool. 428 University of California Publications. [| GEOLOGY from the head of Big Creek, Humboldt County, Nevada, except- ing possibly a more nearly square form; but it is reasonable to suppose that with more material the fossil form would show some distinct differences between it and the living species. MEASUREMENTS. Callospermophilus No. 12570 trepidus M,, anteroposterior diameter ................-222::--::00-e-0e 1.9mm. 1.5mm, ML, transverse diameter 22-2c.c2:2eeeeereece.ceceeecesesemeeseeeee ee 1.9 8} Fig. 8.—Citellus, sp. Portion of right mandible with M,. No. 12570, x 4. Figs. 9a and 9b.—Mylagaulus monodon. Lett Py. No. 11572, * 1%. Fig. 9a, lateral view; fig. 9b, superior view. Figs. 10, a and b.—Mylagaulus monodon. Left P*. No. 11878, natural size. Fig. a, lateral view; fig. b, superior view. Figs. 11, a and b.—Mylagaulus pristinus. Right Py No. 12580, natural size. Hig. a, lateral view; fig. 6, superior »iew. Figs. 12, a and b.—Mylagaulus pristinus. Left P,. No. 12579, natural size. Fig. a, lateral view; fig. b, superior view. Fig. 13.—Eucastor lecontei. Py. No. 11085, K 1%. Fig. 14.—Dipoides, sp. Left P,. No. 12536, X 114. VoL. 5] Kellogg.—Rodent Fauna. 429 APLODONTIA ALEXANDRAE Furlong. This is a small species described by Mr. E. L. Furlong in the University of California Publications in Geology, vol. 5, p. 398. The most important specific character is the presence of a prom- inent style on the inner posterior portion of the lower teeth, instead of in the median region. It oceurs in the Tertiary beds at Virgin Valley, and also at Thousand Creek. MYLAGAULUS MONODON Cope. Figs 9a, 9b, 10, a and b. No. 11878, left P* from locality no. 1098, Thousand Creek ; and nos. 11572, a left P,, and 11662, a right P,, from locality no. 1065 in Virgin Valley, Humboldt County, Nevada. No. 11878, although an unworn tooth, exhibits a pattern that with age would evidently resemble that shown in the figure of Mylagaulus monodon, no. 9043, as presented by Matthew in the Memoirs of the American Museum of Natural History.* Nos. 11572 and 11662 represent teeth in different stages of wear, the former being worn and the latter unworn, so that they do not agree exactly in the enamel pattern. They are referred to Mylagaulus monodon Cope, although the number and arrange- ment of the lakes do not show an exact resemblance to any figures of that species shown. MEASUREMENTS. No. 11878 No.11572 No. 11662 Is SAMLCTOMO SU ECHUOMCMAIM CLCT A. ccc ce -2-neeecseeeea c= . 7.5mm, Be Stramsiverse \tameter: 2.2.2. s-secee sec cesc eee nee eee 6.0 P,, anteroposterior diameter ...........------------- 8.8mm. 8.6mm. 5.2 5.0 P,, transverse diameter MYLAGAULUS PRISTINUS Douglass. Figs. 11, a and b; 12, a and b. Nos. 11843, 11684, 11540, left P,, from locality no. 1090. No. 12579, a left P,; and no. 12580, a right P,; both from locality no. 1095, Virgin Valley, Humboldt County, Nevada. 3 Mem. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, p. 379, fig. 5. 430 University of California Publications. [| GEOLOGY In the number and arrangement of the lakes, nos. 11843, 11684, 11540 correspond to Mylagaulus pristinus Douglass as figured in the Annals of the Carnegie Museum.t They also agree in size, except for the height of no. 742, which is greater on account of its being an unworn tooth, while these specimens are those of old individuals with roots closed at the bottom. No. 12579 is an unworn tooth very much like P, of fig. 26). MEASUREMENTS. No. 12579 No. 11848 No. 11684 No. 11540 P,, anteroposterior diameter — 0... 7.2mm. 7.0 mm. 7.4mm. 6.7mm. P,, transverse diameter —...............-.... 4.5 Oak 4.3 3.9 Fe C0" it ee een ee U2, 10.8 11.3 11.3 EUCASTOR LECONTEI (Merriam). Fig. 13. Eucastor (Sigmogomphius) lecontei was described as gener- ically different from Eucastor tortus Leidy on aceount of the open character of the folds, the relatively greater size of the molars, the relatively small size of the triturating surface of P*, and the absence of M*. In his description of Hucastor, Leidy makes no reference to a third molar, although the figure shows what is perhaps an alveolus for a fourth tooth on the right side. As the presence of isolated lakes instead of open folds is an age character, we may say that Sigmogomphius is specifically differ- ent from Hucastor torfus on account of the relatively greater size of the molars and the relatively small size of the triturating surface of P*, but that there does not seem to be sufficient evidence to separate them generically. A specimen, no. 11085, a rmght P*, from locality no. 1090, Virgin Valley, Humboldt County, Nevada, is so close to Eucastor leconter that it can hardly be separated from it specifically, although it is a more nearly square tooth, P* of #. lecontei being triangular with the apex at the inner posterior corner. MEASUREMENTS. E. lecontei No. 11085 Type specimen P*, anteroposterior diameter 4.6mm. 4.7mm. Pe Grams eESen Guam Gb ssnesss-ceecescse = creases sce sete 4.9 5.1 + Ann. Carneg. Mus., vol. 2, p. 188, fig. 26c (no. 742). VoL. 5 J Kellogg.—Rodent Fauna. 431 DIPOIDES, sp. probably new. Fig. 14. No. 12536, Univ. Calif. Col. Vert. Palae., left P, and M,, from locality no. 1103, Thousand Creek, Humboldt County, Nevada. These two teeth, P, and M,, are very like those of Dipoides problematicus Schlosser found in the Bohnerzen of Salmandingen and Melchingen. The great difference in the geographic location of the two would seem a reasonable ground for specific separation taken in connection with the fact that the teeth of the American form are larger. MEASUREMENTS. No. 12536 D. problematicus P,, anteroposterior diameter ...............-...22::2::0000-0+ 5.9 min, 4.3mm. M,, anteroposterior diameter ............--..-.2-.-2.11::00---++ 4.5 4.1 IP GRANSVeELSe GLAM ECL CT ser.-cececesseseeeeeeeeeeceeseseeeeeereeesee-- 4.6 4.6 IME imamismerse diameter :.22..-.csecseeceee eee -eeeceeeseeee=- =o 4.8 4.2 ENTOPTYCHUS MINIMUS, n.-sp. Fig. 15. Type no. 12569, Univ. Calif. Col. Vert. Palae., portion of left ramus of the lower jaw with P,, M,, M,. Loeality no. 1103 at Thousand Creek, Humboldt County, Nevada. Specific Characters.—Extremely small size. Description and Comparison.—The three teeth of this speci- men are practically similar, being prismatic and with a deep fold on the inner side running almost to the outer margin, but the premolar is distinguished by a slight fold on its outer side also. In their half-worn state they show a tendency to form in the center a tube, entirely surrounded by enamel, a condition which is deseribed by Dr. Matthew as being characteristic of this genus. The specimen is very much smaller than any of those of Entoptychus minor from the John Day Beds, although the tooth pattern is quite similar. MEASUREMENTS. No. 12669 P,, anteroposterior diameter 1.0 min. M,, anteroposterior diameter 0.9 M., anteroposterior diameter 0.9 Te SUR REE TD MSR eS 1ST 2100 WEEN) 0 AYO FEA are ee ee 1.2 Wika unteavchieras{e) (his WooWcyifene earner perey ee meee eee epee ee ee eer oer 1.2 VIM PRE LIBEUTUSIV GIGS CHECLL AIT CL CU upenazsoses tecrene se een he ctype te Sas cores ee neene Rene eee laa leat \el(caWed me; Cone a2 CONNECT Mt ean eee eee re aE ee arr a ae eee pie 432 University of California Publications. [ GEOLOGY Fig. 15,—Hntoptychus minimus. Portion of left mandible with P,, M,, and M.. No. 12569, Xx 4. Fig. 16.—Peromyscus antiquus. Portion of left mandible with complete molar series. No. 12471, X 4. Figs. 17a and 17b.—Diprionomys parvus. Portion of right mandible with incisor, Py and M,. No. 12566, x 4. Fig. 17a, lateral view; fig. 17b, superior view. Fig. 18.—Diprionomys magnus. Fragments of left mandible with P,, M,, and M,. No. 12567, x 4. PEROMYSCUS ANTIQUUS, n. sp. Fig. 16. Type no. 12571, Univ. Calif. Col. Vert. Palae., a left ramus of the lower jaw with complete molar series, incisor broken, and posterior portion lacking. Cotype no. 12572, a right ramus of the lower jaw with incisor present, no molar teeth, and the posterior portion gone. Locality no. 1103 at Thousand Creek, Humboldt County, Nevada. Specific Characters.—Its large size distinguishes it from Peromyscus californicus but the tooth pattern is practically identical, except that M, and M, have a ridge on the anterior face which is present in M, of P. californicus but not in M,. VoL. 5] Kellogg.—Rodent Fauna. 433 MEASUREMENTS. No. 12571 No. 12572 P.. californicus M., anteroposterior diameter —.......--...--.. 2.0mm. 1.8mm. M., anteroposterior diameter —.........-.... 1.6 1.3 M,, anteroposterior diameter ..............-..... ip 9 M,, transverse diameter .............-------.------- 1.3 1.1 M., transverse diameter —....0...2.--....--... 1.4 il M,, transverse diameter —.........-..-----.--....- ila} 8 Height of ramus over mental foramen... 2.4 2.7mm. 2.4 Height of ramus at M, eon 3.8 3.6 Wemlothe or Coot ns tO sere cet e eee eeeese eee 5.6 5.8 4.3 Incisor, transverse diameter —................ 8 6 Incisor, anteroposterior diameter ........... 133 1.1 PEROMYSCUS ?, sp. No. 12573 and no. 12574, portions of two rami of lower jaws from locality no. 1103 at Thousand Creek, Humboldt County, Nevada, without teeth but so small as to make them evidently specifically different, although no very accurate conclusions can be drawn without the teeth. MEASUREMENTS. No. 12573 No. 12574 Ube n ONE Oa O OCH TO Wy acne c = ese =o cen scene ee oenee ec nec Paceencnscerseteetenceercte= 3.7mm. 3.5 min. Height of ramus over mental foramen ............ ee 2.0 1.8 Hero htrot moms tatu Ms... 22s ser8 -escetesseacsecessedea- bosses Seaxsaret 02.2% 2.9 2.8 DIPRIONOMYS PARVUS, n. gen. and sp. Figs. 17a, 17b, Type no. 12566, Univ. Calif. Col. Vert. Palae., anterior por- tion of a right ramus of the lower jaw with incisor, P,, M,. The beginning of the angle and coronoid process are indicated, but the rest of the posterior portion of the ramus is lacking. From locality no. 1103 at Thousand Creek, Humboldt County, Nevada. Generic and Specific Characters.—The angle of the ramus does not turn inward and downward, but continues in a line with the anterior portion of the jaw, and the coronoid process rises abruptly from behind M., with no depression for the dental foramen. The incisor is small, M, is smaller than M,, and the tooth row is long in proportion to the rest of the jaw. 434 University of California Publications. | GEOLOGY Description and Comparison.—P, of this specimen is made up of two distinct but connected columns with two roots; while M, is a prismatic column, slightly flattened anteroposteriorly, and with an indication of a fold on the inner side. The enamel of the incisor comes well around to the outer side. The alveolus of M, indicates that it must have been of about the same size as M,, but the broken end of M, shows a much smaller tooth. yoy ta hag ; F- id AN meh! thas, a Ow Nad rr "iaur 4 ‘genes re er TT A ah rite rey Ap ‘s || . any Mugler | PT Aaa rae! ||| | | phivtiviat - feeceererrecneeeth eamanped’ \ te | y + a va Ww fe 6 : 49 aan De adebahe "ey mi? AA a NE | ial Acciona Pe aig DUN. "a aren s | LS Ty r g Hi pip ww u Reet ¢ Ty 5 oy Meeeateons xa? eee ea: , AAT S ape uy emp 4r ian oc att Lat Herre LE EDP Cppasleaa | Ys awe aioosvyyy Mihi Me SLL aki RD AAMAS | “Whe eaten. or “Shaya ES ha ak Sy Piebeey Da eT ¢ : ‘3 MPA AU ayia, EE TTL 4 | va | os OAL Bld. ae a DPN | Cor edescley Da aa a ec cecs ental rr re nods a edi we oe Aad Nh oh oT VN reli tt | nN ve Brahe } j ne wa Oo 3 in , Ske’ fd 4 ee 4 bbw ota tb PTT Te Pee Na PN a ve are Tye & pee 1 A Some Tete Ag may pe Ne , MeL ay = PONY ” i 4 sige eA os baeae aaah yA AV nna Y over my ee Ne at Up aaa Womveren s TNT \ ge PR een ee TT) aa ee apgae ! Uh TY ictal ee oneal tutes , cy Ww, 6 | 4 Wy | ih) yY YYSRT 9, Dp Ra Be ; aici ¢ mie |i aie A a” } wh A Ana, Make | LL ede hla i yey ooo Mae so ~ eae . wt ' RA, MN bo Tr = Nod amok Lh tq ‘N aaa A : AD isla Al op S| Nhe, Th % ail 5 : aa de na ga “ -atnactngg SNe + An lake ieiesteda eat mit em niathas ; ag? Ve am) #, 1 ei - Slabs = pe ini sae a? Doe 3 RS we = a Soy pine Tene | i b a Ff Me. rv 4 ~ datas. =: “NAN os resol anna one ‘ cst ie wy ¥ Nee 0 Pauli Win th wal? ROAR, TP .PR tpn a | ITT dt AARP RN, nal pe PEEP bal Peles Oy nn Dnata ne suata.t a PN at & a aD nf AAD», 5 "7 aN, ne Ned iy etermnn Mees | : Nae Dew LN TV) Ap D> Wa nmnncar. elt VN A en ig a Ay = ) Staal , mh U arene ate vortaa rents PELE) yey | peed TE LEE PLEA et TL ime yyy” — FF aa eee | ane Ae rr W Veit SyAAy 8 LAA orca he Peter 4" ol’) nope pel abi . ee pA? aed a Peet i lala shag y= ag Ntsitagys aa? sued Ts i. aan oh 659 jlakase » ~eht.2> err meee i Heer ri) by Wetaat: ae my. Mins niger = ? am hy \, MRen - ANS. UN. mer, Ny? vw Waa aecsee a Led a a L L) ih WLS i oa | ma Man ee | one f Yet an Papen eens Ua TT tn | ni inal ess PYv a. ili, alpina : 4 apna, amv” hPa a Cw] ai) | mere TTT Lens ANA, te aN rit] | bial! Cane | | AAA ‘aa \ | sf Att seen Aen sal “Ana, | x sag yerrre tf eS iy thy ans’. a annadaaa & : _ 2 bo if aS ss ae a ‘Wh Mean uaa VUGe oe wal: . Bianaahp. 7* seek et TN Wisner at mal ; aa ‘sani ea amg,” ‘jo “<=> 22 ne SLA aeey Pe Se 4 sm 48 in > cca Mae catia eens sas ~e eh ‘- o* wesaren”. Ms | Hi. i a bo8 _aaenbbhly at AWE ro a6 — " i ur i ” ; ( én 11) vy YY rduh ay | ut ) Lit { atthe ea AOAC =——_—_ —=—_—_—__ = 3 9088 01308 9834